CS1D-BI092

## **Rack PLCs** 

## CS1 Series 

||Introduction<br>249|
|---|---|
||Lineup<br>272|
||CPU Units<br>274|
||Power Supplies<br>278|
||Basic System Configuration<br>280|
||Duplex System Configuration<br>286|
||Programming<br>288|
||Dimensions<br>292|
||I/O allocations<br>293|
||Current consumption<br>295|
||Unit Descriptions<br>299|
||Basic I/O Units<br>300|
||Analog/Temperature Units<br>315|
||Position/Motion Units<br>338|
||Communication Units<br>349|
||Fieldbus Units<br>356|
||Ordering Information<br>370|



**Rack PLCs** 

247 

Programmable Controllers 

248 

## **Rack PLC series** 

## **CS1** 

## **The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

## ~~Dr (RR~~ **Ultimate Instructions That Fit** _**1**_ **Performance** _**2**_ **the Application** Further improvements to These PLCs have a variety of application. High-precision instruction execution efficiency, special instructions that allow control can be achieved without the core of overall PLC their operation to suit the complex programs. 

Further improvements to instruction execution efficiency, the core of overall PLC performance, enable the highest speeds in the industry. This allows the optimization of processing time and accuracy. 

application. High-precision control can be achieved without complex programs. 

> High-precision Positioning ° e Error Generation for Debugging **Double-precision Failure diagnosis floating-point instructions instructions** Automatic Adjustment of PID Constants High-resolution Approximation 

High-resolution Approximation **APR instruction** Workpiece Information Control for  Conveyor Systems **Table data processing instructions for stacks** 

Constants **PID instructions with** im: **autotuning** Program Simplification e **Set and reset instructions for DM/EM Area bits** 

LD instruction processing speed **0.02 µs (min.)** 

Cycle time (example) **38 Ksteps/ms** (Ratio of basic instructions to special instructions = 1:1) 

## **Integrated Development Environment and Middleware** Program development e 

Program development e **CX-Programmer** Simulation **CX-Simulator** Communications middleware **CX-Server** 

Large capacity **I/O points: 5,120 max. Program capacity: 250 Ksteps max. DM capacity: 448 kW max.** Peripheral servicing responsiveness **More than 2 times faster than previous models** 

CX-One includes powerful software packages for program development, simulation, and communications. Develop more efficient value-added systems in the time allowed. 

249 

## **Seamless Networking** 

**==> picture [461 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Web browser<br>(monitoring)<br>Networking<br>The CS1 supports message<br>communications across three<br>Internet<br>network levels, from information<br>networks down to component  Ethernet<br>networks, allowing greater on-<br>site information management.  Open Network Controller<br>Remote monitoring of<br>installations is also possible<br>using Web functions via the<br>Internet. HEE Ew GERE Ee eI<br>Controller Link<br>WE 4<br>DeviceNet<br>Information network<br>Controller network<br>Component network<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Easier Connection to Peripheral Devices** 

Up to 35 peripheral devices can be connected to a CS1 PLC via serial communications. Data can be exchanged with peripheral devices easily using the protocol macro function, eliminating the need for time-consuming communications programs. 

## **Inheritance and Maintenance** 

Today´s CS1 PLCs have complete upward compatibility with existing CS1 systems. Facilities performance can be upgraded simply by replacing the CPU Unit (see note).  Also, features such as battery-free operation ensure greater convenience for maintenance and operation. 

## **PLC-based System Expansion** 

A variety of system expansions based on CS1 PLCs, such as PLC-based process automation systems, high-precision positioning systems, and remote monitoring systems are possible. 

## **PLC base** 

**PLC-based process automation 100% Upward Compatibility systems with Existing CS1 Systems Battery-free Operation** Serial communi-cations **Easy communi-cations using Memory Cards High-precision positioning systems protocol macros. Remote Maintenance Conformance to Global Remote monitoring systems Standards** ~~Cy =~~ = > **Etc. Field network systems Onsite information terminals Note** : When replacing a CPU Unit with a different model, always test the system to confirm that it has not been adversely affected. 

Programmable Controllers 

250 

**Use the improved SYSMAC CS1 PLCs to scale advanced systems to the optimum size. 1 Faster Instruction Execution and Faster Overall Performance** 

## **Faster Instruction Execution and Faster Overall Performance** 

In addition to further improvements to the new models have a mode where **The evolution of the** instruction execution engine, which is the instruction execution and peripheral **SYSMAC CS1 is** core of overall PLC performance, the highprocessing are processed in parallel, **accelerating advances** speed RISC chip has been upgraded to enabling balanced improvements in overall **realize the fastest instruction execution** speed. **in the production site. performance in the industry** . Also, the **Common Processing: 1.6 Times Faster LD Instruction Processing Speed: 2 Times Faster** Previous CS1 models **0.5 ms** Previous CS1 models **40 ns New CS** ~~**1**~~ **0.3 ms models New CS** ~~**1**~~ **20 ns models** ~~a~~ The figures above are for high-speed, general-purpose PLCs with interchangeable boards. The development of a special LSI to execute instructions and use of a high-speed RISC chip enable high-speed processing at the CPU. **PCMIX Value: 3 Times Higher** Previous CS1 **OUT Instruction Processing Speed:** models **5 8 Times Faster New CS1 models 16** Previous CS1 models **170 ns** The PCMIX is the average number of instructions that can be executed **New CS1 20 ns** in 1 µs and expresses the over execution performance of the ladder **models** ~~—~~ program. This unit was conceived to allow comparing the performance of PLCs from different manufacturers using a common metric. Programs consisting mainly of basic instructions are processed at ultrahigh speed. **Cycle Time: 2.5 to 4.8 Times Shorter** (Cycle time for 128 inputs and 128 outputs) **Subroutine Processing Speed: 17.6 Times Faster** Previous CS1 models **8 Ksteps/ms** Previous CS1 **New CS1 Basic instructions only: 38 Ksteps/ms** models **37 µs models Including special instructions: 22 Ksteps/ms New CS models1 2.1 µs** ~~——~~ With normal I/O refresh, 1-ms pulses are not lost even for large- ~~=~~ capacity (e.g., 30-Kstep) programs. This allows use in applications requiring a high working accuracy, such as molding equipment. Cycle time overhead due to program structuring is minimized. 

new models have a mode where instruction execution and peripheral processing are processed in parallel, enabling balanced improvements in overall speed. 

## **System Bus Baud Rate Doubled** 

The data transfer rate between the CPU Unit and certain Units has been doubled to further improve total system performance. 

**==> picture [142 x 85] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
doubled<br>System bus<br>CS1 CPU Bus Units CPU Unit<br>CS1 I/O Units<br>CS1 Special I/O Units<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Reduced Variation in Cycle Time During Data Processing** 

**==> picture [316 x 171] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Instructions that require long execution  cycles to minimize variations in cycle time<br>time, such as table data processing  and maintain stable I/O response.<br>instructions and text string processing<br>instructions, are processed over multiple<br>Table data/ Long  Table data/ Only start of<br>t ext string  execution  t ext string  processing<br>processing time processing designated.<br>The cycle is temporarily<br>extended when the instruction<br>| is executed. Background processing performed over several<br>Variation cycles to limit the impact on cycle time and thus<br>reduce variation in cycle time.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


cycles to minimize variations in cycle time 

251 

## **Improved Refresh Performance for Data Links, Remote I/O Communications, and Protocol Macros** 

## **Wide Lineup Makes It Easy to Build the Optimum System** 

A total of nine CPU Unit models provide for a wide range of applications, from small-scale systems to large. The lineup also includes Memory Cards, Serial Communications Boards, and a wide selection of Special I/O Units that can be used with any CPU Units to flexibly build the system that meets the requirements. 

In the past, I/O refresh processing with the CPU Bus Unit only occurred during I/O refresh after instructions were executed. 

With the new CS1, however, I/O can be refreshed immediately by using the DLNK instruction. Immediate refreshing for processes peculiar to the CPU Bus Unit, such as for data links and DeviceNet remote I/O communications, and for allocated CIO Area/DM Area words when instructions are executed, means greater refresh responsiveness for CPU Bus Units. 

**==> picture [139 x 168] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Unit<br>Immediate  CPU Bus<br>I/O refresh Unit n<br>DLNK<br>n<br>a CIO Area words<br>allocated to CPU<br>Bus Units<br>DM Area words<br>allocated for CPU  Data exchange<br>Bus Units during communi-<br>Specific Area for  cations cycle<br>CPU Bus Units<br>Unit name Refresh function<br>LL ea aa<br>Controller Link Unit Data links<br>DeviceNet Unit Remote I/O<br>Serial Communications  Protocol macros<br>Unit<br>Socket service based<br>Ethernet Unit on manipulation of<br>specific bits.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [284 x 251] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product lineup  (Example: LD instruction processing speed, DM capacity)<br>Program<br>Capacity<br>250 Ksteps<br>Finite<br>(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 448 Kwords)<br>120 Ksteps<br>(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 256 Kwords)<br>(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 128 Kwords)<br>60 Ksteps<br>(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 128 Kwords)<br>30 Ksteps<br>(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords) (LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)<br>20 Ksteps<br>iin. iin.<br>(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords) (LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)<br>10 Ksteps<br>(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)<br>960 pts 1,280 pts 5,120 pts<br>Number of I/O points<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Large Capacity CPU Units for Greater Component Control Power** 

The CS1 CPU Units boast amazing capacity with up to 5,120 I/O points, 250 Ksteps of programming, 448 Kwords of data memory (including expanded data memory) and 4,096 timers/counters each. With a large programming capacity, CS1 PLCs are not only ideal for large-scale systems but easily handle value-added applications and other advanced data processing. 

## **Control Up to 960 Points with Units Mounted to the CPU Rack** 

## **Two Series of Expansion Racks Up to 50 m Long for Long-distance Expansion with Up to 72 Units and 7 Racks** 

The CS1 provides a high level of space efficiency. As many as 960 I/O points can be controlled by simply mounting ten Basic I/O Units, with 96 I/O points each, to the CPU Rack. Alternatively, as many as 80 analog I/O points can be used by mounting five Analog Input Units and five Analog Output Units. 

With an expansion capacity of up to I/O Control Unit CPU 80 Units and 7 Racks over a distance **2 Series of** of 12 meters, the CS1 can meet large- **Expansion Racks;** scale control needs. Alternatively, an **Up to 7 Racks Total** I/O Control Unit and I/O Interface 9 Units Units can be used to connect two I/O Interface Unit series of CS1 Long-distance Expansion Racks extending up to 50 m each and containing a total of up to 72 Units and 7 Racks. CS1 Basic I/O 50 m ~~DTT Gin~~ 50 m Units, CS1 Special I/O Units, and CS1 CPU Bus Units can be mounted anywhere on the Racks and programmed without being concerned about special remote ~~TTT Din~~ | Terminating programming requirements. Resistor Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted on the Long-distance ~~CTA~~ Expansion Racks. | ~~AHA~~ iTOUAVANAAA 

Ten I/O Units of 96 points each ~~TT~~ Five Analog Output Five Analog Input Units of Units of 8 points each Oo 8 points each a 

Programmable Controllers 

252 

## **Equipped with functions demanded by the production site to suit a variety of applications 2** 

**==> picture [291 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Nested Interlocks (for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)<br>Although strictly speaking the present  Emergency<br>interlock instructions do not allow nesting,  stop button<br>applications can be created to include  MILH 0<br>combination of complete and partial  Conveyor<br>interlock conditions that achieve  operates<br>nested interlocks. Worker present (a)<br>Emergency  Operator Product added  MILH 1<br>stop button by contact a Product<br>Contact a added<br>MILC 1<br>MILC 0<br>CX-Programmer Screen<br>Support Software<br>clearly shows the<br>interlock status.<br>(1) Conveyor operates<br>(2) Contact "a" turns ON when operator is present and<br>      products are supplied.<br>(3) When the emergency stop button is pressed, the<br>      conveyor and product addition both stop.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

## **Easy Cam Switch Control with Ladder Instructions** 

**(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)** 

**==> picture [306 x 121] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Angular data Comparison table Output<br>Upper limit Lower limit ON<br>OFF<br>Cam switch Value  OFF<br>converted by<br>GRY<br>Absolute  instruction ON<br>encoder OFF<br>Compared using<br>BCMP2 instruction<br>The time interval for<br>execution by the<br>GRY BCMP2 GRY instruction is<br>determined by the<br>Parallel  response speed for<br>wiring Gray code converted into  Compared to see whether  reading data from<br>binary, BCD, or angles. data is between upper and  the absolute<br>lower limits. encoder.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Easy Calendar Timer Function (for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)** 

**==> picture [299 x 193] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Easy Calendar Timer Function  TIME-PROPORTIONAL<br>(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later) OUTPUT (TPO) Instruction<br>(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)<br>=DT<br>TOE "ee<br>Compares two dates/times<br>Comparison can be limited  PID<br>to any combination of years, months, days, hours, minutes, or seconds. If} SSR SC<br>Example: D<br>A calendar timer function<br>can be easily set up to start  TPO<br>a process at exactly 5:00  S<br>every evening.<br>C<br>Turn ON at 5:00  B<br>every evening 20 % 80 % Time-proportioning PID<br>control can be handled by<br>the PLC by combining the<br>PID and TPO<br>(TIME-PROPORTIONAL<br>i 1 s OUTPUT) instructions.<br>Manipulated variable<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


253 

## **Simpler Ladder Programs** 

## **Convert Between Floating-point Decimal and Character Strings** 

The new CS1 can convert floating-point decimal (real numbers) to character strings (ASCII) for display on a PT (operator interface). The data can be displayed on the PT as a character-string display element. 

Ladder programs that use a lot of basic instructions can be simplified using differentiation instructions LD NOT, AND NOT, and OR NOT, and instructions that access bits in the DM and EM Areas. 

The new CS1 can convert ASCII character strings read from measurement devices by serial communications to floating-point decimal data for use in data processing. 

**==> picture [464 x 270] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PT<br>Conversion instruction With other PLCs With CS1-series PLCs<br>Floating-point  Character  500.00 Measurement device (example) a<br>decimal string<br>E.g., 500.00 353030E23030<br>a<br>Character-string display element Conversion instruction<br>Serial  Character  Floating-<br>TO PID Autotuning communications string  > point decimal a OUTB<br>The new CS1 can autotune PID constants  ORW<br>with a PID control instruction. The limit  D00000 D00000<br>cycle method is used for autotuning, so  Highly Accurate Positioning  #0001 #0000<br>the tuning is completed quickly. This is particularly effective for multiple-loop PID  The new CS1 has many double-precision  with XY Tables a D00000ANDW<br>control. processing instructions for floating-point  D00000<br>decimal operations, enabling positioning  #FFFE<br>PIDAT Autotuning for PID constants with greater accuracy. D00000<br>a t e<br>PID control instruction with<br>autotuning<br>Binary Set Values for<br>Timer/Counter Instructions<br>Error Status Generation for<br>The SV for a timer or counter instruction<br>Debugging ——_ K<br>can be specified using either BCD or<br>A specified error status can be simulated  Floating-point  binary. Using binary SV enables longer<br>by executing the diagnostic instructions  decimal instruction timers and higher-value counters.<br>(FAL/FALS). With the new CS1,  High-precision positioning<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


A specified error status can be simulated by executing the diagnostic instructions (FAL/FALS). With the new CS1, debugging is simple for applications that display messages on a PT or other display device based on the error status of the CPU Unit. 

**Examples: Timer/Counter Instructions** TIM (BCD): 0 to 999.0 s TIMX(550) (binary) 0 to 6553.5 s CNT (BCD): 0 to 999 counts CNTX(546) (binary) 0 to 65,535 counts 

**Easy Reading of Maintenance Data via DeviceNet** 

**==> picture [295 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
(example) PT (for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)<br>An error has occurred at unit  The addition of special explicit message<br>number xx. instructions makes it easy to send explicit<br>messages without having to consider<br>FINS commands. Transferring data<br>Error in Special I/O  among PLCs with explicit messages is<br>Unit also simplified.<br>- |<br>FAL Special explicit<br>message instruction<br>PT No need to<br>consider FINS<br>There is a<br>possibility that  DeviceNet<br>rack number xx<br>is disconnected.<br>I/O bus error a tome, | oe ‘)<br>FALS<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


The addition of special explicit message instructions makes it easy to send explicit messages without having to consider FINS commands. Transferring data among PLCs with explicit messages is also simplified. 

**Applicable Timer/Counter Instructions** TIMER: TIMX(550) COUNTER: CNTX(546) HIGH-SPEED TIMER: TIMHX(551) ONE-MS TIMER: TMHHX(552) ACCUMULATIVE TIMER: TTIMX(555) LONG TIMER: TIMLX(553) MULTI-OUTPUT TIMER: MTIMX(554) REVERSIBLE COUNTER: CNTRX(548) RESET TIMER/COUNTER: CNRX(547) 

Programmable Controllers 

254 

## **Easier and more efficient design, development and maintenance with Windows-based software and middleware** 

**3** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

## **Improved Support Software in an Integrated Windows-based Development Environment** 

**==> picture [288 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
The CX-One software suite provides tools for more efficient design and development<br>using the CX-Programmer for programming and network configuration, and<br>CX-Simulator for operation simulation.<br>CX-Programmer CX-Simulator System PLC<br>CS1<br>Online connection<br>=F, iia<br>Inside the personal<br>computer<br>CX-Programmer<br> (Programming<br>software)<br>Integrated<br>development  Online connection<br>environment<br>CX-Integrator Network Configuration Tool CX-Simulator<br> (Virtual CPU Unit)<br>Windows<br>CX - Programmer a<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FB OMRON FB Library** 5 

**==> picture [153 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Example: Function Block for Writing Temperature Controller SPs<br>| SYSMAC CJ-series PLC<br> (See note.)<br>Temperature  Normal<br>Controller end<br> unit number<br>Address PU<br>DeviceNet<br>Master Unit<br>Simply paste a function block  DeviceNet<br>from the OMRON FB Library<br>into the ladder program and<br>enter the unit number, set<br>point, and other parameters.<br>Temperature<br>— — Controller<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


(Unit Ver. 3.0 or later) 

The OMRON FB library provides function blocks for setting SPs, reading PVs, and reading/writing RUN/STOP status and other Temperature Controller parameters. The programmer simply pastes function blocks from the OMRON FB Library into the ladder program. The desired functions can be utilized simply by inputting the Temperature Controller unit number and address. 

## **What is the OMRON FB Library?** 

The OMRON FB Library is a set of functional objects for ladder programming for OMRON CS/CJ-series PLCs. By incorporating the OMRON function blocks provided by OMRON into a ladder program, the program interface for different control devices is easily completed. This reduces the number of working hours required for program development and, at the same time, improves product quality through standardization. 

## **The Structured Text (ST) Language Enables Trigonometric Functions and other Arithmetic Processes** (Unit Ver. 3.0 or later) 

## **Recovery Possible by Uploading Function Blocks from Working PLC** (Unit Ver. 3.0 or later) 

Programs with function blocks can be uploaded from CPU Units, just like normal programs, without the need for additional memory, such as a Memory Card. 

In addition to ladder programming, function uploaded from CPU Units, just like normal block logic can be written in ST, which programs, without the need for additional conforms to IEC61131-3. With ST, memory, such as a Memory Card. arithmetic processing is also possible, including processing of absolute values, CX-Programmer Programs with square roots, logarithms, and trigonometric Ver.5.0 function blocks functions (SIN, COS, and TAN). can be uploaded from working Processing difficult to achieve in ladder PLCs. programs becomes easy to write. **FB** . ~~Fs~~ man CS/CJ-series Unit Ver. 3.0 CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or — os higher is required. ~~TO~~ 

255 

## **Enhanced Efficiency for Program Development Teams** 

(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later) 

Multiple programmers will enjoy better efficiency when working on task-based programs, thanks to automatic checking for address duplication among tasks, downloading and uploading in task units, and easy monitoring of task operating status. 

**==> picture [125 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
The execution status of each task can be<br>monitored with CX-Programmer to improve<br>debugging efficiency.<br>Task 1 Task 1 Task 1<br>Executing Executing Executing<br>Monitoring with<br>CX-Programmer<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Checking for address duplication among tasks developed by multiple programmers is automatically executed with the cross reference report of CX-Programmer. 

The report shows that this address is used in the program in the right column, and tells how many times it is used. CX-Programmer list of duplicate addresses 

; When development is done by several people, only the tasks that have been revised need to be downloaded from CXProgrammer. 

Download only the revised tasks. 

## **Copy and Paste between** 

## **Spreadsheets and Symbol Tables** 

You can use your favorite spreadsheet application to prepare an allocation table with symbol names, addresses, and I/O comments, then copy and paste it into a symbol table, and also do the reverse. This greatly improves programming productivity. 

## **Programs Can Be Executed, Monitored, and Debugged without an Actual PLC** 

data to the CX-Simulator as virtual **Monitored, and Debugged** external input data. **without an Actual PLC** CX-Simulator Virtual external input The CX-Simulator Software simulates ladder execution of the new CS1 CPU Unit Ps Sequential data 7 on a computer. Online functions, such as monitoring of I/O bit status, monitoring of I/O memory present values, forced Virtual CPU Unit set/reset, differential monitoring, data tracing, and online editing, can be performed by connecting to the virtual CPU Unit on the computer from the CX- ~~Z~~ Actual PLC Programmer using the CX-Simulator. This CS1 reduces the total lead time to machine or system startup. 

## **Comprehensive Debugging Functions Including Ladder Step Execution and Break Points** 

**==> picture [121 x 79] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CX-Simulator<br>System status<br>setting window<br>Debugging console<br>window<br>Virtual<br>CPU Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


The new CS1 has comprehensive debugging functions, including ladder step execution (execution by instruction), start point settings, break point setting, I/O break conditions, and scan execution. This enables more detailed debugging without using an actual PLC. Interrupt tasks can be simulated, enabling more realistic debugging. 

## **Data Logging On-site and Operation Verification in the Office** 

**==> picture [36 x 43] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Virtual<br>CPU Unit<br>Start<br>Stop<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Sequential data from I/O memory in the actual PLC can be obtained and saved as a data recreation file (CSV format). Onsite PLC ladder execution can be recreated on a computer by inputting this 

**Middleware to Support PLC-centered System Construction** Easy development of user applications for communications with the new CS1. 

## **SYSMAC Compolet: Accessing the CS1 with Visual Basic** 

## **PLC Reporter 32: Add-on Software for Accessing the New CS1 Using Excel** 

Use SYSMAC Compolet for communications with OMRON PLCs to greatly reduce development time of user applications for CS1 I/O memory read and write, forced set/reset, and FINS message communications using Visual Basic. 

Use PLC Reporter 32 to automatically collect specific CS1 I/O memory data into Excel 97 or Excel 2000 cells without special programming. Basically, a system can be constructed with a computer, PLC Reporter 32, Excel, and a host link cable. The cost of constructing a monitoring system can thus be greatly reduced. 

**==> picture [265 x 98] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Visual Basic user application<br>Compolet<br>Fins Gateway Excel<br>Network board or port PLC Reporter (Fins Gateway)<br>Network support: Controller  Network board or port<br>Link, Ethernet, or RS-232C<br>serial communications Network support: Controller<br>Link, Ethernet, or RS-232C<br>serial communications<br>CS1<br>CS1<br>—— o e<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

256 

## **Further improvements to communications functions. Seamless networks increase production site transparency** 

## **4** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

## **The Solution for Communicating across Network Levels** 

The SYSMAC CS1 enables FINS message communications across a maximum of eight levels (See note) (using CX-Programmer Ver. 4.0 or higher) in comparison with three levels in previous OMRON systems Expansion up to eight levels lets you build a seamless communications system for sending FINS messages across multiple levels of Ethernet and Controller Link networks. 

**Note** : For CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or later. 

## **Flexible System Building Based on the DeviceNet** 

The CS1 Series supports the worldwide multivendor bus standard, DeviceNet. Component connections in a multivendor environment are greatly enhanced by connecting to up to 64 nodes for a wide range of FA applications, and by device profiles and configurator tools that ensure high reliability and easy maintenance. Production systems can be configured even more flexibly by incorporating products such as the MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL. 

## **A Wide Range of Systems, from Small-scale to Large** 

OMRON offers a full lineup of reliable PLCs including the "flagship" CS1 Series, and ranging from the small-scale CQM1H to the large-scale CV Series. The CS1 Series meets the needs not only of smallscale to large-scale systems, but of distributed systems as well. This allows the construction of the optimum system for the scale and applications of the production site. 

## **Functions for Better Ethernet Support** 

Ethernet is becoming an increasingly important standard for information networks. Up to eight socket interfaces for TCP/IP and UDP/IP are supported, in addition to FINS messages, FTP file transfers, and mail notification, so that production management can now be organically linked with the production site. 

## **High Event Responsiveness and High-speed Instruction Execution** 

**==> picture [305 x 285] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
The new CS1 has an operating mode that<br>allows parallel processing for program  Host SCADA software<br>execution and peripheral services. This<br>has the following benefits. Fast large-volume data<br>exchange<br>Fast exchange with host computers of large  No variations in data<br>amounts of data, without dependence on the  exchange timing<br>program capacity of the new CS1.<br>Smooth refreshing of data exchanged with<br>SCADA software without variations in timing. Peripheral services independent from<br>Cycle time not affected if communications  cycle time.<br>traffic or networks increase when expanding<br>facilities in the future.<br>Cycle time<br>: moO<br>CS1<br>Normal mode Parallel processing mode<br>(Instruction execution) (Peripheral servicing)<br>Response time:<br>Approx. 1/3<br>Peripheral servicing Sending/receiving FINS<br>commands and other<br>event processing.<br>Can be executed  Event services with Special<br>in shorter period  I/O Units, CPU Bus Units, and Inner Boards.<br>than cycle time. Peripheral and RS-232C<br>I/O refresh port servicing.<br>I/O refresh Event services using Communications Board.<br>ao Peripheral service<br>Be<br>Peripheral services cannot  Parallel processing<br>be executed in shorter period<br>than cycle time.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


257 

## **Add a Redundant Optical Ring to Your Controller Link Communications** 

A redundant network configuration will keep communications flowing over the duplicate ring-shaped path in the event of a broken optical fiber, preventing system malfunction. 

## **Remote Monitoring via the Web** 

Connecting via an ONC enables remote monitoring from a Web browser with a userdefined Web application (using Web Tool Kit). It is also possible to automatically collect data on a Memory Card mounted to an ONC and automatically transfer data to the host PLC (using Data Collection/Distribution Software). 

**==> picture [437 x 447] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Head office,<br>Head office, remote office,  remote office,<br>home, business trip destination• CX-Programmer Head office or remote office• Web browser home, business trip destination<br>• CX-Programmer • Web browser<br>(Z)<br>M odem<br>Public telephone line Internet<br>Email<br>FINS message HTTP/socket<br>Email Automatic FTP transfer of<br>collected data<br>Ethernet<br>Modem  (Intranet) Open Network Controller<br>• Web server function<br> CS1 Serial communications • Email client (SMTP) • FTP client  (Collected data file<br>ONC transferred to host using FTP<br>Ethernet Unit when transfer conditions are<br>• TCP/IP or UDP/IP socket service met.)<br>• FINS message communications • FINS message<br>• Message client (SMTP) function communications<br>• FTP server function DeviceNet<br>  (File read/write to Memory Card) Configurator<br>RS-232C<br>Controller Link  CS1<br>: Controller Link Unit Controller Link Unit / DeviceNet  | mr<br>Unit<br>Data links<br>CJ1<br> CS1  CS1<br>FINS message<br>Remote I/O communications<br>DeviceNet<br>FINS message<br>| |<br>Programmable<br>Slave<br>DeviceNet Slave<br>DRT2-series Series<br> CS1 DeviceNet Unit  Temperature Controller (PID and  CompoBus/S<br>(can operate as  other parameter  Robot or<br>master or slave) settings possible  other device<br>from the DeviceNet<br>Configurator). — =<br>Information network<br>FINS message<br>Seamless<br>Controller network<br>Component network<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

258 

## **Construction of systems in multivendor environments simplified with protocol macros.** 

## **5** 

## **The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

(CPU Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later) (Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later) 

## NEW **Serial Gateway** (CPU Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later) Truly Seamless Incorporation of OMRON Components and Other Devices into Networks 

**==> picture [122 x 47] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Gateway FINS network<br>Serial<br>(~<br>Component/PLC communications<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


When the CPU Unit (Ver. 3.0 or later) or Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit (Ver. 1.2 or later) receive a FINS command containing a CompoWay/F command (see note 1) via network or serial communications, the command is automatically converted to a protocol suitable for the message and forwarded using serial communications. 

**Note** 1: FINS Abbreviation for Factory Interface Network Service. A command system for message services common to OMRON networks. FINS commands can be sent across up to 8 network levels, including serial communications paths using a serial gateway. (Possible only with CS/CJ-series CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or later.) 

CompoWay/F (See note 2.) Host Link FINS 

(Possible only with Serial Communications Boards or Serial Communications Units Ver. 1.2 or later) 

**Note 2** : CompoWay/F CompoWay/F is an integrated communications protocol used for OMRON general-purpose serial communications. It is used by Temperature Controllers, Digital Panel Meters, Timer/Counters, Smart Sensors, Cam Positioners, Safety Controllers, etc. (as of July 2004). 

## **Serial Gateway System (Reference)** 

When CompoWay/F commands are enclosed in FINS commands and sent to Serial Communications Boards or Serial Communications Units (Ver. 1.2) or serial ports on CPU Unit Ver. 3.0, the enclosed CompoWay/F command is retrieved using a Serial Gateway Function and sent as a CompoWay/F command. 

**==> picture [128 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FINS command received<br>Serial Gateway: FINS<br>command "capsule"<br>opened and contents<br>haopthateg]tf ss |— retrieved.<br>Sent as a CompoWay/F<br>command<br>= —<br>Temperature Controller Smart Sensor<br>OMRON Components<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**More Ports for Even More Serial Device Connections** 

Protocol macros make it easy to create serial communications protocols (communications frames, error checks, retries, error processing, etc.) to match those of remote communications devices. Multiple ports are provided for this function. Each PLC supports up to 16 Serial Communications Units (32 ports total) and one Serial Communications Board (with 2 ports). This makes it possible to connect up to 34 devices with serial communications at a speed of 38.4 Kbps. Message length has been increased from 256 to 1,000 bytes to give communications more power than ever before. 

## **Windows-based Software Simplifies Serial Device Connections** 

Protocol macros for Serial Communications Units and Boards can be created using the CX-Protocol, thus enabling message tracing and greatly reducing the time involved in connecting various serial devices. 

259 

**==> picture [456 x 556] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Enhanced Protocol Macro  Serial Communications  Programming Devices<br>Functionality Configuration Example CX-ProgrammerCX-Protocol<br>(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later) CX-Motion Programming Console<br>Host computer, etc.<br>Baud rate increased from 38,400 bps to<br>57,600 bps for faster communications. a [a]<br>Standard system protocol added for  Host Link<br>greater connectability with components  Ea<br>and PLCs. ASCII Unit Serial Communications Unit Serial Communications Board<br>•CompoWay/F Master CPU Unit Peripheral bus<br>•Host Link Master functions (Programming<br>•Mitsubishi Computer Link Master Console bus)<br>Programmable<br>ig di teee Ae Terminal<br>Wide Range of Applicable<br>Protocols Allows for High<br>Value-added Programs<br>The CS1 Series supports a wide range of  aai000 ee G—— NT Link Cd<br>serial communications protocols, such as<br>Host Link, no-protocol, NT Link, peripheral  GD Protocol macros<br>bus, and more. These allow for high value- Commercially-available external device Commercially-available external device Microcomputer, etc. Non-OMRON PLCs, etc.<br>added programs such as MMI,<br>communications, and data processing.<br>| IE | [|] [<]<br>General-purpose protocol  Temperature controller,<br>using BASIC in ASCII Unit bar code reader, etc.<br>The Fastest Communications<br>Protocol macros<br>in the Industry with  GD r—ti‘Sé!é*Y Protocol macros<br>High-speed NT Links<br>Combine with one of the NS Series<br>Programmable Terminals (NS8, NS10, or<br>NS12) to enable connecting High-speed<br>NT Links. Using NT Link terminology  Host Links No-protocol<br>together with a communications speed of  Sending Host Link and<br>115 Kbps provides high-speed response.  FINS commands CPU Unit<br>RS-232C Port<br>Reading and writing of<br>NT Links  (1:N Mode) operating modesI/O memory and  Serial CommunicationsUnit Serial CommunicationsBoard<br>TXD instruction  TXD instruction<br>or  or<br>RXD instruction RXD instruction<br>using Serial  using CPU Unit's<br>Communications RS-232 port or Serial<br>Unit Communications Board<br>TWGGUU MMB Device 4 J<br>Response<br>Data input from  Data output to printer<br>a bar code reader<br>no _<br>Programmable  Programmable  Supports No-protocol Communications<br>Terminal Terminal (Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later)<br>PLC-to-PT connection in NT Link (1:N mode) communicati- No-protocol communications supported for Serial<br>ons can be either one-to-one or one-to-many. Communications Units and Serial Communications<br>Boards<br>This mode enables components to be connected to<br>multiple communications ports using no-protocol<br>communications.<br>Serial port I/O instructions executable using no-protocol<br>communications from Serial Communications Units and<br>Serial Communications Boards (TXDU, RXDU, TXD,<br>and RXD) are supported for CPU Units with Ver. 3.0 or<br>later.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Enhanced Protocol Macro Functionality** 

(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later) 

- Baud rate increased from 38,400 bps to 57,600 bps for faster communications. 

- Standard system protocol added for greater connectability with components and PLCs. 

- •CompoWay/F Master 

- •Host Link Master functions 

- •Mitsubishi Computer Link Master 

## **Wide Range of Applicable Protocols Allows for High Value-added Programs** 

The CS1 Series supports a wide range of serial communications protocols, such as Host Link, no-protocol, NT Link, peripheral bus, and more. These allow for high valueadded programs such as MMI, communications, and data processing. 

## **The Fastest Communications in the Industry with High-speed NT Links** 

Combine with one of the NS Series Programmable Terminals (NS8, NS10, or NS12) to enable connecting High-speed NT Links. Using NT Link terminology together with a communications speed of 115 Kbps provides high-speed response. 

Programmable Controllers 

260 

## **Advanced management and resource inheritance providing powerful support for maintenance and operation** 

**6** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

## **Remote Maintenance** 

**1.** Program or monitor a remote PLC via a modem connection. 

**==> picture [297 x 251] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2. Program or monitor a<br>network PLC via a Host  Link<br>connection.<br>3.  Send e-mail for errors  3. Mail en<br>from PLCs connected to  Ethernet<br>———————<br>Ethernet.<br>Host Link<br>Modem<br>1. Remote programming/monitoring<br>    via modem  (See note.) Phone line<br>2. Remote programming/<br>monitoring via Host Link<br>(See note.)<br>Modem<br>a<br>Note: The same kind of programming and monitoring<br>performed via normal Host Link is possible.<br>Memory Cards for Data File<br>Office<br>Management<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [123 x 296] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Office<br>PC Card<br>Adapter<br>T he<br>Memory Card<br>Upload<br>—<br>Programming<br>Production  Console<br>site<br>Download<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


User programs, I/O memory, or system parameters can be converted to Windowsbased files and stored in Memory Cards or in EM file memory in the CPU Unit. It is also possible to automatically read the user program and other data from the Memory Card to the CPU Unit at startup, replacing ROM operation. Change programs on-site using only a Memory Card and Programming Console, or use Memory Cards to store symbol tables or I/O comments. Connecting a Programming Device allows monitoring operations with ladder programs with comments. It is also possible to save and read data such as DM data to a Memory Card during operation, and the Memory Cards are ideal for operations such as saving quality data and reading recipes. 

261 

## **Boost Program Security by Keeping Part of It Hidden** 

## **Write Protection from a Specific Node over the Network** 

## **Prevent Information Leaks from PLCs** 

(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later) 

(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later) 

(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later) 

**==> picture [468 x 169] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
You can prevent access to special tasks  In addition to applying read protection  You can now stop specific nodes from<br>by requiring the user to have a password  functions to the user program area and  writing over the network.By preventing<br>to read them. tasks, you can also protect against the  unintentionally writes to the PLC while<br>Task 1 transfer of user programs to a Memory Card.This prevents leaks of proprietary  monitoring data over the network, you can prevent potential problems.<br>information by completely protecting<br>against the reading of programs inside the<br>Use a password to prevent  PLC.<br>reading of only task 2.<br>CX-Programmer<br>Task 2 Crucial  Ver. 4.0<br>st programming cannot be  Read protection Reading  Z<br>read. possible Reading<br>possible<br>CX-Programmer Ver. 4.0 = Task 3 a — —— Write protection<br>No transfer  Write enabled<br>This allows you to hide crucial parts of the  possible WET<br>|<br>program.<br>Memory Card<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


By applying write protection, you can also prevent a user from inadvertently writing over the hidden part of the program. This provides additional protection for your program. 

## **Easy Replacement of Existing Models** 

## **Replace Malfunctioning Units without Turning OFF the Power (Online Unit Replacement)** 

> Programs designed for existing models **(Online Unit Replacement)** (C200HX/HG/HE, CVM1, or CV-series When an I/O Unit, a Special I/O Unit, or a PLCs) using the CX-Programmer can be CPU Bus Unit is malfunctioning, it is now converted for use with the new CS1. The possible to replace the faulty Unit while the following functions are available to make system continues operating. the conversion to the new CS1 even This is particularly effective for systems easier. that cannot be stopped when a problem CV-CS address conversion instruction to has occurred in another part of the system. convert programs designed for the (This function requires a CS1D-CPU      S CPU CVM1/CV that include internal I/O memory Unit, a CS1D-BC082 or CS1D-BI092 Backplane, addresses. and a CS1D-PA207R or CS1D-PD024 Power 

Read protection e Write protection 

CV-CS address conversion instruction to convert programs designed for the CVM1/CV that include internal I/O memory addresses. 

## **Internal Flash Memory-based Battery-free Operation** 

C200HX/HG/HE: Region comparison (ZCP Supply Unit.) and ZCPL) instructions. 

Flash memory (non-volatile memory) is built into the new CS1's CPU Unit. User programs and system parameters (e.g., PC Setup and data link tables) are automatically saved to this flash memory. This means that the new CS1 can operate without a Memory Card and battery. 

**==> picture [302 x 70] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Faulty Unit CPU<br>PS<br>C200HX/HG/HE Easy replacement<br>T TT<br>CS1<br>(1) Remove the  (2) Resume<br>faulty Unit  access after<br>CVM1/CV after stopping  replacing the<br>access to it. Unit.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Built-in flash memory User program Parameter area data 

**==> picture [143 x 82] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1<br>Battery-free<br>operation<br>with no Memory<br>Card.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or higher required. 

## **Store All I/O Comments, Symbol Names, Rung Comments, and Other Information in CPU Unit Comment Memory** (Unit Ver. 3.0 or later) 

When downloading projects, the Memory Card, EM file memory, or comment memory (in the CPU Unit's flash memory) can be selected as the transfer destination for I/O comments, symbol names, rung comments, and other data. This enables data such as I/O comments, symbol names, and rung comments to be stored in the CPU Unit's internal comment 

memory when a Memory Card or EM file memory are both not available. (PLC models: CS/CJ-series with unit version 3.0 or later only.) 

Programmable Controllers 

262 

## **The CS1 Duplex System Boots the Reliability of Facilities and Equipment** 

## **7** 

## **Duplex-CPU System** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

**==> picture [154 x 29] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
tH Controller Link  —_ Ethernet Unit<br>Unit Duplex CPU Units<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [69 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Duplex Power Supply Units<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Hot Standby System Adopted for CPU Unit Duplexing** 

## **Online Unit Replacement** 

With either a Duplex-CPU or Single-CPU CS1D System, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O Units, and CPU Bus Units can be replaced online while the system continues operation. 

- When a problem occurs in the CPU Unit, the system instantly switches control to the other CPU Unit, enabling continuous operation with minimal effect on the system. 

Although operation will stop for the Unit being replaced, all other Units will continue operation. 

- Because there is no need for special duplex  programming, the design process is simple and design steps are reduced. 

**==> picture [304 x 74] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
process is simple and design steps are  During System Operation with<br>reduced. Power Supplied =<br>a a<br>The system can also be configured with only one each of<br>the CPU, Power Supply, and Communications Units. This<br>lets you optimize the system cost by selecting the Units  Perform the online<br>that you need. (The Duplex Unit must be used even when  ial TL Unit replacement<br>using only one each of the CPU, Power Supply, and  operation from the<br>Communications Units.) Programming<br>Console or CX-<br>Programmer.<br>Unit replaced<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-CPU System** 

**==> picture [230 x 22] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Controller Link Unit Ethernet Unit<br>Duplex Communications Units can be used,  Duplex Power Supply Units can be used,<br>even with a Single-CPU System. even with a Single-CPU System.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Duplex operation is possible for any or all of the following: CPU Units, Power Supply Units, and Communications Units.** 

Use duplex operation for the CPU Unit, power supply, or communications depending on system requirements for reliability, costs, and functionality. For example, use duplex operation for all of these for systems that must never go 

down or use duplex operation for only the power supply (which has a relatively short service life). Just build in the redundancy required by the system. 

263 

## **Increase the Reliability of Information with Duplex Networks** 

## **Duplex Ethernet for Greater Information Network Reliability** 

## **Duplex Networks between PLCs with Controller Link** 

With redundant networks and communications process (as opposed to Communications Units, communications switching the entire line), to enable will continue even if a network line is creating a highly reliable network even broken or one of the Communications Units against a network line broken in more than fails. The communications path is one location. automatically selected for each 

Even if one Unit fails, the other Unit will back it up and continue communications. Even if a line breaks, a loopback will be used to maintain the network. 

**==> picture [423 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
This path is  Either the CS1W-CLK12-V1 or CS1W-CLK52-V1<br>automatically selected.<br>This path is  This path is  is required for a Duplex Controller Link network.<br>automatically selected. Unit failure automatically selected.<br>Line backed<br>The CS1D-ETN21D and  up with<br>CS1D CPU Unit version  loopback<br>1.1 or higher are required<br>Ethernet for a duplex Ethernet<br>a i o u e Niliitase t ka |<br>network.<br>Ethernet Break<br>ir<br>Network  Network<br>Unit failed.<br>participation  participation<br>list list<br>Node backed up.<br>Participation list  Participation list<br>showing node B is not  showing node A is<br>connected.  not connected.<br>i id l |<br>Initial and maintenance<br>Ethernet network Ethernet network costs are reduced.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Either the CS1W-CLK12-V1 or CS1W-CLK52-V1 is required for a Duplex Controller Link network. 

## **Monitor Connection Status to an Ethernet Network** 

The connection status for each line is stored in the CIO Area words allocated in the CPU Unit. This enables the ladder program or host to quickly detect faulty nodes or lines to make maintenance easier. 

## **Allows effective use of software assets.** 

## **Program without Being Concerned with Duplex Operation** 

The same support software can be used in systems combining the CS1 and CJ1 Series, and all software programs and data are compatible.Their application and reuse are extremely easy.There is also no need for ladder programs for duplexing. This means that when converting an existing system to a Duplex System, there is almost no need to revise ladder programs. 

**No special programming is required to use duplex communications with the CS1D, making it simple to design programs for duplex systems.** 

## **The complex programming required in previous applications for duplex communications with Ethernet is eliminated.** 

Just program the operation as if for one Ethernet Unit, and the PLC will determine the destination and send the message. 

Previously it was necessary to program operation for both Ethernet Units. 

## **Complete compatibility among Units.** 

> Programming to PLC automatically determines 

> determine destination destination. Tried first. SEND SEND Destination Other Unit tried if no response from first Unit. SEND 

The CS1D Duplex System is fully compatible with the I/O Units of the entire CS Series. Accordingly, the same Units and materials can be used for restoring the system and conducting maintenance. There is no need to purchase different Units and materials for each system, making the CS1D Duplex System highly economical. 

## **Controller Link networks enable allocating data link areas without wasting memory.** 

Just create the data links for one Controller Link Unit to eliminated wasted data memory. The Duplex Controller Link Units share the data links. 

Previously, twice the memory was required Two sets of to implement data the same links for two data link Controller Link Units, areas were and it was necessary required and to determine which programming was data could be used. required to select the areas. 

(C200H Units, however, cannot be used with CS1D PLCs. Refer to user documentation for details.) 

Programmable Controllers 

264 

## **8** 

## **Machine performance improved with high-speed, high precision, flexible motion control** 

## **Position Control Units** 

## **Two Types of Outputs and Control of 1, 2, or 4 Axes** 

Select from 1-axis, 2-axis, and 4-axis models with either open-collector output or line-driver output to suit a number of different applications. 

## **A Variety of Positioning Functions** 

There are 2 operating modes: direct operation (position, speed, acceleration, and deceleration data specified from the ladder program), which is effective for setting target positions, speeds, and  acceleration rates immediately or during operation, and memory operation, where fixed patterns are stored beforehand in the Unit and used for operation. There are also a variety of positioning functions, such as interrupt feeding, which is effective for feeder control, and forced interrupt, which is useful in emergencies. 

## **Advanced Motion Control Units** 

## **Easy System Construction** 

Up to 30 physical axes and two virtual axes, making a total of 32, can be controlled, and the servo interface is handled by high-speed servo communications (MECHATROLINK-II, a registered trademark of Yaskawa Electric Corporation). This makes it possible to control multiple axes with less wiring. 

You can also read and track the operating status of parameter settings inside the Servo Driver. 

## **Easy Motion Control** 

Motion control, including positioning, synchronizing (electronic gears, electronic cams, tracking), speed, and torque control, can all be handled by the CS1. 

Eight motion tasks can be used for simultaneous motion program execution. 

## **Motion Control Units** 

## **Easy Programming with G Language and Multitasking** 

The Motion Control Units use G language to ensure easy programming. The Units have a large programming capacity of up to 100 programs and 2,000 program blocks, and allow independent operation of 4 tasks. 

## **High-speed Interlocks** 

Interrupt programs can be executed from the motion control program using D codes (interrupt codes). Easy, fast interlocks ensure greater production efficiency. 

Synchronous control (electronic gears, electronic cams) is also possible. 

## **Easy Data Control** 

High-speed servo communications lets you read programs and parameter settings from CX-Programmer on a PC. 

**==> picture [484 x 375] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motion<br>Advanced  Control  Customizable<br>Position Control  MC Unit Units Counter Units<br>Units CX-Programmer<br>i cs ac cs aie == —— leno— 9 feCS aos RUN cS POWER PA2d<br>“ xcow ew eet Yew fa my a<br>Be cee a2 rv | conn<br>isac 8 wo Bae UNTmypag ||eMACHBBx a |ACI ee meg)eee} | rocco|MACH¢ ¢ —| MACHn'yJoo. ox--0iBae———| oa’)actToot ox Bie egSyeuac csconan bl<br>; 1 ]h ree]S x 9]i)| seem,re]= 7 ©Ahi{5 | I:ae Cs)akf is } FEa] ie wp| D| —aS ||) _Mcpwe= =BUSY<br>ke ]] be= ica= S eI, e rs], |tc PorTi | =<br>Sis = HP Onvaxcy | a. E71<br>|oneone[= eeices 7 7 a 2 [@ | 2 G a ee- — |<br>im) + [*]| we!ie | a fe aH Eos. ere |<br>; H Porta<br>4<br>Bb P aa | bs! 5 eee 1 wm] 1 m) 1 1 | tet || CX-Motion<br>reed Tor mx | tia 70) ae V0 DAV.Z"U ie) fey fea EI seaa PorT |i |<br>CX-Position<br>MC-Miel<br>(free software)<br>Pulse/analog output<br>Pulses<br>Communications<br>Analog<br>N x NX ‘“<br>-‘N » ‘N \ . x<br>SMART JUSP-NS115  W Series Servo Driver<br>STEP een = =| Interface Unit for  =| =<br>MECHATROLINK-II<br>(Yaskawa)<br>Encoder<br>.7 <7 x 4 .7<br>Servomotor Servomotor Servomotor Servomotor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


265 

## **Smart Process Control** 

## **OMRON PLC-based Process Control brings Major Innovations to Process Automation** 

## **9** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

**==> picture [301 x 198] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LIE IE ee —- © DCS functionality in a PLC<br>Analog Units with signal<br>conversion functions<br>gee) IB eg eo © Ray diy Mt fo<br>A scaleable system<br>configuration<br>: SS= 43 yy Don e<br>Bd \<br> @ Duplex<br>PLC-based  operation<br>Process Control supported<br>Function block programming , ad e Complete<br>Sequence programming using  maintenance<br>either step ladders or  functions<br>E ngineenasy i<br>sequence tables<br>A direct link to HMI products<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Provides an exceptionally open environment with PLC-based process control to advance standardization and IT integration of the process control system.** 

**==> picture [339 x 221] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GED Touch Panels  > User Application Ga» HMI Software<br>e NS-series PT a Special HMI software<br>CX-Process Monitor Plus<br>Commercially available<br>HMI software<br>HMI software<br>“Fe =a!    compatible with<br>   FinsGateway<br>Ethernet/Controller Link<br>PLC (CS1 Duplex) PLC (CS-series)<br>my TT tat | tat | PF TTT | lot FY<br>TELE    CS1D Process-control CPU     Loop Control Board/Unit<br>BL et |S    Unit JEU Rat} 2 Condenses DCS functions<br>Duplex Process-control CPU  in a compact Unit and<br>Unit can help reduce risk enables function-block<br>insystems that must not stop. programming.<br>@Qm .    Process I/O Units @Qm.    CX-Process Tool<br>Analog I/O Units are available  Function blocks can be<br>for diverse functions such as  pasted into windows and<br>Isolators, power supplies, and  graphic programming can<br>signal conversion. be perfomed by arranging<br>blocks with the mouse.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

266 

## **Diversified Loop Control is even easier to use. Programming becomes even easier with function-block programming.** 

**==> picture [467 x 223] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Packed with complete DCS functionality,  Example: Cascade Control<br>the LCBs/LCUs are programmed with                   (Heating and Cooling)<br>PID1<br>function blocks designed specifically for  Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit Loop Control Unit/Board With Function<br>process control. Similar to preparing a flow  Blocks:<br>sheet, function blocks are pasted and connections made using a graphic  m7 PV1 PID1MV1 Isolated-type Ai4 Terminal Y1 PV =P Basic PIDSP X1Split ConversionY1 Isolated-type Ao4 TerminalY1<br>interface. A wide array of control methods,  RSP1 Y2 PVE Y1 Y2 Y2<br>from basic PID control to cascade and feed- S PV2 a PID2 Pooh Y3 ao RSP MV |bee Y3<br>forward control, are possible.  MV2 Y4 MIE Y4<br>MVE<br>Split<br>conversion<br>Ia ~ Sae=<br>ro I Eo<br>Temperature<br>Basic PID<br>TemperatureHeat  PV SP<br>exchange PVE Y1<br>Steam RSP MV<br>- Q - * = MIE<br>AA : rt MVE<br>Q =<br>Cooling<br>water<br>Drain m =\<br>PID2<br>_ 3<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **PLC-based Process Control Application Examples** 

## **Batch Control in a Chemical Plant** 

**==> picture [441 x 276] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
In-line Blending in a Food Plant @ Batch Control in a Chemical Plant<br>Personal computer<br>Personal computer HMI software<br>HMI software<br>Ethernet<br>Ethernet<br>SYSMAC CS1 PLC with advanced  SYSMAC CS1 Duplex<br>(CS1D Process-control CPU Unit)<br>Loop Control Board<br>Flowrate control  TTT Rat TEEmeat|| Reaction control<br>(blending PID control)<br>Materials tanks Flowrate Control outputs<br>| | =D KH (0)<br>3 A [OH}] ® >.D8 Motor<br>B<br>LK al Motor Product tanks I KOE = . >, ,<br>Motor Motor<br>C A<br>B<br>Intermediate tank<br>Drying equipment<br>Q p=8 8<br>Motor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


267 

## **DeviceNet Creates Many Advantages for Development and Design, for Production and Startup, and for Operation and Maintenance** 

## **10** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

**==> picture [307 x 416] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Configurator<br>Ethernet<br>Programmable Terminal<br>NT631<br>=<br>DeviceNet  —— a<br>Interface Unit<br>NT-DRT21 co =[ae Fe i .<br>SYSMAC CS-series DeviceNet Unit —_——~_—_ it =Lo] DeviceNet Option Unit for OMNUC W Series  mF:<br>CS1W-DRM21-V1 = AC Servo Drivers shel<br>R88A-NCW152-DRT<br>ae apes Se |<br>|Fe aa | = Ld wyod aedee Oj Lo<br>       Smart Slave<br>Transistor Remote I/O<br>       Smart Slave Terminals with 3-tier<br>Terminal Block<br>Environment-resistive<br>Terminals > DRT2-ID16(-1)/ AB SFis =5<br>DRT2-HD16C (-1) Or, eo ~ OD16(-1)/MD16TA(-1) \\ waeTa<br>DRT2-ID08C/OD08C (-1)<br>       Smart Slave DeviceNet<br>Wireless Link<br>Transistor Connector  WD30-ME<br>        Smart Slave Terminals  with<br>MIL Connectors<br>Sensor Connector  DRT2-ID32ML(-1)/<br>Terminals OD32ML(-1)/ i E wa<br>DRT2-   D16S (-1) MD32ML(-1)<br>       Smart Slave<br>       Smart Slave Transistor Screwless  PCB Terminals<br>Remote I/O Terminals DRT2-ID16/OD16 (-1)XWT-ID16/OD16 (-1) “ 4 da Clamp TerminalsWithout detectionfunction   DRT2-ID32SL(-1)/ (MIL connector) DRT2-   D32B(-1)/DRT2-   D32BV(-1) a<br>XWT-ID08/OD08 (-1) OD32SL(-1)/<br>MD32SL(-1)<br>With detection function<br>DRT2-ID32SLH(-1)/<br>        Smart Slave OD32SLH(-1)/MD32SLH(-1)<br>Analog I/O Terminal        Smart Slave<br>DRT2-AD04/DA02DRT2-AD04H ~NEW “ Relay Output Remote  Temperature<br>I/O Terminal P Input Terminals<br>DRT2-ROS16 DRT2-TS04T NEW<br>f DRT2-TS04P<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

268 

## **Advantages in Operation and Maintenance** 

## **Advantages in Development and Design** 

## **Advantages in  Production and Startup** 

## **Operation Advantages** 

## **Hardware Advantages** 

## **Hardware Advantages** 

- e Many compatible components for more Assembly time shortened by options and easier system construction. standardization and modularization. No restrictions on Master, enabling Number of work hours reduced by less e@ 

   - e Assembly time shortened by Recipe control quickly improves yields. standardization and modularization. Preventative maintenance to avoid 

   - e Number of work hours reduced by less e@ system shutdowns and increase wiring. operating rates. 

      - system shutdowns and increase operating rates. Simple layout changes. 

- equipment modularization at the Slaves. 

- Simple wiring checking process to help prevent wiring mistakes. 

   - Lines can be constructed for modular replacement. 

- Simple implementation of distributed equipment manufacturing. 

## **Software Advantages** 

- ee Simple software standardization with Distributed I/O for more compact control profile specified for each component. panels and equipment. 

- e Open network construction eliminates e the need to consider communications **Startup Advantages** protocols, allowing program development e Simple re-assembly at delivery site. e@ using ladder diagrams only. e Simple settings and communications 

      - **Maintenance Advantages** e Easy identification of fault locations reduces time to restore operation. 

   - Simple re-assembly at delivery site. Simple settings and communications work, shortening startup time. 

   - A wide variety of data can be collected from components, aiding preventative maintenance. 

- Establishing communications with components with plug-and-play simplicity. 

   - Simple plug-and-play replacement using connectors. 

   - Online replacement for maintenance without stopping the system. 

- Simple identification of faults with complete monitoring tools. 

**==> picture [458 x 280] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CompoBus/S<br>Multi-function<br>h/ High-function General-purpose Inverter (with DeviceNet  Compact Inverter(with DeviceNet Communications  ~ RS-232C Unit DRT1-232C2 B= RS-232C “a Programmable Slave CPM2C-S100C-DRTCPM2C-S110C-DRT<br>Communications Card) Unit)<br>3G3RV 3G3MV<br>| | | |<br>DeviceNet<br>DeviceNet<br>Communications<br>Unit for Fiber<br>Amplifiers<br>E3X-DRT21 Digital Temperature<br>Controllers<br>E5ER-DRT<br>Visual Sensor Controller Temperature Input Terminals<br>F150-C10E-3-DRT DRT2-TS04T/TS04P<br>Digital Panel Meters<br>      Smart Slave SYSMAC CQM1H/CQM1 K3HB-DRT<br>DeviceNet I/O Unit<br>DeviceNet Wireless Link DeviceNet Communications  (16 inputs and 16 outputs)CQM1-DRT21<br>WD30-SE Unit for Modular<br>MULTIPLE  Waterproof  Terminals<br>J I/O TERMINAL DRT1-    D        CL (-1) O OO Temperature Controllers E5ZN-DRT<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


269 

## **Greater Compatibility with PLCs Multilingual Globalization for Greater Machine Flexibility** 

## **11** 

**The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.** 

**==> picture [305 x 268] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ladder Monitor Function Programming Console<br>Save the NS-EXT01 Ladder Monitor  Function (Using NS-EXT01-V2            Ladder Monitor)<br>system program on a Memory Card (the  If a  Programming Console  is selected as<br>NS-EXT01 is sold separately) and install  the operating mode, a Programming<br>the Memory Card to enable monitoring of a  Console is displayed on the Ladder<br>ladder program (I/O bit status monitor,  Monitor screen. Operating methods are<br>address/instruction search, multiple I/O bit  exactly the same as for a CS-/CJ-series<br>monitor, etc.) being executed in a CS/CJ- Programming Console. Timer set values<br>series PLC connected by a serial  can be changed, bit addresses can be<br>connection. It is also possible to display  added or changed, and many other<br>I/O comments created with the CX- operations can be performed on-site, all<br>Programmer. from the screen of the NS-series PT. The<br>CD-ROM functionality of the Ladder<br>CX-Programmer  Monitor and Programming<br>Install CXT file Console can be used for<br>Ladder Monitor  I/O comment  primary on-site response<br>CS-/CJ-series  TON NS-series  — application Ll extraction tool without a personal computer.<br>PLC Programmable Terminal I/O comment file<br>for Ladder Monitor<br>1:N NT Link<br>RS-232C<br>Serial port  Memory Card (Sold separately.)<br>A or B Ladder Monitor (HMC-EF           )<br> (Started from System Menu.)<br>0000.00 0000.01 CF003 0002.00    Programming<br>   Console Function<br>SW1 SW2 ER LAMP01 Programming Console functionality is displayed when  Programming<br>Note : CS- and CJ-series PLCs connected via a 1:N NT Link to   Console  is selected as the operating mode.<br>          serial port A or B on an NS-series Programmable<br>          Terminal can be monitored.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Switch Box Function** 

The Switch Box Function has been added **The Switch Box provides the following functions:** to the NS-series Programmable Terminals. Switching between Monitoring Contiguous or The Switch Box Function can be used to Noncontiguous Bits and Contiguous Words The I/O memory monitor function monitor words or combinations of monitor the status of each bit in a word or a specified bits. Bit/word comments are imported from the CXcombination of user-selected bits organized Programmer. Register the Words or Bit Combinations To Be Monitored like a ladder program section. The Switch by Group Box Function makes it Comments can be input for individual groups, e.g., so that the operating conditions of words or bits can be described in text. possible to perform Same User Interface as the Switch Box Utility for basic troubleshooting Personal Computers on the factory floor The same displays can be monitors in the office on a personal computer and onsite at the NS-series PT, making discussions even without a clearer. computer. = | 

**==> picture [308 x 183] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Connect to Ethernet or, for High-speed Communications<br>with PLCs, to Controller Link. PT Network Capabilities<br>Are More Powerful than Ever Before. eee Personalcomputer<br>Ethernet<br>Direct<br>jy _ access . NS-seriesPT<br>CS/CJ-series<br>PLC<br>Controller Link<br>Direct  Direct<br>Direct  Direct  access access<br>access access<br>NS-series PT CS/CJ-series PLC NS-series<br>PT<br>NS-series<br>PT<br>Direct<br>access<br>CS/CJ-series PLC iin. fii] CS/CJ-series  lg |<br>PLC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

270 

**You may want to transfer screens to a PT through the PLC without changing computer connections or transfer a ladder program to the PLC through the PT by using the Ethernet or Controller Link.** 

**NS-series PTs provide Smart Active Parts (SAP library) enabling direct access to data in various devices.** 

**==> picture [466 x 245] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ladder programs can be monitored or<br>transferred from the CX-Programmer  NS-series PT<br>through the NS-series PT to PLCs that are<br>connected to the PT in series or via a<br>network. into the screen.Simply paste<br> Screen data or Data in Memory Card<br>(From CX-Designer through PLC to<br>SPMA NS-series PT) NS5-V1 NS8-V1 NS10-V1 NS12-V1<br>(From CX-Programmer through NS-series PT to PLC) Ladder program 5-inch Model 8-inch Model 10-inch Model 12-inch Model Color and size can also be changed.<br>Personal<br>computer<br>Ethernet :: I Example: RS-232C 1<br>Example: Ethernet<br>NS-series PT CS/CJ series  ' Peripheral (or RS-232C) NS-series PT 1 =| . I<br>PLC Serial  CS/CJ series PLC Smart Active Parts<br>Peripheral bus   (SAP library)<br>(Tool bus)<br>=e)Ee all——— s ra fin =. aaicaiaaanaaiaa a|a<br>Serial init; RS-232C Personal computer >) Ese) ini” Serial PLC System Components vow WALT) Access devices without programs LDPCUU<br>NT Link  fee eee eee eens, NT Link a = 1 Example: DeviceNet<br>Controller Link<br>rT ; os “ay ——<br>Screen transfer  : = n= &<br>from the Controller<br>Link is supported<br>from version 6. Serial<br>NS-series PT CS/CJ series PLC NT Link NS-series PT<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Multilingual Version to Develop for Various Demands** 

Create Chinese or Korean screens on your Windows system. 

Support multiple languages with the same screen data. 

Create the source language labels and let suppliers handle the other languages. 

## **Multi-language Input with Japanese Windows** 

When Windows 2000 or XP is being used, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, and other language text can be input in NS-Designer. Select the desired language with Global IME to input a different language. You can also use this program together with RAKURAKU CHUUGOKUGO and RAKURAKU KANKOKUGO (Chinese and Korean input systems) to convert Japanese to Chinese and Korean. 

## **Use Screen Import/Export Functions to Separate Translation Work** 

**NS Series: Easily Create Multilingual Screens on Your Windows System** 

Property information for labels and other objects in screen data created using the NS-Designer can be exported to CSV files. These files can be edited in Excel and other programs. The screens can be created in the source language and then labels and other text exported to CSV files, which can be sent to translators for conversion to other languages. The translated CSV files can then be imported to automatically input the desired languages into labels. 

## **Label Switching to Select from Multiple Languages** 

Up to 16 groups of labels (labels 0 to 15) can be registered for functional objects such as buttons, lamps, labels, and alarm settings. (Each label can correspond to a different language, for example, label 0 = Japanese, label 1 = 

Simplified Chinese, label 2 = Korean, label 3 = English, etc.) 

**==> picture [303 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Once all of the labels have been input in  Machine Vendor Translation Agency<br>each language with the multilingual input<br>function, all of the labels can be switched  NS-Designer:  Export (See note.) CSV file<br>Source language containing<br>to a different language at once just by  screens source language CSV file<br>specifying the corresponding label number  [| [Fi] Gaa D [_] > [k] Ga» containing source and<br>from the PLC. S-Designer: Source language Import (See note.) CSV file containing other language<br>Switch labels source and<br>=? - oe Other language other language<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note** : Refer to the operation manual for NS-Designer for information on importing and exporting. 

For more information on this software, refer to the following site or send email to the following address. URL: http://www.omronsoft.co.jp/SP/ E-mail: rakuraku@omuronsoft.co.jp 

Example: The label switch function can be used to switch between English and Simplified Chinese. 

271 

## **A Complete Lineup of Units for Optimal Control.** 

## SYSMAC CS1 

**==> picture [457 x 575] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Backplane (2, 3, 5, 8, or 10 slots)CS1W-BC@@@<br>CPU Rack CS1D-BC@@@<br>(5 slot duplex CPU,<br>8 slot single CPU)<br>Note:  Expansion is not possible for<br>2-slot Backplanes. These Backplanes<br>Serial  are for CS1 Units only.Use a CS1W-BC@@3 Backplane for<br>Communi- C200H Units.<br>77)ieee 2) 3 | 2 Offa of 2 | i| I) cations  Loop Control “ l m CPU Units Power Supply<br>Board Board  Units<br>I/O Control<br>Unit<br>Long-distance<br>Expansion<br>Connecting Cable CS1W-SCB21 CS1W-LCB01/05 CS1G-CPU@@H C200HW-PA@@@/-PD@@@<br>(50 m max.) CS1W Lp Note: C200H Units CS1W-SCB41 CS1D-CPU@@H/P/S CS1D-PA@@@/-PD@@@<br>cannot be used in<br>-IC102<br>long-distance<br>expansion. Terminating Memory Card<br>I/O Interface Resistor<br>CV500-CN@@2 Unit<br>CV500-TER01<br>CS1 I/O (Two provided with  HMC-EF172/372/672<br>CS1W-IC102)<br>Connecting Cable<br>CS1W b<br>-II102 CS1 Expansion  Power Supply Units<br>Backplane <a a s er . if<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>CS1W-CN@@3<br>(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m,  a Hh At anvil - §<br>10 m, 12 m)<br>CS1W-BI@@@<br>(3, 5, 8, or 10 slots) C200HW-PA@@@/-PD@@@<br>CS1 to C200H Note: This is for CS1 Units only. Use CS1D-PA@@@/-PD@@@<br>I/O Connecting Cable CS1W-BI@@3 for C200H Units.<br>CS1W-CN@@1 C200H Expansion Rack<br>(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m,<br>2   10 m, 12 m) |<br>C200HX/HG/HE Power Supply Units<br>Expansion I/O Backplane<br>C200H I/O<br>Connecting Cable<br>C200H Expansion Rack<br>C200HW-BI@@1(-V1) C200HW-PA204/<br>C200H-CN@@1 (3, 5, 8, or 10 slots) 204S/204R/209R/PD024<br>(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 5 m, 10 m)<br>CS1 CPU Bus Units<br>Loop Control  Serial Commu- Ethernet Unit Controller Link Unit Motion Controller Unit DeviceNet Unit PROFIBUS-DP<br>Unit nications Unit Unit<br>ia y i fk if Es f i! “ al<br>CS1W-ETN21<br>CS1W-LC001 CS1W-SCU21-V1 CS1D-ETN21D CS1W-CLK21/12/52-V1 CS1W-MCH71 CS1W-DRM21-V1 CS1W-PRM21<br>COMMEXECRDY<br>PORT<br>LCB01<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

272 

**==> picture [455 x 571] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Basic I/O Units Note: C200H Basic I/O Units and High-density I/O (Group-2) Units can also be used.<br>C200H Basic I/O Unit P207<br>16 pts 32 pts 64 pts 96 pts 16 pts 32 pts 64 pts 96 pts<br>Input Unit: Input Unit: Input Unit: Input Unit: Output Unit: Output Unit: Output Unit: Output Unit:<br>CS1W-ID211 CS1W-ID231 CS1W-ID261 CS1W-ID291 CS1W-OD21@ CS1W-OD23@ CS1W-OD26@ CS1W-OD29@<br>32 inputs/32 outputs 48 inputs/48 outputs 16 pts 8 pts 16 pts 8 pts (independent) 16 pts 32 inputs/32 outputs<br>I/O Unit: I/O Unit: AC Input Unit: Triac Output Unit: Triac Output Unit: Relay Output Unit: Relay Output Unit: TTL I/O Unit:<br>CS1W-MD26@ CS1W-MD29@/561 CS1W-IA111/211 CS1W-OA201 CS1W-OA211 CS1W-OC201 CS1W-OC211 CS1W-MD561<br>(available soon)<br>Interrupt Input Unit Analog Timer Unit High-speed Input  Safety Relay Unit<br>Unit<br>Interrupt function<br>supported on CPU<br>Rack only.<br>(Two Units<br>mountable on<br>CPU Rack.)<br>16 pts 16 pts<br>CS1W-INT01 C200H-TM001 CS1W-IDP01 CS1W-SF200<br>Special I/O Units<br>CS1 Special I/O Unit<br>Process I/O Unit CS1W-P@@@(-V1) Analog Input Unit CS1W-AD041-V1/081-V1 Analog Output Unit CS1W-DA041/08V/08C Analog I/O Unit CS1W-MAD44 ID Sensor Units* CS1W-V600C11/-V600C12<br>Position Control  Motion Control Unit High-speed Counter SSI input unit<br>Unit CS1W-MC221/421 Unit CS1W-CTS21<br>CS1W-NC@@@ CS1W-CT021/041<br>C200H Special I/O Unit<br>Temperature  Temperature  PID Control Units Position Control  CAN(open) Unit PROFIBUS-DP  PROFIBUS-DP I/O<br>Sensor Units Control Units C200H-PID0@ Units* C200HW- Master Unit Link Unit<br>C200H-TS@@@ C200H-TC@@@ C200HW-NC@@@ CORT21-V1 C200HW-PRM21 C200HW-PRT21<br>C200H-TV@@@<br>High-speed  2-axis Motion  4-axis Motion  ID Sensor Units* ASCII Units* GP-IB Interface  DeviceNet I/O  CompoBus/S<br>Counter Units* Control Unit* Control Unit* C200H-IDS@@ C200H-ASC@@ Unit Link Unit Master Unit<br>C200H-CT@@@ C200H-MC221 C200H-MC402E CS1W-GPI01 C200HW-DRT21 C200HW-SRM21-V1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


- **Note:** HMC-372/672 Memory Cards cannot be used with CS1G-CPU@@H, CS1H-CPU@@H, CJ1G-CPU@@H, or CJ1H-CPU@@H CPU Units prior to Lot No. 02108 (manufactured prior to January 8, 2002, nor with NS-7-series PTs prior to Lot. No. 0852 (manufactured prior to May 8, 2002). Check lot numbers before ordering. 

- The following restrictions exist in data transfers with the CPU Unit for bit and DM Area specifications for the C200H Special I/O Units marked with asterisks, as well as in data transfers programmed from these Units. Refer to CS-series PLC Operation manuals for details. 

- Converting data for the CPU Unit using bit and DM Area specifications (source/destination area type and addresss designation). 

- Exchanging data with the CPU Unit using instructions (PC READ, PC WRITE, etc.) in the C200H Special I/O Unit program. 

273 

**CS1H/G-CPU** @@ **H** 

## **CS1-series** 

**Inner Board Compartment** An Inner Board can be mounted here. **Peripheral Port** The peripheral port connects Programming Devices, such as a Programming Console or host computer. 

**RS-232C Port** The RS-232C port connects Peripheral Devices other than Programming Consoles, such as host computers, general-purpose external devices, and Programmable Terminals. 

> **Indicators** ee | 1 ERRIAI Ojo INH BKUP oo PRPHL I CO!° is **Memory Card Indicators** The MCPWR indicator lights green when power is being supplied. The BUSY indicator lights orange when the Memory Card is being accessed. 

**==> picture [139 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Memory Card Power Supply Switch<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


The Memory Card power supply switch is pressed to turn OFF power before removing the Memory Card. 

**Memory Card Eject Button** Press the Memory Card eject button to remove the Memory Card. **Memory Card Connector** 

**==> picture [98 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Memory Card (See note.)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


With the CS1 PLCs, Memory Cards and specified ranges of the EM Area can be used as file memory. File memory can be used to store the entire user program, I/O memory contents, and/or parameter area contents. 

|**File memory**<br>~~ee~~|**Memory type**<br>~~ee~~|**Capacity**<br>~~ee~~|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Memory Cards<br>~~ee~~|Flash memory<br>~~ee~~|30 MB<br>~~ee~~|HMC-EF372|
|||64 MB<br>~~ee~~|HMC-EF672|
|EM File Memory<br>EM area<br>Bank 0<br>Bank n<br>Bank C<br>EM File<br>Memory<br>~~ee~~|RAM<br>~~ee~~|EM Area capacity of CPU Unit (Max. capacity for<br>CS1H-CPU67: 832 KB).<br>~~ee~~|From the specified bank in the EM area of<br>I/O memory to the last bank (specified in<br>PC Setup).|



**Note:** Memory Card Adapter: HMC-AP001 (The Memory Card Adapter can be used to mount Memory Cards in PC card slots to use the Cards on a personal computer.) 

Programmable Controllers 

274 

## **Specifications** 

## **CPU Units** 

|**Model**|**I/O bits**|**Program ca-**<br>**pacity**|**Data memory ca-**<br>**pacity**<br>**(See Note.)**|**LD instruction pro-**<br>**cessing speed**|**Built-in ports**|**Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1H-CPU67H<br>CS1D-CPU67H<br>CS1D-CPU67S<br>CS1D-CPU67P|5,120 bits<br>(Up to 7 Expansion Racks)|250 kSteps|448 kWords|0.02 µs|Peripheral port and<br>RS-232C port.|Memory Cards<br>Inner Board such as Serial<br>Communications Board,<br>Loop Control Board<br>(See note 1.)|
|CS1H-CPU66H||120 kSteps|256 kWords||||
|CS1H-CPU65H<br>CS1D-CPU65H<br>CS1D-CPU65S<br>CS1D-CPU65P||60 kSteps|128 kWords||||
|CS1H-CPU64H||30 kSteps|64 kWords||||
|CS1H-CPU63H||20 kSteps|||||
|CS1G-CPU45H|5,120 bits<br>(Upto 7 Expansion Racks)|60 kSteps|128 kWords|0.04 µs|||
|CS1G-CPU44H<br>CS1D-CPU44S|1,280 bits<br>(Upto 3 Expansion Racks)|30 kSteps|64 kWords||||
|CS1G-CPU43H|960 bits<br>(Up to 2 Expansion Racks)|20 kSteps|||||
|CS1G-CPU42H<br>CS1D-CPU42S||10 kSteps|||||



**Note:** The available data memory capacity is the sum of the Data Memory (DM) and the Extended Data Memory (EM). 

**Note: 1.** A Loop Control Board cannot be mounted in CS1D-CPU@@D, use CS1D-CPU@@P instead. 

A Serial communications Board cannot be mounted in CS1D-CPU@@P. 

## **Common Specifications** 

|**Item**|**Item**|**Specification**|
|---|---|---|
|Control method||Storedprogram|
|I/O control method||Cyclic scan and immediateprocessing|
|Programming||Ladder diagram|
|Instruction length||1 to 7 stepsper instruction|
|Ladder instructions||Approx. 400(3-digit function codes)|
|Execution time||Basic instructions: 0.02μs min., Special instructions: 0.04μs min.|
|Function Blocks(CPU Ver. 3.0 or higher)||Languages supported for use in function blockprogramming: Ladderprogram language and IEC 61131-3 Structured Text.|
|Number of tasks||288 (256 of which are also used as interrupt tasks)<br>Cyclic tasks are executed each cycle and are controlled with TKON(820) and TKOF(821) instructions.<br>The following 4 types of interrupt tasks are supported: Power OFF tasks:1 max., Scheduled interrupt tasks: 2 max.,<br>I/O interrupt tasks: 32 max., External interrupt tasks: 256 max.|
|Interrupt types<br>(not applicable for|CS1D CPUs)|Scheduled Interrupts:Interrupts generated at a time scheduled by CPU Unit’s built-in timer.<br>I/O Interrupts:Interrupts from Interrupt Input Units.<br>Power OFF Interrupts:Interrupts executed when CPU Unit’s power is turned OFF.<br>External I/O Interrupts:Interrupts from Special I/O Units, CS1 Special Units, or Inner Board.|
|CIO (Core I/O)<br>Area<br>(The CIO Area can<br>be used as work<br>bits if not used as<br>shown here.)|<br>I/O Area|5,120: CIO 000000 to CIO 031915 (320 words from CIO 0000 to CIO 0319)<br>Setting of first rack words can be changed from default (CIO 0000) so that CIO 0000 to CIO 0999 can be used.<br>I/O bits are allocated to Basic I/O Units, such as CS1 Basic I/O Units, C200H Basic I/O Units, and C200H Group-2 High-<br>densityI/O Units.|
||Link Area|3,200 (200 words): CIO 10000 to CIO 119915 (words CIO 1000 to CIO 1199)<br>Link bits are used for data links and are allocated to Units in Controller Link Systems and PC Link Systems.|
||CS1 CPU Bus Unit<br>Area|6,400 (400 words): CIO 150000 to CIO 189915 (words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899)<br>CS1 CPU Bus Unit bits store operatingstatus of CS1 CPU Bus Units.(25 wordsper Unit, 16 Units max.)|
||Special I/O Unit Area|15,360 (960 words): CIO 200000 to CIO 295915 (words CIO 2000 to CIO 2959)<br>Special I/O Unit bits are allocated to CS1 Special I/O Units and C200H Special I/O Units. (See Note.)<br>(10 words per Unit, 96 Units max.) The maximum number of slots, however, is limited to 80 including expansion slots, so<br>maximum number of Units is actually 80.)<br>**Note:** Some I/O Units are classified as Special I/O Units.|
||Inner Board Area|1,600 (100 words): CIO 190000 to CIO 199915 (words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999)<br>Inner Board bits are allocated to Inner Boards.(100 I/O words max.)|
||SYSMAC BUS Area|800 (50 words): CIO 300000 to CIO 304915 (words CIO 3000 to CIO 3049)<br>SYSMAC BUS bits are allocated to Slave Racks connected to SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Master Units. (10 words per Rack,<br>5 Racks max.)|



**Note:** A max. of 10 or 16 C200H Special I/O Units can be used depending on the CPU Unit. Some I/O Units are Special I/O Units. 

**CS1-series** 

275 

|**Item**|||**Specification**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CIO (Core I/O) Ar-<br>ea, contd.<br>(The CIO Area can<br>be used as work<br>bits if not used as<br>shown here.)|<br>I/O Terminal Area||512 (32 words): CIO 310000 to CIO 313115 (words CIO 3100 to CIO 3131)<br>I/O Terminal bits are allocated to I/O Terminal Units (but not to Slave Racks) connected to SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Mas-<br>ter Units.(1 wordper Terminal, 32 Terminals max.)|
||C200H Special I/O<br>Unit Area<br>DeviceNet/<br>PROFIBUS-DP<br>Area<br>PC Link Area||8,196 (512 words): CIO 000000 to CIO 051115 (words CIO 0000 to CIO 0511)<br>C200H Special I/O Unit bits are allocated to C200H Special I/O Units and allow access separate from I/O refreshing.|
|||DeviceNet/<br>PROFIBUS-DP<br>Area|1,600 (100 words):Outputs: CIO 005000 to CIO 009915 (words CIO 0050 to CIO 0099)<br>Inputs: CIO 035000 to CIO 039915 (words CIO 0350 to CIO 0399)<br>DeviceNet bits are allocated to Slaves accordingto DeviceNet remote I/O communications.|
|||PC Link Area|64 bits (4 words): CIO 027400 to CIO 025015 (words CIO 0247 to CIO 0250)<br>When a PC Link Unit is used in a PC Link, use these bits to monitor PC Link errors and operating status of other CPU Units<br>in PC Link.|
|Internal I/O Area|||4,800 (300 words): CIO 120000 to CIO 149915 (words CIO 1200 to CIO 1499)<br>37,504 (2,344 words): CIO 380000 to CIO 614315 (words CIO 3800 to CIO 6143)<br>These bits in CIO Area are used as work bits in programming to control program execution. They cannot be used for external<br>I/O.|
|Work Area|||8,192 bits (512 words): W00000 to W51115 (words W000 to W511)<br>Control programs only. (I/O from external I/O terminals is not possible.)<br>**Note:** When usingwork bits inprogramming, use bits in Work Area first before usingbits from other areas.|
|Holding Area|||8,192 bits (512 words): H00000 to H51115 (words H000 to H511)<br>Holding bits are used to control execution of program, and maintain their ON/OFF status when PLC is turned OFF or<br>operating mode is changed. Part of the Holding area is used for allocation of Function Block variables in CPU Ver. 3.0 and<br>higher.|
|Auxiliary Area|||Read only: 7,168 bits (448 words): A00000 to A44715 (words A000 to A447)<br>Read/write: 8,192 bits (512 words): A44800 to A95915 (words A448 to A959)<br>Auxiliarybits are allocated specific functions.|
|TemporaryArea|||16 bits(TR00 to TR15)Temporarybits are used to store ON/OFF execution conditions atprogram branches.|
|Timer Area|||4,096: T0000 to T4095(used for timers only)|
|Counter Area|||4,096: C0000 to C4095(used for counters only)|
|DM Area|||32 kWords: D00000 to D32767<br>Used as a general-purpose data area for reading and writing data in word units (16 bits). Words in DM Area maintain their<br>status when PLC is turned OFF or operating mode is changed.<br>Internal Special I/O Unit DM Area: D20000 to D29599 (100 words×96 Units). Used to set parameters.<br>CS1 CPU Bus Unit DM Area: D30000 to D31599 (100 words×16 Units). Used to set parameters.<br>Inner Board DM Area: D32000 to D32099. Used to setparameters for Inner Boards.|
|EM Area|||32 kWords per bank, 13 banks max.: E0_00000 to EC_32767 max. (Not available on some CPU Units.)<br>Used as a general-purpose data area for reading and writing data in word units (16 bits). Words in EM Area maintain their<br>status when PLC is turned OFF or operating mode is changed.<br>The EM Area is divided into banks, and addresses can be set by either of following methods.<br>Changing current bank using EMBC(281) instruction and setting addresses for current bank.<br>Setting bank numbers and addresses directly.<br>EM data can be stored in files byspecifyingnumber of first bank.(EM file memory)|
|Data Registers|||DR0 to DR15. Store offset values for indirect addressing. Data registers can be used independently in each task.<br>One register is 16 bits(1 word).|
|Index Registers|||IR0 to IR15. Store PLC memory addresses for indirect addressing. Index registers can be used independently in each task.<br>One register is 32 bits(2 words).|
|Task Flag Area|||32 (TK0000 to TK0031). Task Flags are read-only flags that are ON when corresponding cyclic task is executable and OFF<br>when correspondingtask is not executable or in standbystatus.|
|Trace Memory|||4,000 words(500 data trace samples at the maximum sample size of 31 bits and 6 words)|
|File Memory|||Memory Cards: Compact flash memory cards can be used (MS-DOS format).<br>EM file memory: Part of EM Area can be converted to file memory (MS-DOS format).<br>CompactFlash MemoryCards with 15-MB,30-MB,or 64-MB capacities can be used.|



Programmable Controllers 

276 

## **Function Specifications** 

|**Item**|**Specification**|
|---|---|
|Parallel ProcessingMode|Theprogram can be executed simultaneouslywithperipheral servicing (CS1G/CS1H only).|
|Battery-free operation|Flash memoryisprovided as a standard feature and automaticallybacks upthe userprogram and systemparameters.|
|Constant cycle time|1 to 32,000 ms(Unit: 1 ms)|
|Cycle time monitoring|Possible(Unit stops operatingif cycle is too long): 1 to 40,000 ms(Unit: 10 ms)|
|I/O refreshing|Cyclic refreshing, immediate refreshing, refreshingbyIORF(097).|
|I/O memory holding when changing oper-<br>atingmodes|<br>Possible (Depends on ON/OFF status of IOM Hold Bit in Auxiliary Area.)|
|Load OFF|All outputs on Output Units can be turned OFF.|
|Input time constant setting|Time constants can be set for inputs from CS1 Basic I/O Units. The time constant can be increased to reduce influence of<br>noise and chatteringor it can be decreased to detect shorterpulses on inputs.(CS1 Basic I/O Units only)|
|Mode settingatpower-up|Possible|
|Memory Card functions|Automatic reading programs from MemoryCard(autoboot).|
||Memory Card Storage Data<br>User program: Program file format (binary)<br>PC System Setup: Data file format (binary)<br>I/O Memory: Data file format(binary), text format, CSV format|
||Memory Card Read/Write<br>Userprogram instructions, Peripheral Devices(such as ProgrammingConsole), Host Link computer.|
|Filing|MemoryCard data and EM(Extended Data Memory)Area can be handled as files.|
|Debugging|Force-set/reset, differential monitoring, data tracing (scheduled, each cycle, or when instruction is executed), instruction error<br>tracing.|
|Online editing|One or more program blocks in user programs can be overwritten when CPU Unit is in PROGRAM or MONITOR mode.<br>This function is not available for blockprogrammingareas.|
|Program protection|Overwrite protection:Set using DIP switch.<br>Copy protection: Password set usingPeripheral Device.|
|Error check|User-defined errors (i.e., user can define fatal errors and non-fatal errors)<br>The FPD(269)instruction can be used to check execution time and logic of eachprogrammingblock.|
|Error log|Upto 20 errors are stored in error log. Information includes error code, error details, and time error occurred.|
|Serial communications|Built-in peripheral port: Peripheral Device (including Programming Console), Host Links, NT Links<br>Built-in RS-232C port: Peripheral Device (excluding Programming Console), Host Links, no-protocol communications,<br>NT Links|
||Communications Board(sold separately): Protocol macros, Host Links, NT Links|
|Clock|Provided on all models.<br>**Note:** Used to store time whenpower is turned ON and when errors occur.|
|Power OFF detection time|10 to 25 ms(not fixed)|
|Power OFF detection delaytime|0 to 10 ms(user-defined, default: 0 ms)|
|Memory protection|Held Areas: Holding bits, contents of Data Memory and Extended Data Memory, and status of counter Completion Flags and<br>present values.<br>**Note:** If IOM Hold Bit in Auxiliary Area is turned ON, and PC Setup is set to maintain IOM Hold Bit status when power to<br>PLC is turnedl ON, contents of CIO Area, Work Area, part of Auxiliary Area, timer Completion Flag and PVs, Index<br>Registers, and Data Registers will be saved.|
|Sending commands to a Host Link<br>computer|FINS commands can be sent to a computer connected via Host Link System by executing Network Communications<br>Instructions from PLC.|
|Remote programming and monitoring|Host Link communications can be used for remote programming and remote monitoring through a Controller Link System or<br>Ethernet network.|
|Eight-level communications<br>(CPU Ver. 3.0 and higher)|Host Link communications can be used for remote programming and remote monitoring from devices on networks up to<br>seven levels away (Controller Link Network, Ethernet Network, or other network).|
|Storing comments in CPU Unit|I/O comments can be stored in CPU Unit in Memory Cards, EM file memory, or the built-in Comment memory<br>(CPU Ver. 3.0 and higher)|
|Program check|Program checks are performed at beginning of operation for items such as no END instruction and instruction errors.<br>A Peripheral Device(excludingProgrammingConsole)can also be used to checkprograms.|
|Control output signals|RUN output: The contacts will turn ON (close) while CPU Unit is operating. These terminals are provided only on C200HW-<br>PA204R and C200HW-PA209R Power SupplyUnits.|
|Battery life|5 years at 25°C (Depending on the ambient operating temperature and communications conditions, 1.1 years min. Battery<br>Set: CS1W-BAT01)<br>**Note:** Use a replacement batterythat is no more than 2years old from the date of manufacture.|
|Self-diagnostics|CPU errors(watchdogtimer), I/O verification errors, I/O bus errors, memoryerrors, and batteryerrors.|
|Other functions|Storage of number of times power has been interrupted, the times of the interrupts, and system operation time (in Auxiliary<br>Area).|



**CS1-series** 

277 

## **Specifications - Power Supply Units** 

|**Item**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Power SupplyUnit|C200HW-PA204|C200HW-PA204S|C200HW-PA204R|C200HW-PA209R|C200HW-PD024|C200HW-PD106R|
|Supplyvoltage|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz||||24 V DC|100 V DC|
|Operatingvoltage range|85 to 132 V AC or 170 to 264 V AC||||19.2 to 28.8 V DC|85 to 143 V DC|
|Power consumption|120 VA max.|||180 VA max.|40 W max.|50 W max.|
|Inrush current|30 A max.|||30 A max./100 to 120<br>V AC<br>40 A max./200 to 240<br>V AC|30 A max.||
|Output capacity|4.6 A, 5 V DC (including CPU Unit power)|||9 A, 5 V DC (including<br>CPU Unit power)|4.6 A, 5 V DC (in-<br>cluding CPU Unit<br>power)|6 A, 5 V DC (including<br>CPU Unit power)|
||0.625 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 30 W|0.625 A, 26 V DC or<br>0.8 A, 24 V DC<br>Total: 30 W|0.625 A, 24 V DC<br>Total: 30 W|1.3 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 45 W|0.625 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 30 W|1 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 30 W|
|Output terminal|Not provided|24 V DC load current<br>consumption<br>Less than 0.3 A: +17%/<br>–11%<br>0.3 A or greater: +10%/<br>–11%<br>(Lot No. 0197 or higher)|Not provided||Not provided||
|RUN output<br>(See Note 2.)|Not provided||Contact configuration:<br>SPST-NO<br>Switch capacity:<br>250  V AC, 2 A (resis-<br>tive load)<br>250 V AC, 0.5 A (induc-<br>tion load), 24  V DC, 2 A|Contact configuration:<br>SPST-NO<br>Switch capacity:<br>240  V AC, 2 A (resis-<br>tive load)<br>120 V AC, 0.5 A (in-<br>ductive load)<br>24 V DC, 2 A (resis-<br>tive load)<br>24 V DC, 2 A (induc-<br>tive load)|Not provided|Contact configuration:<br>SPST-NO<br>Switch capacity:<br>250  V AC, 2 A (resis-<br>tive load)<br>250 V AC, 0.5 A (in-<br>duction load), 24  V<br>DC, 2 A|
|Insulation resistance|20 MΩmin. (at 500 V DC) between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)||||20 MΩmin. (at 500  V DC) between DC ex-<br>ternal and GR terminals(See Note 1.)||
|Dielectric strength|2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)<br>Leakage current: 10 mA max.||||1,000 V AC 50/<br>60 Hz for 1 min be-<br>tween DC external<br>and GR terminals,<br>leakage current: 10<br>mA max. (See Note<br>1.)|2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz<br>for 1 min between AC<br>external and GR ter-<br>minals (See Note 1.)<br>Leakage current: 10<br>mA max.|
||1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)<br>Leakage current: 10 mA max.||||||
|Noise immunity|Conforms to IEC61000-4-4, 2 kV(power lines)<br>||||||
|Vibration resistance|10 to 57 Hz, 0.075-mm amplitude, 57 to 150 Hz, acceleration: 9.8 m/s2in X, Y, and Z directions for 80 minutes<br>(Sweep time 8 min×10 = total time 80 min.)<br>CPU Unit mounted to a DIN rail: 2 to 55 Hz, 2.9 m/s2in X, Y, and Z directions for 20 minutes. Accordingto JIS C0040 / IEC 60068-2-6<br>||||||
|Shock resistance|147 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions Accordingto JIS C0041 / IEC 60068-2-27||||||
|Ambient operating tempera-<br>ture|0 to 55°C||||||
|Ambient operatinghumidity|10% to 90%(with no condensation)||||||
|Atmosphere|Must be free from corrosivegases.||||||
|Ambient storage tempera-<br>ture|–20 to 75°C (excluding battery)||||||
|Grounding|Less than 100Ω||||||
|Enclosure|IP20, intended forpanel mounting.||||||
|Weight|All models are each 6 kgmax.||||||
|CPU Rack Dimensions (mm)<br>(See note 3.)|<br>2 slots:198.5×157×123 (W x H x D) 8 slots: 435×130×123 (W x H x D)<br>3 slots: 260×130×123 (W x H x D) 10 slots:505×130×123 (W x H x D)<br>5 slots: 330×130×123(W x H x D)||||||
|Product standards|Conforms to UL, CSA, cULus, cUL, NK, Lloyd’s, and EC directives.|||||cULus|



**Note: 1.** Disconnect the Power Supply Unit’s LG terminal from the GR terminal when testing insulation and dielectric strength. 

**2.** Only when mounted to a Backplane. 

**3.** Depth is 153 mm for C200HW-PA209R. 

**4.** Enquire separately for general specifications of Process I/O Units. 

Programmable Controllers 

278 

## **Specifications - Duplex Power Supply Units** 

|**Item**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|---|
|Power SupplyUnit|CS1D-PA207R|CS1D-PD024|
|Supplyvoltage|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz|24 V DC|
|Operatingvoltage range|85 to 132 V AC or 170 to 264 V AC|19.2 to 28.8 V DC|
|Power consumption|150 VA max.|40 W max.|
|Inrush current|30 A max./100 to 120  V AC<br>40 A max./200 to 240  V AC|30 A max.|
|Output capacity|7 A, 5 V DC(includingCPU Unitpower)|4.3 A, 5 V DC(includingCPU Unitpower)|
||1.3 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 35 W|0.56 A, 26 V DC<br>Total: 28 W|
|Output terminal|Notprovided|Notprovided|
|RUN output<br>(See Note 2.)|Contact configuration: SPST-NO<br>Switch capacity:<br>240  V AC, 2 A (resistive load)<br>120 V AC, 0.5 A (inductive load)<br>24 V DC, 2 A (resistive load)<br>24 V DC, 2 A(inductive load)|Not provided|
|Insulation resistance|20 MΩmin. (at 500 V DC) between AC external and GR terminals<br>(See Note 2.)|20 MΩmin. (at 500  V DC) between DC external and GR terminals<br>(See Note 2.)|
|Dielectric strength|2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR ter-<br>minals (See Note 2.)<br>Leakage current: 10 mA max.|1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between DC external and GR termi-<br>nals, leakage current: 10 mA max. (See Note 2.)|
||1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR ter-<br>minals (See Note 1.)<br>Leakage current: 10 mA max.||
|Noise immunity|Conforms to IEC61000-4-4, 2 kV(power lines)<br>||
|Vibration resistance|10 to 57 Hz, 0.075-mm amplitude, 57 to 150 Hz, acceleration: 9.8 m/s2in X, Y, and Z directions for 80 minutes<br>(Sweep time 8 min×10 = total time 80 min.)<br>CPU Unit mounted to a DIN rail: 2 to 55 Hz, 2.9 m/s2in X, Y, and Z directions for 20 minutes. Accordingto JIS C0040 / IEC 60068-2-6<br>||
|Shock resistance|147 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions Accordingto JIS C0041 / IEC 60068-2-27||
|Ambient operating tempera-<br>ture|0 to 55°C||
|Ambient operatinghumidity|10% to 90%(with no condensation)||
|Atmosphere|Must be free from corrosivegases.||
|Ambient storage tempera-<br>ture|–20 to 75°C (excluding battery)||
|Grounding|Less than 100Ω||
|Enclosure|Mounted in apanel.||
|Weight|All models are each 6 kgmax.||



**CS1-series** 

279 

## omRON ~~Le~~ **Basic System Configuration** 

**==> picture [230 x 295] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Rack<br>CPU Backplane<br>Power<br>Supply<br>Unit<br>I/O Units<br>Special I/O Units<br>Memory Card<br>CS1 CPU Bus Units<br>Serial Communications<br>I/O Connecting Cable Board<br>Expansion Rack Remote I/O Master Unit<br>I/O Backplane<br>I/O Units Wii<br>Special I/O Units |<br>CS1 CPU Bus Units<br>Power<br>Supply<br>Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CPU Rack** 

A CPU Rack consists of a CPU Unit, Power Supply Unit, CPU Backplane, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O Units, and CPU Bus Units. The Serial Communications Board and Memory Cards are optional. 

**Note:** The Backplane depends on the type of CPU Rack, Expansion I/ O Racks, and Slave Racks that are used. 

## **Expansion Racks** 

Both C200H and CS1 Expansion Racks can be used. 

- C200H Expansion I/O Racks can be connected to CPU Racks, CS1 Expansion Racks, or other C200H Expansion I/O Racks. 

- CS1 Expansion Racks can be connected to CPU Racks or other CS1 Expansion Racks. 

An Expansion Rack consists of a Power Supply Unit, a CS1 or C200H Expansion I/O Backplane, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O Units, and a CS1 CPU Bus Units. 

## **Long-distance Expansion Racks** 

An I/O Control Unit and I/O Interface Units can be used to extend the normal limit of 12 m to 50 m for each of two series of CS1 Expansion Racks. The following Units can be mounted to Long-distance Expansion Racks: CS1 Basic I/O Units, CS1 Special I/O Units, and CS1 CPU Bus Units. (C200H Units cannot be mounted to Long-distance Expansion Racks.) 

## ~~Ld~~ **CPU Rack Configuration** 

|**Name**<br>~~aSE~~|**Configuration**<br>~~SE~~|**Remarks**|
|---|---|---|
|CPU Rack<br>~~SE~~|CPU Backplane<br>~~SE~~|One of each Unit required for every CPU Rack.<br>Refer to the following table for model number.|
||CPU Unit<br>~~SE~~||
||Power SupplyUnit<br>~~SE~~||
||MemoryCard<br>~~SE~~|Install as required.<br>Refer to the following table for model number.|
||Serial Communications Board<br>~~SE~~||



## **Products Used in CPU Racks** 

|**Name**<br>~~a~~|**Model**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CPU Units|CS1H-CPU67H<br>~~ee~~|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 250 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 448 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 13 banks)<br>~~ee~~||
||CS1H-CPU66H<br>~~es~~|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 120 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 256 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 7 banks)<br>~~es~~||
||CS1H-CPU65H<br>~~es~~|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 60 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 128 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 3 banks)<br>~~es~~||
||CS1H-CPU64H|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 30 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)||
||CS1H-CPU63H|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 20 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 32 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)||
||CS1G-CPU45H|I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 60 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 128 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 3 banks)||
||CS1G-CPU44H|I/O bits: 1,280, Program capacity: 30 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 banks)||
||CS1G-CPU43H<br>~~ee~~|I/O bits: 960, Program capacity: 20 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)<br>~~ee~~||
||CS1G-CPU42H<br>~~ee~~|I/O bits: 960, Program capacity: 10 kSteps<br>Data Memory: 64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)<br>~~ee~~||
|CPU Backplanes|CS1W-BC022|2 slots (Connection to Expansion Back-<br>plane is notpossible.)|These Backplanes are for CS1 Units only.<br>Use CS1W-BC@@3 Backplanes if C200H<br>Units are to be installed.|
||CS1W-BC032|3 slots||
||CS1W-BC052|5 slots||
||CS1W-BC082<br>~~a~~|8 slots<br>~~a~~||
||CS1W-BC102|10 slots||



Programmable Controllers 

280 

|**Name**<br>~~GG~~<br>~~EEO~~|**Model**<br>~~GG~~<br>~~EEO~~|**Specifications**<br>~~GG~~<br>~~EEO~~|
|---|---|---|
|Power Supply Units<br>~~EEO~~<br>||C200HW-PA204<br>~~EEO~~|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC<br>~~EEO~~|
||C200HW-PA204S<br>~~EEO~~|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (0.8 A 24 V DC service power)<br>Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC<br>~~EEO~~|
||C200HW-PA204R<br>~~EEO~~<br>~~Jo~~|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC(with RUN output)Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC<br>~~EEO~~<br>~~SE~~<br>~~PO~~|
||C200HW-PD024<br>~~EEO~~<br>~~Jo~~|24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC<br>~~EEO~~<br>~~SE~~|
||C200HW-PA209R<br>~~EEO~~|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output) Output capacity:<br>9 A, 5 V DC<br>~~EEO~~<br>~~SE~~|
|I/O Control Unit<br>~~EEO~~|CS1W-IC102<br>~~EEO~~|Connects to CS1 Expansion Racks (two Terminating Resistors included).<br>Must be used together with I/O Interface Units to connect Long-distance Expansion<br>Racks(50 m max.). Not required to connect CS1 Expansion Racks within 12 m.<br>~~EEO~~|
|Memory Cards<br>~~Se~~<br>:<br>~~|~~|HMC-EF372<br>~~Se~~<br>~~|~~|Flash memory, 30 MB<br>~~Se~~|
||HMC-EF672<br>~~Se~~<br>~~|~~|Flash memory, 64 MB<br>~~Se~~|
||HMC-AP001<br>~~Se~~<br>~~|~~|Memory Card adapter<br>~~Se~~|
|Serial Communications Boards<br>~~|~~|CS1W-SCB21-V1<br>~~Jo~~|2 x RS-232Cports,protocol macro function|
||CS1W-SCB41-V1<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~|1 x RS-232Cport + 1 x RS-422/485port,protocol macro function<br>~~|~~|
|Programming Consoles<br>~~|~~|CQM1-PRO01-E<br>~~|~~|An English Keyboard Sheet (CS1W-KS001-E) is required.<br>~~|~~|
||C200H-PRO27-E<br>~~|~~||
|Programming Console Connection<br>Cables<br>~~ee~~|CS1W-CN114<br>~~ee~~<br>~~|~~|Connects the CQM1-PRO01-E ProgrammingConsole.(Length: 0.05 m)<br>~~ee~~|
||CS1W-CN224<br>~~ee~~<br>~~Jo~~<br>|Connects the C200H-PRO27-E ProgrammingConsole.(Length: 2.0 m)<br>~~ee~~<br>~~PO~~|
||CS1W-CN624<br>*1<br>~~ee~~<br>|Connects the C200H-PRO27-E ProgrammingConsole.(Length: 6.0 m)<br>~~ee~~<br>|
|CX-One<br>~~a~~<br>~~oe~~|CX-ONE-AL##C-E*1<br>~~a~~<br>~~oe~~<br>~~a~~|Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system<br>components, including PLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sen-<br>sors.<br>~~ee~~<br>|
|Programming Device Connecting<br>Cables (for peripheral port)<br>~~oe~~<br>~~|~~|CS1W-CN118<br>~~oe~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin receptacle(Length: 0.1 m)<br>~~ee~~|
||CS1W-CN226<br>~~oe~~<br>~~Jo~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m)<br>~~ee~~|
||CS1W-CN626<br>~~oe~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 6.0 m)<br>~~ee~~|
||XW2Z-200S-CV<br>~~oe~~<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m)<br>~~ee~~|
||XW2Z-500S-CV<br>~~oe~~<br>~~|~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 5.0 m)<br>~~ee~~<br>~~PO~~|
|Programming Device Connecting<br>Cable (for RS-232C port)<br>~~oe~~<br>~~a~~<br>~~|~~|XW2Z-200S-V<br>~~oe ~~<br>~~||~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m) (For Host Link connection)<br> ~~ee~~<br>~~oo~~<br>~~PO~~|
||XW2Z-500S-V<br>~~Jo~~|Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 5.0 m) (For Host Link connection)<br>~~oo~~|
|Battery Set<br>~~a~~|CS1W-BAT01|For CS1 Series only.<br>Note:<br>Use a replacement battery that is no more than 2 years old from the date of man-<br>ufacture.|



> *1 ## = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10 

||**Expansion Racks**<br>~~ee~~|**Expansion Racks**<br>~~ee~~|**Expansion Racks**<br>~~ee~~|**Expansion Racks**<br>~~ee~~|**Expansion Racks**<br>~~ee~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Expansion Rack Configuration**|||||
|**Rack**<br>**Configuration**<br>**Remarks**<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane<br>One of each Unit is required.<br>Power SupplyUnit<br>For connection to a CPU Backplane or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 I/O<br>ConnectingCable<br>For connection to a C200H Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 to C200H I/O Con-<br>nectingCable<br>C200H Expansion I/O Rack C200H Expansion I/O Backplane<br>One of each Unit is required.<br>A CS1 Expansion Rack cannot be connected after a<br>C200H Expansion I/O Rack.<br>Power SupplyUnit<br>For connection to a CPU Backplane or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 to<br>C200H I/O ConnectingCable<br>For connection to a C200H Expansion I/O Backplane: C200H I/O Connecting Ca-<br>ble<br>~~ee~~||||||
||**Products Used in Expansion Racks**|||||
||**Name**|**Model**|**Specifications**||**Cable Length**|
||CS1 Expansion I/O Back-|CS1W-BI032|3 slots<br>These Backplanes are for CS1 Units||---|
||planes|CS1W-BI052|only. Use CS1W-BI@@3 Backplanes<br>5 slots|||
|||CS1W-BI082|if C200H Units are to be installed.<br>8 slots|||
|||CS1W-BI102|10 slots|||
||C200H Expansion I/O Back-|C200HW-BI031|3 slots|||
||planes|C200HW-BI051|5 slots|||
|||C200HW-BI081-V1|8 slots|||
|||C200HW-BI101-V1|10 slots|||
||Power Supply Units|C200HW-PA204|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC|||
||||Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||
|||C200HW-PA204S|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC|||
||||(with power output terminal: 0.8 A, 24 V DC)|||
||||Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||
|||C200HW-PA204R|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)|||
||||Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||
|||C200HW-PA209R|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)|||
||||Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC|||
|||C200HW-PD024|24 V DC|||



**CS1-series** 

281 

|**Name**|**Model**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Cable Length**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|I/O Interface Unit|CS1W-II102|Connects CS1 Expansion Racks. Must be used together with I/O Control<br>Unit to connect Long-distance Expansion Racks (50 m max.). Not required<br>to connect CS1 Expansion Racks within 12 m.|||<br>---|
|CS1 I/O Connecting<br>Cables|CS1W-CN313|@ @ @ @<br>**Reading the production number**<br>Year (e.g., 1997=7)<br>Day (01 to 31)<br>Month (1 to 9, X (10), Y (11), Z (12))<br>Connects CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or other<br>CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.<br>When using a CS1W-CN313 or CS1W-CN713 I/O Connecting Cable<br>with a CS1@-CPU@@H CPU Unit, use only Cables produced on or after<br>September 20, 2001 (production number 2091). Cables with no<br>production number, a 6-digit production number, or produced before<br>September 20, 2001, cannot be used.|||0.3 m|
||CS1W-CN713||||0.7 m|
||CS1W-CN223||||2 m|
||CS1W-CN323||||3 m|
||CS1W-CN523||||5 m|
||CS1W-CN133||||10 m|
||CS1W-CN133-B2||||12 m|
|||||||
|||||||
|Long-distance<br>Connecting Cables|CV500-CN312|For Long-distance Expansion Racks<br>Connects the I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Units or connects one I/O In-<br>terface Unit to the next I/O Interface Unit.|||0.3 m|
||CV500-CN612||||0.6 m|
||CV500-CN122||||1 m|
||CV500-CN222||||2 m|
||CV500-CN322||||3 m|
||CV500-CN522||||5 m|
||CV500-CN132||||10 m|
||CV500-CN232||||20 m|
||CV500-CN332||||30 m|
||CV500-CN432||||40 m|
||CV500-CN532||||50 m|
|CS1-C200H I/O<br>Connecting Cables|CS1W-CN311|Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or CS1 Ex<br>pansion I/O Backplanes.|||-<br>0.3 m|
||CS1W-CN711||||0.7 m|
||CS1W-CN221||||2 m|
||CS1W-CN321||||3 m|
||CS1W-CN521||||5 m|
||CS1W-CN131||||10 m|
||CS1W-CN131-B2||||12 m|
|C200H I/O Connecting<br>Cables|C200H-CN311|Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H Expansion I/O<br>Backplanes.|||<br>0.3 m|
||C200H-CN711||||0.7 m|
||C200H-CN221||||2 m|
||C200H-CN521||||5 m|
||C200H-CN131||||10 m|



Programmable Controllers 

282 

## **Expansion Rack Patterns** 

The following diagrams show the 5 possible patterns of Expansion Racks. 

## **CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Racks** 

**==> picture [506 x 670] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Racks CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Racks and C200H Expansion I/O Racks<br>CPU Rack CPU Rack<br>q T| CS1 I/O  ‘a<br>CS1 I/O  Connecting<br>Connecting  Cable<br>Cable CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack<br>|) |!<br>12 m CS1 I/O Connecting  12 m C200H Expansion I/O Rack 7 Racks max. (Three C200H<br>Cable CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 to C200H I/O  Expansion I/O Racks max.)<br>Connecting<br>7 Racks  Cable<br>. : el ———<br>max.<br>C200H I/O<br>Connecting<br>Cable<br>CS1 I/O<br>Connecting  C200H Expansion<br>Cable I/O Rack<br>CS1 Expansion Rack C200H I/O<br>Connecting<br>Cable<br>| i | ie<br>! ae ie<br>CPU Rack with CS1 Long-Distance Expansion Racks<br>I/O Control Unit<br>CPU Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cables I/O Interface Unit<br>I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack 50 m<br>50 m<br>Up to 7<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Long-distance Connecting Cable Racks in<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit 2 series<br>CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>Terminating Resistor<br>I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Terminating Resistor Note:  C200H Units cannot be mounted to<br>Long-distance Expansion Racks.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1-series** 

283 

## **CPU Rack with C200H Expansion I/O Racks** 

**==> picture [39 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Rack<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [272 x 164] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1 to<br>C200H I/O  C200H Expansion<br>Connecting  I/O Rack<br>Cable<br>2! [I<br>inn<br>C200H I/O<br>12 m Connecting  C200H Expansion<br>Cable I/O Rack<br>3 Racks max.<br>[*}<br>innep tT |<br>C200H I/O<br>Connecting Cable C200H Expansion<br>I/O Rack<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

284 

## **CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Rack and CS1 Long-Distance Expansion Racks** 

**==> picture [414 x 447] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Rack<br>CS1 I/O Connecting Cables<br>0.7 m I/O Control Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cables<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack<br>50 m<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack CS1 Expansion Rack<br>50 m<br>Up to 6<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Terminating Resistor Racks in<br>I/O Interface Unit 2 series<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Note:<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Expansion Rack<br>Terminating Resistor Note:  C200H Units cannot be mounted to<br>Long-distance Expansion Racks. (They<br>can be mounted to the CS1 Expansion<br>Rack with the I/O Control Unit<br>mounted.)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1-series** 

285 

## **System Configuration (Duplex Systems)** 

**==> picture [401 x 401] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Duplex-CPU System<br>Duplex (DPL) Unit<br>CS1D-DPL01 CS1D CPU Units for<br>Duplex CPU Backplane  Duplex-CPU System   CS1D Power Supply Units<br>CS1D-BC052 (See note.) CS1D-CPU65H/67H/65P/67P CS1D-PA207R/PD024<br>ERR/ALMPRPHLRUNINH BKUPCOMM DPL01LR DPL STATUSACTIVECPU STATUSACTIVECPU STATUS ERR/ALMPRPHLRUNINH BKUPCOMM<br>SYSMACCS1D-CPU67HPROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER LEFT CPUUSENO USE SYSMACCS1D-CPU67HPROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER<br>RIGHT CPU<br>OPENMCPWR BUSY USENO USE OPENMCPWR BUSY<br>PERIPHERAL INIT.DPL SWON ACT.LEFTSPLON ACT.RIGHTOFFDPL PERIPHERAL CS1D CPU Rack<br>SW<br>PRPHLCOMMA39512RSV<br>PORT DUPLEX ON PORT<br>Up to 5 Units can be mounted.<br>CS1-series Basic I/O Units Duplex CPU Units Duplex Power Supply Units<br>CS1-series Special I/O Units<br>CS1-series CPU Bus Units<br>Note : C200H Units cannot be mounted.<br>Single-CPU System<br>CS1D CPU Units for<br>Duplex CPU Backplane  Single-CPU System CS1D Power Supply Units<br>CS1D-BC082S (See note.) CS1D-CPU42S/44S/65S/67S CS1D-PA207R/PD024<br>ERR/ALMPRPHLRUNINH BKUPCOMM<br>SYSMACCS1D-CPU67SPROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER<br>MCPWR BUSY<br>OPEN<br>CS1D CPU Rack<br>PERIPHERAL<br>PORT<br>Up to 8 Units can be mounted.<br>CS1-series Basic I/O Units Duplex Power Supply Units<br>CS1-series Special I/O Units<br>CS1-series CPU Bus Units<br>Note : C200H Units cannot be mounted.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CPU Rack** 

A CPU Rack consists of a Duplex CPU Backplane to which CPU Units, Power Supply Units, a Duplex Unit, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1series Special I/O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted. Memory Cards and Inner Boards to mount in the CPU Units are optional. (Inner Board cannot be mounted to the CS1D-CPU@@H/P) The CPU Units, Power Supply Units, Duplex CPU Backplane, and Duplex Unit are all designed specifically for CS1D PLCs. 

**Note:** Different Backplanes are used for the CPU Rack and Expansion Racks. Be sure to use the correct Backplane. 

## **Expansion Racks** 

An Expansion Rack consists of an Expansion Backplane to which Power Supply Units, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1-series Special I/ O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted. 

The Power Supply Units and Expansion Backplane are designed specifically for CS1D PLCs. 

CS1-series Expansion Backplanes and C200H Backplanes cannot be connected. 

## **Long-distance Expansion Racks** 

A Long-distance Expansion Rack consists of an Expansion Backplane to which an I/O Interface Unit, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1-series Special I/O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted. An I/O Control Unit is used to connect to the Long-distance Expansion Racks. Using Long-distance Expansion Rack increases the normal limit of 12 m for the Rack to 50 m. 

## **CS1D PLCs** 

With a CS1D Duplex-CPU System, two CPU Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack for Duplex Mode operation (Duplex Mode), or just one CPU Unit can be mounted for Simplex Mode operation. In either case, a Duplex Unit is required. 

With a CS1D Single-CPU System, just one CPU Unit is mounted and a Duplex Unit is not required. 

Also, two Power Supply Units can be mounted to any Rack to increase redundancy. (Racks can also be operated with only one Power Supply Unit.) With any of these combinations, there are no further restrictions if the system configuration, e.g., the same number of Expansion Racks can be used as with the other CS1-series PLCs. 

**Note:** C200H Basic I/O Units, C200H Special I/O Units, and C200H CPU Bus Units cannot be mounted on any Rack. 

Programmable Controllers 

286 

## ~~CT~~ **Expansion Patterns for CS1D PLCs CS1D CPU Rack + CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D CPU Rack + CS1D Long-distance Expansion Racks** 

**==> picture [512 x 572] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
I/O Control Unit<br>CS1D CPU Rack CS1D CPU Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>CS1 Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D Expansion Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>CS1 Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D Expansion Rack<br>mo = —<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>I/O Interface Unit I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1 Connecting  CS1D Expansion Rack CS1D Expansion Rack<br>Cable<br>CS1D Expansion Rack<br>Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>Terminating resistance<br>I/O Interface Unit<br>CS1D Expansion Rack<br>Terminating resistance<br>a Name  ( Model Specifications Cable Length<br>Long-distance  CV500-CN312 For Long-distance Expansion Racks 0.3 m<br>Connecting Cables CV500-CN612 Connects the I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Units or connects  0.6 m<br>Po CV500-CN122 one I/O Interface Unit to the next I/O Interface Unit. -—————— 1 m<br>CV500-CN222 2 m<br>oo CV500-CN322 -————J 3 m<br>CV500-CN522 5 m<br>oo CV500-CN132 —— 10 m<br>CV500-CN232 20 m<br>CV500-CN332 30 m<br>CV500-CN432 40 m<br>=— CV500-CN532 =—— 50 m<br>CS1-C200H I/O  CS1W-CN311 Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or  0.3 m<br>Connecting Cables oo CS1W-CN711 CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes. -——— 0.7 m<br>CS1W-CN221 2 m<br>CS1W-CN321 3 m<br>CS1W-CN521 5 m<br>CS1W-CN131 10 m<br>a— CS1W-CN131-B2 -—— 12 m<br>C200H I/O Connecting  C200H-CN311 Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H Expansion  0.3 m<br>Cables [/-————* C200H-CN711 I/O Backplanes. ——— 0.7 m<br>C200H-CN221 2 m<br>oo C200H-CN521 a 5 m<br>SS C200H-CN131 10 m<br>7 Expansion Racks max.<br>7 Expansion Rack max. (total in two series)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1-series** 

287 

## **Connections to Programming Devices** 

**==> picture [489 x 548] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Serial Communications Units<br>Serial Communications Board<br>Peripheral port<br>eee —— /<br> ———SSS Se——<br>zg EE ou is ad) PA204R<br>. *<br>|eBal i>| 5 a)o: MePwe_ w Buse<br>3) Nia +<br>oo 2 ot<br>alsy | Fs Nellewee] | THRE<br>Porn al Porta - b<br>1 || ’<br>RS-232C port<br>Wen,<br>Connecting Cable Hardware Software<br>XW2Z-200S-CV (See note.) USB-Serial  IBM PC/AT or<br>XW2Z-500S-CV (See note.) Conversion Cable compatible<br>JA@S); CS1W-CIP31 (—)>——sea ——=i<br>SS |_|<br>ey<br>CX-One<br>Note: Refer to the next page for details of cables for connecting to computers. Choose the appropriate<br>cable for the communications mode.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

288 

**==> picture [466 x 380] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Connecting Cable Hardware Software<br>CS1W-CN226 USB-Serial IBM PC/AT or compatible<br>CS1W-CN626 Conversion Cable<br>_____> CS1W-CIF31 > -<br>2 LJ<br>Cf ><br>CS1W-CN118 XW2Z-@00S-@(@) USB-Serial IBM PC/AT or compatible CX-One<br>RS-232C Cable > Conversion CableCS1W-CIF31 a|<br>(See previous page.)<br>CS1W-CN114 CQM1-CIF02  USB-Serial IBM PC/AT or compatible<br>Connecting  > Conversion Cable ><br>Cable CS1W-CIF31<br>RS-232C connector (25 pins)<br>CS1W-CN224 C200H-PRO27-E CS1W-KS001-E<br>CS1W-CN624<br><A we<br>CQM1H-PRO01-E CS1W-KS001-E<br>NEW<br>NEW<br>NEW<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


289 

## omron ~~FT~~ **Programming Consoles** 

## **CQM1H-PRO01-E** 

**==> picture [241 x 109] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Cable provided with<br>Be CQM1H-PRO01-E (2 m)<br>Peripheral port<br>CS1W-KS001-E<br>: Cee |<br>Key Sheet<br>CQM1-PRO01-E<br>Programming<br>Model Cable Cable length<br>CQM1H-PRO01-E Not required. ---<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **C200H-PRO27-E** 

|CS1W-KS001-E<br>Key Sheet<br>C200H-PRO27-E|CS1W-CN224: 2.0 m<br>CS1W-CN624: 6.0 m|CS1W-CN224: 2.0 m|
|---|---|---|
|Programming Console|Peripheral port|Peripheral port|
|**Model**<br>**Cable**<br>C200H-PR027-E<br>CS1W-CN224<br>CS1W-CN624|**Cable length**<br>2.0 m<br>6.0 m<br>||||



## **Windows-based Programming Software: CX-Programmer** 

|**Name**|**Model**|**Model**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CX-Pro-<br>grammer|WS02-CXPC1-EV@@|For 1 license|OS: Windows<br>95/98 or<br>Windows NT/Me/<br>2000/XP|
||WS02-CXPC1-EL03-V@@|For 3 licenses||
||WS02-CXPC1-EL10-V@@|For 10 licenses||



## **Connecting to the Peripheral Port** 

|Peripheral port<br>Connecting Cable<br>RS-232C,<br>9-pin (D-sub)<br>|<br>occaa<br>|a<br>r=,<br>eee|
|---|
|**Peripheral Port Connecting Cables**<br>**Cable**<br>**Length**<br>**Computer**<br>**connector**<br>CS1W-CN226<br>2.0 m<br>D-sub, 9-pin,<br>male<br>CS1W-CN626<br>6.0 m|



The following cables can be used for an RS-232C connection from the computer to the peripheral port. 

|**Mode**|**Connecting cables**|**Connecting cables**|**Length**|**Computer**<br>**connector**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Peripheral<br>bus or<br>Host Link|XW2Z-200S-CV or<br>XW2Z-500S-CV|CS1W-<br>CN118|2 or 5 m +<br>0.1 m|D-sub,<br>9-pin, male|
|Host Link|XW2Z-200S-V or<br>XW2Z-500S-V||||



## **Connecting to the RS-232C Port** 

RS-232C ports on Serial RS-232C, Communications Board 9-pin (D-sub) aaa ml RS-232C cable XW2Z-200S-CV (2 m) XW2Z-500S-CV (5 m) RS-232C port on CPU Unit 

## **RS-232C Port Connecting Cables** 

|**Mode**|**Cable**|**Length**|**Computer connector**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Peripheral<br>bus or<br>Host Link|XW2Z-200S-CV|2.0 m|D-sub, 9-pin, male|
||XW2Z-500S-CV|5.0 m||



**Note:** Cables with model numbers ending in “CV” are antistatic. The following cables can be used for an RS-232C connection from the computer to an RS-232C port. (Unlike cables with model numbers ending in “-CV,” however, these cables do not support peripheral bus connection and do not have anti-static specifications.) 

|**Mode**|**Cable**|**Length**|**Computer connector**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Host Link|XW2Z-200S-V|2.0 m|D-sub, 9-pin, male|
||XW2Z-500S-V|5.0 m||



The following serial communications modes can be used to connect a computer with the CX-Programmer to a CS1 PLC. 

|**Mode**|**Features**|
|---|---|
|Peripheral bus|The faster mode, peripheral bus is generally used for<br>CX-Programmer connections.<br>Only 1:1 connections are possible. The baud rate is<br>automaticallydetected with the CS1.|
|Host Link|A standard protocol for host computers.<br>Slower than peripheral bus, but allows modem or optical adapt-<br>er connections, or long-distance or 1:N connections<br>via RS422A/485.|



Programmable Controllers 

290 

## **Using a USB-Serial Conversion Cable to Connect to a Peripheral or RS-232C Port** 

CS1W-CIF31 USB-Serial Conversion Cable Serial Connecting Cable: IBM PC/AT or compatible with USB port CS1W-CN226/CN626XW2Z-200S-CV/500S-CV Peripheral or RS-232C port XW2Z-200S-V/500S-V CQM1-CIF02 

## **Applicable Software** 

CX-Programmer, CX-Simulator, CX-Protocol, CX-Motion, CX-Positioner, CS-Process, DeviceNet Configurator, PLC Reporter 32, CX-Designer, and NT Support Software for Windows (NTST) (See note.) **Note:** There are restrictions to the COM port numbers that can be used for the NTST. 

## **Applicable Communications Middleware** 

FinsGateway and CX-Server 

## **General Specifications of USB-Serial Conversion Cable** 

|USB interface standard|USB interface standard|Conforms to USB Specification 1.1.|
|---|---|---|
|DTE speed||115.2 Kbits/s|
|Connectors|On computer<br>On PLC|USB(Aplugconnector, male)|
|||RS-232C(D-sub, 9-pin, female)|
|Power supply||Bus power (supplied from upstream, 5 V<br>DC)|
|Current consumption||35 mA|
|Operating envi<br>ronment|-<br>Ambient<br>temperature<br>Ambient<br>humidity<br>Ambient<br>atmosphere|0 to 55°C|
|||10% to 90% (with no condensation)|
|||No corrosive gases|
|Weight||50g|



## **Applicable PLCs and PTs** 

The OMRON PLCs and PTs supported by the applicable software can be used. These are listed below. 

## **PLCs** 

CS Series, CJ Series, C Series (C200HS, C200HX/HG/HE, C200H, C1000H, C2000H, CQM1, CPM1, CPM1A, SRMT, CQM1H, and CPM2C), CVM1, and CV Series 

## **PTs** 

NS Series and NT Series 

## **OS with Drivers for USB-Serial Conversion Cable** 

Windows 98, ME, 2000, or XP 

## **Peripheral Port Connecting Cables** 

|**Computer**<br> <br>|**Serial Communications**<br>**Node**|**Connecting Cable model number**|**Connecting Cable model number**|**Connecting Cable model number**|**Length**|**Computer connector**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|IBM PC/AT or<br>compatible<br> <br>|Tool bus or SYSMAC WAY|CS1W-CIF31<br><br>|CS1W-CN226||0.5 m + 2.0 m|USB (A plug connector)|
||||CS1W-CN626||0.5 m + 6.0 m||
|||CS1W-CIF31<br><br>|XW2Z-200S-CV/<br>XW2Z-500S-CV|CS1W-CN118|0.5 m +<br>(2.0 m or 5.0 m)<br>+ 0.1 m||
||SYSMAC WAY|CS1W-CIF31<br><br>|XW2Z-200S-V/<br>XW2Z-500S-V||0.5 m +<br>(2.0 m or 5.0 m)<br>+ 0.1 m||



## **RS-232C Port Connecting Cables** 

|**Computer**|**Serial Communications**<br>**Node**<br>**C**|**onnecting Cable model number**|**onnecting Cable model number**|**Length**|**Computer connector**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|IBM PC/AT or compatible|Tool bus or SYSMAC WAY C<br>SYSMAC WAY<br>C|S1W-CIF31|XW2Z-200S-CV|0.5 m + 2.0 m|USB (A plug connector)|
||||XW2Z-500S-CV|0.5 m + 5.0 m||
|||S1W-CIF31|XW2Z-200S-V<br>(See note.)|0.5 m + 2.0 m||
||||XW2Z-500S-V<br>(See note.)|0.5 m + 5.0 m||



Connection in Tool Bus Mode is not possible. The connector does not have ESD measures. 

291 

## omron ~~L~~ **Dimensions** ~~e~~ 

Unit: mm **Backplane Model A W** CPU Backplanes CS1W-BC022/023 (2 slots) 172.3 198.5 CS1W-BC032/033 (3 slots) 246 260 TT) way B CS1W-BC052/053 (5 slots) ~~en~~ 316 330 CS1W-BC082/083 (8 slots) 421 435 w ~~Po~~ CS1W-BC102/103 (10 slots) 491 505 Unit: mm CS1D-BC052/082S (Duplex System) **Backplane A B W H D** CS1 Expansion CS1W-BI032/033 (3 slots) 246 260 CS1W-BC022/023 (2 slots) 172.3 145 198.5 157 123 Backplanes CS1W-BI052/053 (5 slots) 316 330 CS1W-BC032/033 (3 slots) 246 118 260 132 CS1W-BI082/083 (8 slots) 421 435 CS1W-BC052/053 (5 slots) 316 330 CS1W-BI102/103 (10 slots) 491 505 CS1W-BC082/083 (8 slots) 421 435 CS1D-BI092 CS1W-BC102/103 (10 slots) 491 505 (Duplex System) CS1D-BC052/082S C200H Expansion I/O C200HW-BI031 (3 slots) 175 189 (Duplex System) Backplanes ~~ee~~ C200HW-BI051 (5 slots) 245 259 C200HW-BI081-V1 350 364 ~~==—~~ **Backplanes** ~~5)— SSEre~~ (8 slots) ~~Se~~ C200HW-BI101-V1 420 434 **CPU Backplane with 2 Slots** / ~~ee~~ (10 slots) ~~eeee ee~~ 

**==> picture [249 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Four, M4<br>CS1W-BC023<br>CPU Backplane 145±0.3<br>HE 172.3±0.3<br>Note:  Expansion Backplanes cannot be connected to 2-slot CPU Back-<br>planes.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CPU Backplane with 3, 5, 8, or 10 Slots** 

**==> picture [164 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Four, M4 A±0.3<br>130 in CPU Backplane | 118±0.3<br>Po<br>L ————!<br>66 min. 80<br>A±0.3<br>130 Expansion Backplane 118±0.3<br>Four, M4 W<br>{ ot<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [249 x 145] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Mounting Depth<br>The depth of all Racks is from 118 to 153 mm depending on the Units<br>that are mounted. Additional depth is required to connect Peripheral<br>Devices and Cables. Be sure to allow sufficient mounting depth.<br>|<br>118 to 153 mm<br>180 to 223 mm<br>| j<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** I/O Connecting Cables require sufficient space to maintain the min. bending radius. 

**==> picture [213 x 155] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1 I/O Connecting Cable  C200H I/O Connecting Cable<br>(Cable diameter: 8.6 mm) (Cable diameter: 5.1 mm)<br>R ≥ 69 mm R ≥ 41 mm<br>a t<br>tH a:<br>CS1 to C200H I/O Connecting Cable  Long-distance Connecting Cable<br>(Cable diameter: 5.1 mm) (Cable diameter: 10 mm)<br>R ≥ 41 mm R ≥ 80 mm<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

292 

## **I/O Allocations** 

## **I/O Allocations** 

In CS1 PLCs, part of the I/O memory is allocated to each Unit. Units are divided into the following 3 groups for allocations. 

- Basic I/O Units 

- Special I/O Units 

- CS1 CPU Bus Units 

## **Basic I/O Units** 

## **Allocations** 

CIO Area: CIO 0000 to CIO 0319 (See Note 1.) (Memory is allocated in word units in order of mounting position in the Racks.) 

   - Note    1. The Rack's first word setting can be changed from the default setting (CIO 0000) to any word from CIO 0000 to CIO 9999. The first word setting can be changed only with a Programming Device other than a Programming Console. 

2. The unit number setting on the front of C200H Group-2 High-density 

CS1 Basic I/O Units C200H Basic I/O Units I/O Units is ignored. Words are allocated to these Units based on their location in the Rack. 

C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units (See Note 2.) 

## **Special I/O Units** 

## **Allocations** 

Special I/O Unit Area: CIO 2000 to CIO 2959 (Each Unit is allocated ten words based on its unit number.) 

Note   1. Although there are 96 unit number settings, a maximum of 80 Units can actually be mounted to a PLC because that is the maximum number of slots possible. 

2. Some Units classified as I/O Units (namely C200H High-density I/O Units) are actually treated as Special I/O Units. 

CS1 Special I/O Units C200H Special I/O Units (See Note 2.) 

## **CS1 CPU Bus Units** 

## **Allocations** 

CS1 CPU Bus Unit Area: CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 (Each Unit is allocated 25 words based on its unit number.) 

CS1 CPU Bus Units 

## **Allocations to Basic I/O Unit Groups** 

Basic I/O Units include CS1 Basic I/O Units, C200H Basic I/O Units, and C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units. 

Allocated words in the CIO Area: CIO 0000 to CIO 0319 

Basic I/O Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack, CS1 Expansion Racks, and C200HX/HG/HE Expansion I/O Racks. 

**Note:** CS1 Basic I/O Units cannot be mounted to C200HX/HG/HE Expansion I/O Racks. 

## **Allocation Methods** 

## **1. CPU Rack** 

Basic I/O Units on the CPU Rack are allocated words left to right; Units are allocated as many words as required in word units. With CPU Ver. 2.0 and higher it is possible to specify start addresses per rack or per slot. 

**==> picture [205 x 145] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Slot numbers 2, 3, 5, 8, and 10<br>CPU Rack<br>CIO<br>0000<br>Example<br>0 1 2 3 ,<br>CPU Rack<br>IN  OUT<br>IN  IN  64  OUT  32<br>8  16  CIO   8  CIO<br>CIO  CIO  0002   CIO  0007<br>0000 0001 to   0006 to<br>0005 0008<br>CPU Unit<br>CPU Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


293 

**2. Allocations to CS1 Expansion and C200H Expansion I/O Racks** I/O allocations to Basic I/O Units continue from the CPU Rack to the Expansion Racks. Words are allocated from left to right and each Unit is allocated as many words as it requires in word units, just like Units in the CPU Rack. 

## **3. CS1 Long-distance Expansion Racks** 

Words are allocated to series A and then series B. Otherwise, allocations are the same as for other Racks. 

**==> picture [550 x 451] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
the CPU Rack. mo CPU Rack<br>0000<br>0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 bolHly/ la4 lala/ /  la4 ls/<br>CIO<br>0000 ‘ ,e a o ’e a e ’e a ‘ / 4 / 4 / 4 f 4 / 4 4 4<br>i / ! / i ra<br>I/O Control<br>Unit<br>H1! CPU Rack Series A 9 Series B 1pooscccce!2 3  ne!4<br>poco1' e ence enn tree e cece teen renee! (o) !11 / ) / / / 4 CS1 Expansion Rack<br>60 1 2 3 4<br>4 / 4<br>CS1 Expansion<br>t Rack |; / /<br>Words allocated  i |e if if if J<br>in order from  I/O Interface<br>Rack nearest  ’ ’ ’ : Unit 1<br>CPU Rack. At dey ey |e ;--------!<br>'1<br>Hee\<br>'' CS1 Expansion Rack<br>eel eieetetatiatetaiatetetatatat'e)= 1 17 4<br>'<br>61 2 ,<br>!<br>// \ t<br>4 4] CS1 Expansion Rack Terminating resistance I/O Interface Unit '<br>‘| |<br>roo?<br>1<br>(mn\' ee<br>CS1 Expansion<br>‘o) 11| 7]/4,/ Rack<br>| | A 4v4 / /<br>[| 1<br>i]<br>I/O Interface  '<br>Unit to------!<br>i]<br>(ee ee<br>©|1 4 CS1 Expansion Rack<br>14<br>/<br>E<br>Terminating resistance I/O Interface Unit<br>CPU Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>CPU Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>Power Supply Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

294 

## **Allocations to Special I/O Units** 

Special I/O Units include CS1 Special I/O Units and C200H Special I/O Units. 

Each of these Units is allocated ten words in the Special I/O Unit Area (CIO 2000 to CIO 2959). 

Special /O Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack, CS1 Expansion Racks, and C200H Expansion I/O Racks. (See note.) 

**Note:** CS1 Special I/O Units cannot be mounted to C200H Expansion I/O Racks. 

Each Unit is allocated 10 words in the Special I/O Unit Area, as shown in the following table. 

|**Unit number**|**Words allocated**|
|---|---|
|0|CIO 2000 to CIO 2009|
|1|CIO 2010 to CIO 2019|
|2|CIO 2020 to CIO 2029|
|...|...|
|15|CIO 2150 to CIO 2159|
|...|...|
|95|CIO 2950 to CIO 2959|



## **Allocations to CS1 CPU Bus Units** 

Each CS1 CPU Bus Unit is allocated 25 words in the CS1 CPU Bus Unit Area (CIO 1500 to CIO 1899). 

CS1 CPU Bus Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack or CS1 Expansion Racks. 

Each Unit is allocated 25 words in the CPU Bus Unit Area, as shown in the following table. 

|**Unit number**|**Words allocated**|
|---|---|
|0|CIO 1500 to CIO 1524|
|1|CIO 1525 to CIO 1549|
|2|CIO 1550 to CIO 1574|
|...|...|
|15|CIO 1875 to CIO 1899|



**Note:** CS1 CPU Bus Units are ignored during I/O allocation to Basic I/ O Units. Slots containing CS1 CPU Bus Units are treated as empty slots. 

**Note:** Special I/O Units are ignored during I/O allocation to Basic I/O Units. Slots containing Special I/O Units are treated as empty slots. 

## **Current Consumption** 

The amount of current/power that can be supplied to the Units mounted in a Rack is limited by the capacity of the Rack’s Power Supply Unit. The system must be designed so that the total current consumption of the Units does not exceed the maximum current for each voltage group and the total power consumption does not exceed the maximum for the Power Supply Unit. 

## **CPU Racks and Expansion Racks** 

The following table shows the maximum currents and power that can be supplied by Power Supply Units on CPU Racks and Expansion Racks (both CS1 Expansion Racks and C200H Expansion I/O Racks). 

- **Note: 1.** When calculating current/power consumption in a CPU Rack, be sure to include the power required by the CPU Backplane and CPU Unit themselves. 

   **2.** Likewise, be sure to include the power required by the Expansion Backplane itself when calculating current/power consumption in an Expansion Rack. 

|**Power Supply Unit**|**Max. Current Consumption**|**Max. Current Consumption**|**Max. Current Consumption**|**Max. Total Power**<br>**Consumption**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**5-Vgroup**|**26-Vgroup**|**24-Vgroup**||
|C200HW-PA204|4.6 A|0.6 A|None|30 W|
|C200HW-PA204S|4.6 A|0.6 A|0.8 A|30 W|
|C200HW-PA204R|4.6 A|0.6 A|None|30 W|
|C200HW-PD204|4.6 A|0.6 A|None|30 W|
|C200HW-PA209R|9.0 A|1.3 A|None|45 W|
|C200HW-PD106R|6.0 A|1.0 A|None|30 W|
|CS1D-PA207R|7.0 A|1.3 A|None|35 W|
|CS1D-PD024|4.3 A|0.56 A|None|28 W|



## **Be sure both Condition 1 and Condition 2 are met.** 

## **Condition 1: Maximum Current Supply** 

**1.** Current required at 5 V DC by all Units (A) ≤ Max. Current shown in table 

**2.** Current required at 26 V DC by all Units (B) ≤ Max. Current shown in table 

**3.** Current required at 24 V DC by all Units (C) ≤ Max. Current shown in table 

## **Condition 2: Maximum Total Current Supply** 

**1.** A ×  5 V DC + B ×  26 V DC + C ×  24 V DC ≤ Max. Power shown in table 

## **Example Calculations** 

In this example, the following Units are mounted to a CPU Rack with a C200HW-PA204S Power Supply Unit. 

|**Unit**|**Model**|**Quantity**|**5- V DC**|**26- V DC**|**24- V DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CPU Backplane<br>(8 slots)|CS1W-BC083|1|0.11 A|---|---|
|CPU Unit|CS1H-CPU67-EV1|1|1.10 A|---|---|
|Input Units|C200H-ID216|2|0.10 A|---|---|
||CS1W-ID291|2|0.20 A|---|---|
|Output Units|C200H-OC221|2|0.01 A|0.075 A|---|
|Special I/O Unit|C200H-NC213|1|0.30 A|---|---|
|CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-CLK21|1|0.50 A|---|---|
|Service Power SupplyUnit(24 V DC)||0.3 A used|---|---|0.3 A|
|**Total current/power consumption**<br>**13.15+3.9+7.2 = 24.25(**≤**30 W)**|||2.63 A (≤4.6) x 5 V = 13.15W|0.15 A〈≤0.6A) x 26 V = 3.9 W|0.3 A〈≤0.8A) x 24 V = 7.2 W|



295 

## **Current Consumption Tables** 

## **5- V DC Voltage Group** 

|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption(A)**|
|---|---|---|
|CPU Units<br>(These values include current<br>consumption by a Programming<br>Console.)|CS1H-CPU67H<br>CS1D-CPU67H<br>CS1D-CPU67S|0.82 (See note.)|
||CS1H-CPU66H|0.82(See note.)|
||CS1H-CPU65H<br>CS1D-CPU65H<br>CS1D-CPU65S|0.82 (See note.)|
||CS1H-CPU64H|0.82(See note.)|
||CS1H-CPU63H|0.82(See note.)|
||CS1G-CPU45H|0.78(See note.)|
||CS1G-CPU44H<br>CS1D-CPU44S|0.78 (See note.)|
||CS1G-CPU43H|0.78(See note.)|
||CS1G-CPU42H<br>CS1D-CPU42S|0.78 (See note.)|
|Duplex Process CPU Units|CS1D-CPU67P<br>CS1D-CPU65P|1.04|
|Loop Control Boards|CS1W-LCB01|0.22(See note.)|
||CS1W-LCB05|0.22(See note.)|
|Serial Communication Boards|CS1W-SCB21-V1|0.28(See note.)|
||CS1W-SCB41-V1|0.36(See note.)|
|CPU Backplanes (for CS1 Units<br>only)|CS1W-BC022|0.11|
||CS1W-BC032|0.11|
||CS1W-BC052|0.11|
||CS1W-BC082|0.11|
||CS1W-BC102|0.11|
|CPU Backplanes|CS1W-BC023|0.11|
||CS1W-BC033|0.11|
||CS1W-BC053|0.11|
||CS1W-BC083|0.11|
||CS1W-BC103|0.11|
|I/O Control Unit|CS1W-IC102|0.92|
|CS1 Expansion Backplanes (for<br>CS1 Units only)|CS1W-BI032|0.23|
||CS1W-BI052|0.23|
||CS1W-BI082|0.23|
||CS1W-BI102|0.23|
|CS1 Expansion Backplanes|CS1W-BI033|0.23|
||CS1W-BI053|0.23|
||CS1W-BI083|0.23|
||CS1W-BI103|0.23|
|I/O Interface Unit|CS1W-II102|0.23|
|C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes|C200HW-BI031|0.15|
||C200HW-BI051|0.15|
||C200HW-BI081-V1|0.15|
||C200HW-BI101-V1|0.15|
|CS1 Duplex Backplane|CS1D-BC052|Total<br>0.55|
|CS1 Duplex Unit|CS1D-DPL01||
|CS1D Single CPU Backplane|CS1D-BC082S|0.17|
|CS1D Expansion Backplane|CS1D-BI092|0.28|



**Note:** Add 0.15 A per port when the NT-AL001-E is connected. 

## **Basic I/O Units** 

|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Input<br>Units|DC Input Units|C200H-ID211|0.01|
|||C200H-ID212|0.01|
||AC Input Units|C200H-IA121|0.01|
|||C200H-IA122|0.01|
|||C200H-IA122V|0.01|
|||C200H-IA221|0.01|
|||C200H-IA222|0.01|
|||C200H-IA222V|0.01|
|C200H Input<br>Units|AC/DC Input<br>Units|C200H-IM211|0.01|
|||C200H-IM212|0.01|
||B7A Interface<br>Units|C200H-B7AI1|0.10|
|||C200H-B7A12|0.10|
||Interrupt Input<br>Unit|C200HS-INT01|0.02|
|C200H Group-<br>2 High-density<br>Input Units|DC Input Units|C200H-ID216|0.10|
|||C200H-ID217|0.12|
|||C200H-ID218|0.10|
|||C200H-ID219|0.12|
|||C200H-ID111|0.12|



|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Input<br>Units|DC Input Units|CS1W-ID211|0.10|
|||CS1W-ID231|0.15|
|||CS1W-ID261|0.15|
|||CS1W-ID291|0.20|
||AC Input Units|CS1W-IA111|0.11|
|||CS1W-IA211|0.11|
||Interrupt Input<br>Unit|CS1W-INT01|0.10|
||High-speed Input<br>Unit|<br>CS1W-IDP01|0.10|
||SafetyRelayUni|t CS1W-SF200|0.10|
|C200H Output<br>Units|Relay Output<br>Units|C200H-OC221|0.01|
|||C200H-OC222|0.01|
|||C200H-OC222N|0.008|
|||C200H-OC225|0.05|
|||C200H-OC226N|0.03|
|||C200H-OC223|0.01|
|||C200H-OC224|0.01|
|||C200H-OC224N|0.01|
||Transistor Out-<br>put Units|C200H-OD411|0.14|
|||C200H-OD213|0.14|
|||C200H-OD214|0.14|
|||C200H-OD216|0.01|
|||C200H-OD211|0.16|
|||C200H-OD217|0.01|
|||C200H-OD212|0.18|
|||C200H-OD21A|0.16|
||B7A Interface<br>Units|C200H-B7A01|0.10|
|||C200H-B7A02|0.10|
||Triac Output<br>Units|C200H-OA223|0.18|
|||C200H-OA222V|0.20|
|||C200H-OA224|0.27|
|CS1 Output<br>Units|Relay Output<br>Units|CS1W-OC201|0.10|
|||CS1W-OC211|0.13|
||Transistor Out-<br>put Units|CS1W-OD211|0.17|
|||CS1W-OD212|0.17|
|||CS1W-OD231|0.27|
|||CS1W-OD232|0.27|
|||CS1W-OD261|0.39|
|||CS1W-OD262|0.39|
|||CS1W-OD291|0.48|
|||CS1W-OD292|0.48|
||Triac Output<br>Units|CS1W-OA201|0.23 max.<br>(0.07+0.02×<br>No. ofpoints ON)|
|||CS1W-OA211|0.406 max.<br>(0.07+0.021×No. of<br>points ON)|
|C200H Group-<br>2 High-density<br>Output Units|Transistor Out-<br>put Units|C200H-OD218|0.27|
|||C200H-OD21B|0.48|
|||C200H-OD219|0.48|
|CS1 I/O Units|DC Input/Tran-<br>sistor Output<br>Units|CS1W-MD261|0.27|
|||CS1W-MD262|0.27|
|||CS1W-MD291|0.35|
|||CS1W-MD292|0.35|
||TTL I/O Unit|CS1W-MD561|0.27|
|C200H I/O<br>Units|B7A Interface<br>Units|C200H-B7A21|0.10|
|||C200H-B7A22|0.10|
||Analog Timer<br>Unit|C200H-TM001|0.06|



**Note:** This table may contain Units that are no longer in production 

Programmable Controllers 

296 

## **Special I/O Units** 

|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption**<br>**(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|C200H High-<br>density I/O<br>Units (Special I/<br>O Units)|DC Input Unit|C200H-ID215|0.13|
||<br>TTL Input Unit|C200H-ID501|0.13|
||<br>Transistor Output Unit|C200H-OD215|0.22|
||TTL Output Unit|C200H-OD501|0.22|
||TTL I/O Unit|C200H-MD501|0.18|
||DC Input Transistor Out-<br>put Unit|<br>C200H-MD215|0.18|
|||C200H-MD115|0.18|
|C200H Special<br>I/O Units|<br>Temperature Control<br>Units|C200H-TC001|0.33|
|||C200H-TC002|0.33|
|||C200H-TC003|0.33|
|||C200H-TC101|0.33|
|||C200H-TC102|0.33|
|||C200H-TC103|0.33|
||Heat/Cool Temperature<br>Control Units|C200H-TV001|0.33|
|||C200H-TV002|0.33|
|||C200H-TV003|0.33|
|||C200H-TV101|0.33|
|||C200H-TV102|0.33|
|||C200H-TV103|0.33|
||Temperature Sensor<br>Units|C200H-TS001|0.45|
|||C200H-TS002|0.45|
|||C200H-TS101|0.45|
|||C200H-TS102|0.45|
|C200H Special<br>I/O Units|<br>PID Control Units|C200H-PID01|0.33|
|||C200H-PID02|0.33|
|||C200H-PID03|0.33|
||Cam Positioner Unit|C200H-CP114|0.30|
||ASCII Units|C200H-ASC02|0.20|
|||C200H-ASC11|0.25|
|||C200H-ASC21|0.30|
|||C200H-ASC31|0.30|
||Analog Input Units|C200H-AD001|0.55|
|||C200H-AD002|0.45|
|||C200H-AD003|0.10|
||Analog Output Units|C200H-DA001|0.65|
|||C200H-DA002|0.60|
|||C200H-DA003|0.10|
|||C200H-DA004|0.10|
||AnalogI/O Units|C200H-MAD01|0.10|
||High-speed Counter<br>Units|C200H-CT001-V1|0.30|
|||C200H-CT002|0.30|
|||C200H-CT021|0.45|
||Motion Control Unit|C200H-MC221|0.65<br>(w/Teaching<br>Box: 0.85)|
|||C200HW-MC402-<br>E|0.60|
||Position Control Units|C200HW- NC113|0.30|
|||C200HW-NC213<br>|0.30|
|||C200HW-NC413|0.50|
||ID Sensor Units|C200H-IDS01-V1|0.25|
|||C200H-IDS21|0.25|
||FuzzyLogic Unit|C200H-FZ001|0.30|
||Voice Unit|C200H-OV001|0.30|
||DeviceNet Master Unit|C200HW-<br>DRM21-V1|0.25|
||DeviceNet I/O Link Unit|C200HW-DRT21|0.25|
||CANopen Unit|C200HW-<br>CORT21-V1|0.25|
||PROFIBUS-DP<br>Master Unit|C200HW-PRM21|0.60|
||PROFIBUS-DP<br>I/O Link Unit|C200HW-PRT21|0.25|
||CompoBus/S Master<br>Unit|C200HW-<br>SRM21-V1|0.15|
||PC Link Unit|C200H-LK401|0.35|



|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption**<br>**(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Special<br>I/O Unit|Analog Input Unit|CS1W-AD0@1-V1|0.13|
|||CS1W-AD161|0.15|
||AnalogOutput Unit|CS1W-DA0@@|0.13|
||AnalogI/O Unit|CS1W-MAD44|0.20|
||Isolated Thermocouple<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTS01-V1|0.15|
|||CS1W-PTS11|0.12|
|||CS1W-PTS51|0.25|
|||CS1W-PTS55|0.18|
||Isolated Temperature-<br>resistance Thermome-<br>ter Input Unit|CS1W-PTS02|0.15|
|||CS1W-PTS12|0.12|
|||CS1W-PTS52|0.25|
|||CS1W-PTS56|0.18|
||Isolated Temperature-<br>resistance Thermometer<br>Input Unit(Ni508.4Ω)|<br>CS1W-PTS03|0.15|
||Isolated Two-wire<br>Transmission Device<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTW01|0.15|
||Isolated DC Input Unit|CS1W-PDC01|0.15|
|||CS1W-PDC11|0.12|
|||CS1W-PDC55|0.18|
||Isolated Pulse Input Uni|t CS1W-PPS01|0.20|
||Isolated Control<br>Output Unit|CS1W-PMV01|0.15|
|||CS1W-PMV02|0.12|
||Power Transducer<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTR01|0.15|
||100-mV DC Input Unit|CS1W-PTR02||
||Motion Control Units|CS1W-MC221|0.60<br>(w/Teaching Box:<br>0.80 A)|
|||CS1W-MC421|0.70<br>(w/Teaching Box:<br>1.00 A)|
||Position Control Units|CS1W-NC113/ 133|0.25|
|||CS1W-NC213/ 233||
|||CS1W-NC413/ 433|0.36|
||High-speed Counter<br>Units|CS1W-CT021||
|||CS1W-CT041|0.45|
||SSI Input Unit|CS1W-CTS21|0.32|
||Customizable Counter<br>Units|CS1W-HCP22-V1|0.80|
|||CS1W-HCA12-V1<br>CS1W-HCA22-V1|0.75|
|||CS1W-HIO01-V1|0.60|
||GP-IB Interface Unit|CS1W-GPI01|0.26|
||RFID Sensor Unit|CS1W-V600C11|0.26|
|||CS1W-V600C12|0.32|



## **CS1 CPU Bus Units** 

|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consump-**<br>**tion(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 CPU Bus<br>Units|<br>LoopControl Unit<br>Motion Control Unit <br>Controller Link Units<br>SYSMAC LINK Unit <br>Serial Communica-<br>tions Unit<br>Ethernet Unit<br>DeviceNet Unit<br>PROFIBUS-DP<br>Master Unit|CS1W-LC001|0.36|
|||CS1W-MCH71|0.8|
|||CS1W-CLK52-V1|0.65|
|||CS1W-CLK21-V1|0.33|
|||CS1W-CLK12-V1|0.52|
|||CS1W-SLK21|0.48|
|||CS1W-SLK11|0.47|
|||CS1W-SCU21|0.29<br>(See Note.)|
|||CS1W-ETN@@, -ETN21D|0.40|
|||CS1W-DRM21-V1|0.29|
|||CS1W-PRM21|0.40|



**Note:** Add 0.15 A per port when the NT-AL001-E is connected. **Note:** This table may contain Units that are no longer in production 

297 

## **26-V Current Consumption** 

|**Category**|**Name**|**Model**|**Consumption(A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Out-<br>put Units|<br>Relay Output<br>Units|C200H-OC221|0.075 for 8 points ON at<br>the same time|
|||C200H-OC222||
|||C200H-OC223||
|||C200H-OC224||
|||C200H-OC225||
|||C200H-OC222N|0.09 for 8 points ON at<br>the same time|
|||C200H-OC226N||
|||C200H-OC224N||
||Transistor Output<br>Units|C200H-OD216|0.075 for 8 points ON at<br>the same time|
|||C200H-OD217||
|CS1 Output<br>Units|<br>Relay Output<br>Units|CS1W-OC201|0.006 for each point ON<br>at the same time|
|||CS1W-OC211||
|C200H Spe-<br>cial I/O<br>Units|<br>AnalogInput Unit|C200H-AD003|0.10|
||Analog Output<br>Units|C200H-DA003|0.20|
|||C200H-DA004|0.25|
||AnalogI/O Unit|C200H-MAD01|0.20|
||ID Sensor Units|C200H-IDS01-V1|0.12|
|||C200H-IDS21|0.12|
|CS1 Special<br>I/O Units|<br>Analog Input Unit|CS1W-AD0@1-V1|0.09|
|||CS1W-AD161|0.06|
||Analog Output<br>Units|CS1W-DA041|0.18|
|||CS1W-DA08V|0.18|
|||CS1W-DA08C|0.25|
||AnalogI/O Unit|CS1W-MAD44|0.20|
||Isolated<br>Thermocouple<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTS01|0.15|
|||CS1W-PTS11|0.08|
|||CS1W-PTS55|0.06|
||Isolated Tempe-<br>rature-resistance<br>Thermometer<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTS02|0.15|
|||CS1W-PTS12|0.07|
|||CS1W-PTS56|0.06|
||Isolated Tempera-<br>ture- resistance<br>Thermometer<br>Input Unit<br>(Ni508.4Ω)|<br>CS1W-PTS03|0.15|
||Isolated Two-wire<br>Transmission<br>Device Input Unit|<br>CS1W-PTW01|0.16|
||Isolated DC Input<br>Unit|CS1W-PDC01||
|||CS1W-PDC11|0.12|
|||CS1W-PDC55|0.06|
||Isolated Pulse<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PPS01|0.16|
||Isolated Control<br>Output Unit|CS1W-PMV01||
|||CS1W-PMV02|0.12|
||Power Transducer<br>Input Unit|<br>CS1W-PTR01|0.08|
||100-mV DC Input<br>Unit|CS1W-PTR02||
||Customizable<br>Counter Unit|CS1W-HCA@2|0.15|
||RFID Sensor Unit|CS1W-V600C1@|0.12|



**Note:** This table may contain Units that are no longer in production 

Programmable Controllers 

298 

## **CS1 Unit Descriptions** 

|**Unit**|**Unit**|**Classification**|**Model**|**Page**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|I/O Units|Input Units|CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-ID2@@|300|
||||CS1W-IA@11|301|
|||C200H Basic I/O Unit|C200H-ID@11|300|
||||C200H-IA@11|301|
||||C200H-IM21@|301|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-ID501|300|
||Output Units|CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-OA2@|301|
||||CS1W-OC@@@|301|
||||CS1W-OD2@@|301|
|||C200H Basic I/O Unit|C200H-OA22@(@)|301|
||||C200H-OC22@(@)|301|
||||C200H-OD@@@|301|
|||C200H Group-2 High DensityUnits|C200H-OD2@@|301|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-OD501|301|
||I/O Units|CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-MD@@@|302|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-MD@@@|302|
|High-speed Input Unit||CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-IDP01|302|
|Interrupt Input Unit||CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-INT01|313|
|||C2ooH Basic I/O Unit|C200H-INT01|313|
|AnalogTimer Unit||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-TM001|315|
|SafetyRelayUnit||CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-SF200|316|
|Analog I/O Units|Input Units|CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-AD@@@(-V1)|318|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-AD003|318|
||Output Units|CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-DA041/08V/08C|320|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-DA00@|320|
||Analog I/O Units|CS1 Basic I/O Unit|CS1W-MAD44|322|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-MAD01|322|
|LoopControl Unit||CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-LC001|323|
|LoopControl Board||Inner Board|CS1W-LCB01/05|323|
|Duplex Process CPU|||CS1D-CPU65P/67P|323|
|Process I/O Units||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-P@@0@|326|
|Temperature Sensor Units||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-PTS@@|336|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-TS@@@|336|
|Temperature Control Units||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-TC@@@|337|
|Position Control Units||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-NC@@3|338|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-NC@@3|338|
|Motion Control Unit||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-MC@21|339|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-MC402-E|341|
|||CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-MCH71|343|
|High-speed Counter Units||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-CT0@1|345|
||||CS1W-CTS21|347|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-CT021|345|
|ID Sensor Units||CS1 Special I/O Unit|CS1W-V600C1@|354|
|||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-IDS01-V1|354|
|ASCII Units||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200H-ASC@1|350|
|Serial Communications<br>Boards/Unit|Serial Communications Boards|Inner Board|CS1W-SCB@1-V1|351|
||Serial Communications Unit|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-SCU21-V1|351|
|RS-232C/RS-422 Conversion Unit||---|NT-AL001|353|
|GP-IB Interface Unit||---|CS1W-GPI01|355|
|Ethernet Unit||CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-ETN21, CS1D-ETN21D|357|
|Controller Link Boards/<br>Unit|Controller Link Unit|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-CLK@@-V1|359|
||Controller Link Boards|Personal computer ISA board|3F8F7-CLK@@-V1|359|
|PROFIBUS-DP Units|PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-PRM21|361|
||PROFIBUS-DP I/O Link Unit|C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-PRT21|362|
|DeviceNet and Compo-<br>Bus/S Units|DeviceNet Unit|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|CS1W-DRM21-V1|363|
||I/O Link Unit|C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-DRT21|365|
||CompoBus/S Master Unit|C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-SRM21-V1|368|
|CANopen/User-defined CAN Unit||C200H Special I/O Unit|C200HW-CORT21-V1|366|



299 

## **CS1-series** 

## **Basic I/O Units** 

## **I/O Units** 

**==> picture [432 x 254] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Input UnitCS1W-ID21116 points Input UnitCS1W-ID23132 points Input UnitCS1W-ID26164 points Input UnitCS1W-ID29196 points Input UnitC200H-I8 points @@@@ Input UnitC200H-I16 points@@@@<br>Output UnitsCS1W-OD21@ Output UnitsCS1W-OD2332 points @ Output UnitsCS1W-OD2664 points @ Output UnitsCS1W-OD2996 points @ Output UnitsC200H-O5/8 points@@@@ Output UnitsC200H-O16 points @@@@<br>16 points I/O Units I/O Units<br>CS1W-MD26@ CS1W-MD29@<br>32/32 points 48/48 points<br><x } pce | eZ i R sscge]<br>CS1W-IAAC Input Units@11 Triac Output UnitCS1W-OA201 Relay Output UnitCS1W-OC201 Input UnitC200H-ID@@@ Input UnitC200H-ID@@@<br>16 points 8 points 8 independent points 32/64 points 32 points<br>Output Units Output Units<br>Triac Output Unit Relay Output Unit C200H-OD@@@@ C200H-OD@@@@<br>CS1W-OA211 CS1W-OC211 32/64 points 32 points<br>16 points 16 points I/O Units<br>C200H-MD@@@@<br>16/16 points<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**DC Input Units** 

|**Classification**<br>~~sO~~|**Input voltage**<br>~~sO~~|**Inputs**<br>~~sO~~|**Connections**<br>~~sO~~|**Model**<br>~~sO~~|**Remarks**<br>~~sO~~<br>~~(~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Basic I/O Unit<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|24 V DC<br>~~ee~~|16 pts|Removable terminal<br>block|CS1W-ID211<br>~~|~~|Input current: 7 mA<br>~~(~~|
||24 V DC<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|32pts<br>~~ee~~|Connector<br>~~ee~~<br>~~|~~|CS1W-ID231<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~|Input current: 6 mA|
||24 V DC<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|64pts<br>~~ee~~||CS1W-ID261<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~||
||24 V DC<br>~~ee~~|96 pts<br>~~ee~~||CS1W-ID291<br>~~|~~|Input current: approx.<br>5 mA|
|C200H Basic I/O Unit<br>~~es~~|12 to 24 V DC|8 pts|Removable terminal<br>block|C200H-ID211|Input current: 10 mA|
||12 to 24 V DC<br>~~es~~|16 pts|Removable terminal<br>block|C200H-ID212<br>~~|~~|Input current: 7 mA|
|C200H Group-2 I/O Units<br>~~es~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~a~~|24 V DC<br>~~es~~<br>~~ee~~|32pts|Connector<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~<br>~~ee~~|C200H-ID216<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~|Input current: 4.1 mA|
||24 V DC<br>~~es~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|64pts||C200H-ID217<br>~~|~~<br>~~|~~<br>~~Po~~||
||24 V DC<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|32pts||C200H-ID218<br>~~|~~<br>~~Po~~<br>~~|~~|Input current: 6 mA<br>~~**ee**~~|
||24 V DC<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|64pts<br>~~ee~~||C200H-ID219<br>~~Po~~<br>~~|~~<br>~~**ee**~~||
||12 V DC<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ee~~|64pts<br>~~ee~~||C200H-ID111<br>~~|~~<br>~~**ee**~~|Input current: 4.1 mA<br>~~**ee**~~|
|C200H Special I/O Unit<br>~~ee~~<br>~~a~~|24 V DC<br>~~ee~~|32pts<br>~~ee~~||C200H-ID215<br>~~**ee**~~|Input current: 4.1 mA<br>~~**ee**~~|



## **TTL Input Units** 

Programmable Controllers 

300 

## **AC Input Units (and 100 V DC)** 

|**Classification**|**Input  voltage**|**Inputs**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Basic I/O Units|100 to 120 V AC, or 100 to 120 V DC|16pts|Removable terminal block|CS1W-IA111|
||200 to 240  V AC|16pts||CS1W-IA211|
|C200H Basic I/O Units|100 to 120 V AC|8pts||C200H-IA121|
|||16 pts||C200H-IA122|
|||||C200H-IA122V|
||200 to 240 V AC|8pts||C200H-IA221|
|||16 pts||C200H-IA222|
|||||C200H-IA222V|



## **AC/DC Input Units** 

|**Classification**|**Input voltage**|**Inputs**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Basic I/O Units|12 to 24 V AC/ V DC|8pts|Removable terminal block|C200H-IM211|
||24  V AC/ V DC|16pts||C200H-IM212|



## **Relay Output Units** 

|**Classification**|**Outputs**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Basic I/O Units|8pts(independent)|Removable terminal block|CS1W-OC201|
||16pts||CS1W-OC211|
|C200H Basic I/O Units|8pts||C200H-OC221|
||12pts||C200H-OC222|
||12pts||C200H-OC222N|
||16pts||C200H-OC225|
||16pts||C200H-OC226N|
||5pts||C200H-OC223|
||8pts||C200H-OC224|
||8pts||C200H-OC224N|



## **Transistor Output Units** 

|**Classification**|**Outputs**|**Max. switching capacity**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Basic I/O Units|16 pts|12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 8 A/Unit sinking|Removable<br>terminal block|CS1W-OD211|
|||24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protec-<br>tion, alarm||CS1W-OD212|
||32 pts|12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sinking|Connector|CS1W-OD231|
|||24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protec-<br>tion, alarm||CS1W-OD232|
||64 pts|12 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A/pt, 6.4 A/Unit, sinking||CS1W-OD261|
|||24 V DC, 0.3 A/pt, 6.4 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protec-<br>tion, alarm||CS1W-OD262|
||96 pts|12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A sinking, 7.2 A/Unit||CS1W-OD291|
|||12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A sourcing, 7.2 A/Unit||CS1W-OD292|
|C200H Basic I/O Units|8pts|12 to 48 V DC, 1 A sinking|Removable<br>terminal block|C200H-OD411|
||8pts|24 V DC, 2.1 A, sinking||C200H-OD213|
||8pts|24 V DC, 0.8 A, sourcing, short circuitprotection||C200H-OD214|
||8pts|5 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A, sourcing||C200H-OD216|
||12pts|24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking||C200H-OD211|
||16pts|24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking||C200H-OD212|
||12pts|5 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A, sourcing||C200H-OD217|
||16pts|24 V DC, 1.0 A, sourcing, short circuitprotection||C200H-OD21A|
||16pts|24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking||C200H-OD212|
|C200H Group-2 I/O Units|32pts|16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking|Connector|C200H-OD218|
||32pts|500 mA at 24 V DC, sourcing, short circuitprotection||C200H-OD21B|
||64pts|16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking||C200H-OD219|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|32 pts|16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking<br>128-pt dynamic outputspossible||C200H-OD215|



## **TTL Output Unit** 

|**Classification**|**Outputs**|**Max. switching capacity**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|32 pts|5 V DC, 35 mA<br>128-pt dynamic outputspossible|Connector|C200H-OD501|
|**Triac Output Units**|||||
|**Classification**|**Outputs**|**Max. switching capacity**|**Connections**|**Model**|
|CS1 Basic I/O Units|8pts|250 V AC, 1.2 A, 50/60 Hz|Removable terminal block|CS1W-OA201|
||16pts|250 V AC, 0.5 A, 50/60 Hz||CS1W-OA211|
|C200H Basic I/O Units|8pts|250 V AC, 1.2 A, 50/60 Hz||C200H-OA223|
||12pts|250 V AC, 0.3 A, 50/60 Hz||C200H-OA222V|
||12pts|250 V AC, 0.5 A, 50/60 Hz||C200H-OA224|



**Basic I/O Units** 

301 

## **Mixed I/O Units** 

|**Name**|**Classifica-**<br>**tion**|**Inputs/**<br>**Outputs**|**Input**<br>**voltage**|**Max. switching ca-**<br>**pacity**|**Connections**|**Model**|**Remarks**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|DC Input/ Transis-<br>tor Output Units|CS1 Basic I/O<br>Units|32 inputs/<br>32 outputs|24 V DC|12 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A,<br>sinking|Connector|CS1W-MD261|---|
|||32 inputs/<br>32 outputs||24 V DC, 0.3 A,<br>sourcing, load short<br>protection, alarm||CS1W-MD262|---|
|||48 inputs/<br>48 outputs|24 V DC|12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A,<br>sinking||CS1W-MD291|---|
|||48 inputs/<br>48 outputs||12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A,<br>sourcing||CS1W-MD292|---|
||C200H Spe-<br>cial I/O Units|16 inputs/<br>16 outputs|24 V DC|16 mA at 4.5 V to<br>100 mA at 26.4  V DC,<br>sinking||C200H-MD215|Pulse-catch inputs,<br>128-pt dynamic outputs<br>possible|
|||16 inputs/<br>16 outputs|12 V DC|24 V DC, 50 mA,<br>sinking||C200H-MD115||



**Note:** In addition to the normal I/O functions, C200H High-density I/O Units (Special I/O Units) provide the following functions. 

- Dynamic I/O (except for OD501/OD215): In stead of normal static inputs and normal static outputs, dynamic outputs and dynamic inputs are used to increase I/O capacity to 128 inputs and 128 outputs through the use of strobe signal outputs. These functions can be used to reduce wiring to devices with more digits, such as displays and keyboards. 

- Pulse-catch Inputs (except OD501/OD215): Eight of the inputs can be set as pulse-catch inputs to reliably capture short pulses from devices like photomicroswitches. 

## **TTL I/O Unit** 

|**Name**|**Classification**|**Inputs/ Out-**<br>**puts**|**Input**<br>**voltage**|**Max. switch-**<br>**ing capacity**|**Connections**|**Model**|**Remarks**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|TTL I/O Unit|CS1 Basic I/O Units|32 inputs +<br>32 outputs|5 V DC|5 V DC,<br>35 mA|Connector|CS1W-MD561|---|
||C200H Special I/O<br>Units|16 inputs/<br>16 outputs||||C200H-MD501|Pulse-catch,<br>128-pt dynamic outputspossible|



## **High-speed Input** 

|**Name**|**Classification**|**Inputs**|**Max. switching capacity**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Pulse-catch Input Unit|CS1 Basic I/O Units|16pts|24 V DC, 7 mA|CS1W-IDP01|



## **Circuit Configuration and Terminal Arrangement** 

**CS1W-ID211** 

**==> picture [510 x 216] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
a Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>3.3 kΩ 470 Ω<br>IN00<br>:<br>to pean en 24  ela oy<br>IN07 : 1000pF or i V DC ° Al rai | ——<br>Como ' p ' —s — 4 ©<br> ©1; Input indicator : . t1: ° : ero a<br>3.3 kΩ 470 Ω 1 33<br>IN08<br>to b eens cnet ag | °<br>: i | el<br>IN15 i $2 : : o— _<br>24<br>CoMt 1000pF a V DC 5510 rat °<br>To 86-44<br>rrescesscccccerreccccersssscrsssssscc —s od —_——<br>:to. COMI ra 15 =°<br>59"<br>Polarity of the input power supply can connected in either direction.<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

302 

## **CS1W-ID231** 

**==> picture [207 x 172] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration<br>3.9 kΩ et<br>INGO ©<br>ALINIS O ; g<br>: 1000 pF 1K<br>COMOO<br>Comoe 560 Ω<br>yoy<br>Input indicator<br>INOO 3.9 kΩ<br>!<br>B{ INI5 © 3 4<br>COMO 1000 pF<br>560 Ω<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [209 x 209] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Terminal arrangement<br>BA<br>I/O word "m + 1" I/O word "m"<br>ve [19]19]<br>ot [8b 7 °?<br>6 cs<br>© O71 16] 16-70 0<br>eS [15 15] i? 9<br>0 [14] 14] z? 9<br>iga A —ee<br>oo © e718can} 9 | 9 brow8] ve<br>=| 24  V DC deeeo oFttepee[5 | 5 7° ° 24  V DC =2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-ID261** 

**==> picture [505 x 160] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>3.9 kΩ<br>woo an I/O word "m+1" I/O word "m" I/O word "m+2" [ona] I/O word "m+3"<br>$i eevee AB<br>Ad comodINI5© 3Za ve(919) woei 2: - 2 —i<br>1000 pF ee oo 13[ 3h<br>cNt como? ! 118] 39] a3 a s<br>560 Ω<br>moo 9i Input indicator sw Indicator switching  i ts7 18[ C16-2 © 7v 24  V DC sbafebs“ s 24  V DC =:<br>COM16 circuit =114] 4h : 77H :<br>COM> 3.9 kΩ 7113] 13}, i Telfer i<br>as<br>one “\comsM24 1000 pF $2 : 0Ooo—{8/8},—0 0 : s3—{npnp73] 13}<br>560 Ω<br>INOOa.> i i: 24  V DC oe 7/727/7 6© 24  V DC ii 3 o—2] 14] 14:2 2 6<br>Internal circuits<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Basic I/O Units** 

303 

**==> picture [53 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-ID291<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [510 x 468] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GO Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>INoo | O-+ 4.7 kΩ om 24 V DC | ox<br>x 3 CN1 circuits<br>1000 pF<br>560 Ω<br>Indicator switch  ]2| 2/5 : Sa) 7-<br>Input indicator circuit : _ cog9 | *°<br>a o—|24[ 4}, —2 515]<br>4.7 kΩ<br>INoo | + oe cre<br>x 3 CN2 circuits INS 10. 3 hafta = | “115/15/*<br>1000 pF<br>COM :O+4 =| 12] 12}5 : i a7 fa7*<br>560 Ω<br>oO {3/3} 5 : ° +1 26| 26| 18<br>. Bo po coul 97 | 27 Ne<br>24 V DC<br>CS1W-IA111<br>GO Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>frreemamememememimemnmemeeveromteeeunmurmeminrn persons =><br>IN0<br>to 100 to 120<br>IN7 2.2 k V AC/V DC<br>© 033 uF ih “ty f i TT YT fz Teo<br>COM0<br>Input indicator<br>1 4702 — 68kQ i prong of42t ps 12<br>IN8 db i 100 to 120  i x: 1<br>to<br>V AC/V DC<br>IN15 2.2 k<br>© 033 uF YR -ty | 7 7 reg re<br>COM1<br>24 V DC<br>24 V DC<br>Word (m+5)<br>Word (m+4)<br>Internal circuits<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+3)<br>Word (m+1)<br>24 V DC<br>Word m<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+2)<br>24 V DC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-IA111** 

**CS1W-IA211** 

**==> picture [510 x 147] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GO Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>pict+ 8202ete te reteset= IMQ em ements mimes{ roe —<br>IN0 i 2<br>to 200 to 240 V AC<br>IN7 if 9 J A0 To} 6 6<br>> ik + i Y) 4 Bite<br>COM0 A OIF 209 Input indicator Dw Ayke Hii COMOat“Breypa=NC 7.<br>i |<br>IN8 é g202 1MQ ii Xx: “of“5 55 [2ier<br>to 200 to 240 V AC<br>IN15<br>fo): 0.15 uF vA “lyk ! i peg<br>COM1 d 22002 stn ! comiHe® res LH OO<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

304 

## **CS1W-OC201** 

**==> picture [510 x 220] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PC Circuit configuration PC Terminal arrangement<br>ew es ee emoteeter<br>iT ey i<br>Output indicator See note 2.<br>OUT<br>i OUTC<br>:<br>|<br>rer SG JASTa 014<br>a Agree 0<br>2 A 250 V AC,<br>oa far 0)<br>2 A 24 V DC,  ard<br>0.1 A 120 V DC max.<br>Note : There are no restrictions in the polarity<br>when connecting a DC power supply.<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-OC211** 

**==> picture [333 x 146] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>PO<br>ann mineneneeentnenenteieininiminininnny.<br>IN0<br>to<br>i<br>IN7<br>© | 6 COM0<br>a, Output indicator<br>,<br>IN8<br>3 2 A 250 V AC,<br>to 2 A 24 V DC,<br>IN15 0.1 A 120 V DC max.<br>COM1<br>Internal circits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-OD211** 

**==> picture [509 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration PT Terminal arrangement<br>-) b ay<br>| Pah ou OO}<br>12 to 24 V DC<br>! Output indicator "v<br>| 4 Eh é como v aah} y -O<br>‘<br>i 8 ge<br>12 to 24 V DC<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Basic I/O Units** 

305 

**==> picture [58 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-OD212<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [510 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GO Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>psigrecipe cay<br>| Loek| Pa : Oh<br>A Pt PEO<br>elle 24 V DC<br>ne 45 oUTOO (L) AL 4<br>' § outd7 -O-Hal2 fo 7<br>! ele: aA coma<br>Output indicator<br>eee —— CoMi(+V) OS 8 ot 24 V DC<br>!; ik, eam: ? OUTIS | Testo49 | po | [COMI(+V)]<br>i eens eeess i<br>ERR indicator<br>Short-circuit  protection<br>Short-circuit<br>Internal circuits<br>protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-OD231** 

**==> picture [510 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GO Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>I/O word "m + 1" I/O word "m"<br>| ov ENE<br>| ia 9 ouroo = HES<br>:oe $ ouris A 7h -O<br>: 4 ES ood i como LoO— “hsfs-—-O—416] 6}--—O<br>i © COM aa aa<br>|:| Output indicator ye esse =Ooy [ouroa] y 3O22aa14] ©)oOO74<br>ALLAee ee OFOF<br>||eecetetenri=F — Qoursscom ed|ohhol<br>nnn MAA mh COMI 9-77-04<br>SE<br>12 to 24 V DC | ©) 8 12 to 24 V DC<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

306 

## **CS1W-OD232** 

**==> picture [499 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>pence neers tenner mene pence nee ements<br>; vee —— COMO(+V) ; vee ——— COMO(+V)<br>i : : A i : : A<br>: : 5 oUTOO : : 5 ouToo<br>: b ouris : b ouris<br>« ( H {<br>a ae | | yee | |<br>i4 Output Indicator Output Indicator<br>i<br>— COM1(+V) i — COM1(+V)<br>i : 9 OUTIS i : > OUTIS<br>| TEST | | CEST 7<br>iZ ERR indicator ERR indicator<br>Short-circuit protection Short-circuit protection<br>Internal circuits Internal circuits<br>Short-circuit protection Short-circuit protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-OD261** 

**==> picture [70 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Terminal arrangement** 

**==> picture [468 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
' st rendeny 1 [ad] I/O word "m+1" BA I/O word "m" I/O word "m+2" AB I/O word "m+3"<br>:H Se tS ba Oo tOoO<br>ae i O OUTIS ©—{8] 8} 12 to  Os }s}-O-4<br>:: 2 COMOwv (Outputs) 12 to 24 V DC [9-22-04 12 to 24 V DC24 V DC POO 12 to 24 V DC<br>: § outa [Oe -OF cert reo<br>H = wee° ©SobreOUTIS bB Poe© {2 -O— eeOeeeOF<br>; I/O indicator 3.9 kΩ QQ comtcom aOnE asOn outSote eo<br>: © © O— full ©<br>' _+k} 1000 pF QIntsQ Com2 ba 12 to 24 V DC teetote 36O—4 12 to 24 V DC |—hefe-?eet<br>H OI<br>: © COM2 CN2 Ofte} -O- 1677+ 4<br>560 Ω (Inputs) eK eT Lee<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-OD262** 

## **Circuit configuration** 

## **Terminal arrangement** 

**==> picture [492 x 191] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Passer reer mre ecm esm ecm semecmeemecmermes meses ecmsrmcem I/O word "m+1" LC] CN1 I/O word "m" I/O word "m+2" CN2 I/O word "m+3"<br>; — — COMO(+V) aA a<br>) Lg ~<a i come ae Potto]<br>¢ A [Oo rislehe-O rotsOF<br>1!: seeeseeend ne Jeti: 9H ouTISOUTOO5 cn teeeeee OtisO—7{16| -O-16-—-Ooy 24 V DC perooesLoteoreso—Ts[s+-o [o4] OT 24 V DC<br>i 9; OV eeeO— tata Loeo-[7[7)-©<br>| od<br>COM2(+V) COM3(+V)<br>! Nepol. sw OD ©9 COMIC+V)COMI(+V) tO+-O--fala}{et OfOf po[fo<br>} ° ¢ ouTgo pe Ce reeey<br>| og] Output indicator ° §gov; ouris 24 V DC LoraOtt -o-4O4 24 V DC 24 V DC Loreposs free0-4 24 V DC<br>_ —— cen lueces }o-4fehs} 2-0<br>i 9 COM2+V) 1-955 --O4 | | fo=felel=o<br>i | oy weesai :: 1 COM2+V) |SH6 “bret oOST rorO-fre]9}=-OOF<br>: A ecole COM2(+V) og COM3(+V)<br>i : > OUTIS<br>> : : CN2<br>i | i en | $ COM3(+V)<br>Neeneeost § COM3(+V)<br>9 ouTgo 78<br>Z ERR indicator 9 OUTIS<br>Internal circuits<br>Short-circuit<br>Short-circuit<br>protection<br>protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Basic I/O Units** 

307 

## **CS1W-OD291** 

**==> picture [507 x 286] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>10.2 to<br>26.4 V DC 12 to<br>24 V DC<br>foes bo A B<br>: +O0:! OUTOO x 3 CN1 circuits © ‘ : ©<br>PN© t-O-sfx3}-O 4 PS Ente<br>_ ours [Seas 12 to  SCREOd<br>- eee Se 24 V DC L [Obie]<br>y - Seat Oo o—fsps}+ O44<br>Fuse<br>$ a once eae So bro 4<br>- O—isfio} ~O—— O—fs[s}-O<br>" _ {otal 0 12 to  pO paleo<br>Indicator  24 V DC<br>switch circuitBlown fuse  s Output indicator °° -—9-feletonce© Oca-O—4© oerSofia© ae©Oo<br>detection circuit 4 ERR indicator ea ec 12 to 24 V DC b— 0 fit4<br>ny +9 falal OJ tO falls O—4<br>10.2 to  +o fala -O—4 a ees<br>26.4 V DC<br>Lo. © © nce<br>x 3 CN1 circuits<br>:; poe LO} -O-4 t—0-fala —4<br>12 to<br>oon-lo -O-s]e[Op5}; -O 24 V DC eeet—-O~fala -O—8<br>mero b-O-- #15}; LOlal 4<br>Fuse<br>Le Of -O~4 Peat<br>- © © OF OF<br>12 to<br>24 V DC<br>Word (m+3)<br>Word (m+4)<br>Word (m+2)<br>Word (m+5)<br>Internal circuits<br>Internal circuits<br>Word m<br>Word (m+1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-OD292** 

**==> picture [506 x 284] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>oN 00 : COM (+V) BA<br>Fuse 12 to<br>24 V DC<br>: ©: OUTOO |[os]— a5] © Cag EE<br>-_ afos x 3 CN1 circuits ae Opal-O-4<br>: +O= QUTIS ea l 12 to 24 V DC Lo—[s0fata5} }-O-4<br>TO a OI o—fss-O-4<br>-O10v LO}-O——~4 ORES<br>ben - tO Oo Sota<br>a -tf O-faleh-©a7] 18 38 fas OR O-4<br>Z. Oo<br>12 to<br>24 V DC<br>Indicator<br>a. b—O-]51 8} -O—4 ener Ceca<br>switch circuit P 4 PO So 6 6<br>Blown fuse  Output indicator ° tr ~O-aO—{3]  [uO 4 bhatt»O —4<br>detection circuit Z ERR indicator b—O— fuel3b-O——O 12 to 24 V DC tOPO OoOo<br>po LO} -O—4 topo<br>o~0—O anced ca O— fl -O—4<br>} COM (+V) oo conf 18|<br>Fuse<br>4 18}<br>/ L-o-sfe/s/--© po ao<br>- Lor] L -O4 L020<br>ae© out00 x 3 CN2 circuits O51 6} -O-4 12 to  Lala© ©Oo<br>24 V DC<br>. -O | OUTI5 |Ahh _A_. } = fatal G—4<br>ad ot O22} 0-4 queen aca<br>12 to<br>24 V DC<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+1) Word (m+4)<br>Word (m+5)<br>Word (m+2)<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+3)<br>Word m<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

308 

**CS1W-OA201** 

**==> picture [510 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ce Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>sari rmr mr memYYmre smemsmcmmamsemem ERR indicatorOutput indicator  serum smemsmemememameg nefNCfanAo |f24s0<br>ai fast =43_ _<br>IN0 P<<br>NCLA3 ras ()<br>to 1.2 A 250 V AC max.<br>IN7<br>Fuse<br>! fF val : COM ncaa<br>!<br>i 1<br>H Blown fuse i NC<br>detection<br>circuit i Ag|<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-OA211** 

**==> picture [510 x 160] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
a Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>potter reteenrenemmeemeeene m emenegem<br>Sroba<br>3 IN0 LO |<br>: to © [AWW c)<br>IN7<br>. Output indicator Qsfo-—L) Fuse COM0 Ad | c<br>§ eg y, ! ab, 244,<br>IN8<br>7 3 to 0.5 A  Ca Stes -O<br>IN15 250 V AC<br>max.<br>COM1<br>i| Srcvese ese rmrnreteimeeemimrmemenemimrmemsninedNecorsvebessacvesscvenscenssconsesseel Fuse 5 > poles NC<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-MD261** 

**==> picture [510 x 154] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ce Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>if Sev I/O word "m" BA Inputs I/O word "m+1" AB Outputs<br>(Outputs) 24  24<br>[eet Sav) (OM ee oo - V DC tefet: V DC<br>1'' I/O indicator z J oo° 9 ours B |_@eeetal {yomSI| a se{ofofez z + 4...<br>3.9 kΩ OnoMt | OO » Hofto} ts<br>Or aoe<br>ce 7 IN? a a ‘coe<br>1000 pF<br>: Bz: 8© com2tome }(* }cn2 904O—6[6--© 12 to  ae<br>:; 560 Ω (Inputs) 12 to 24 V DC | Oo hetet O 24 V DC oe"ee 15] 15,2<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Basic I/O Units** 

309 

## **CS1W-MD262** 

**==> picture [500 x 172] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>' seen — COMO(+V) I/O word "m+1" [o] I/O word "m" I/O word "m+2" I/O word "m+3"<br>' mE 5 como+v) 24 Aes<br>A b ouroo YA oo aoe |<br>' } oe SH eT |<br>'y: OeSoo EE theses esas!: 9©‘delii outiscomiev) Nt (Outputs) eeeRoa©© 8]eo©6© a=| 24 V DC “epee“BREae: = A 24 V DC :=|<br>‘ SW_,, ©é ouTyo |Ota 4 bee coal go fae a<br>': Z I/O indicator fo} OUTI5 PoE@ rata] Se© *Sio]rata to} +<br>: 3.9 kΩ d: ov | of ls — Talie<br>& 1no0 he ES<br>; oove 1000 pF QO msCOM2 24 V DC Peo©  e16] 6| OI© 24 V DC otal= 115] 15} =<br>Smo t-O—5[5} -O-4 aoe<br>'' 4 ; ERR indicator560 Ω © Nooi Y(t (Inputs) ace|Shit©—+3/2--O6as ogeolOo) EL) .<br>Internal circuits<br>Short-circuit protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-MD291** 

**==> picture [506 x 283] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>10.2 to<br>26.4 V DC 12 to<br>—— it Lo EEE 24 V DC : —, - - _—<br>: “ ouT00 @ | ao<br>tig x 3 CN1 (Output) Lo“ Tostosl © ela<br>_ 6) LS “Taso ¢§ © —-4 ; s—tsfs[es<br>i OUTTS bats} OQ 4 = Sata<br>o~ 04-0 | COM (OV) © © | 6| 6<br>_ Fuse _ |“ hofool OQ 4 en ee<br>a: Po:Pobot: Lae6©) hota}8 ° (} : i——o—fs[s}o—o—conBe Ne“—__<br>Indicator  A » © “heft 6 —1 12 to 24 V DC Visfaa be<br>switch circuit 4 < »—O—fntule-O—4 shag) ia} 2<br>Blown fuse  Output indicator<br>detection  —t—©—| sf} —O—4 = pial ab<br>circuit ERR indicator ©O—|a[u}-O—4 *[18[ 16)<br>4.7 kΩ a | 6 —“fofol- 6 —4 s—irj7pss<br>_ aa -O—fsfat--O o—frof 9}<br>ky OO: N15 x 3 CN2 (Input) ©—6[6--O 2hpifaipe 36<br>od 1000 pF os b—O—{s fs} -O4 12 to 24 V DC soee<br>Lo! ad oe o— [os] 2s}<br>560 Ω 0; COM , 6 Ispat Oo *{24[ 24)<br>, 6 hne ot s—+|p5|as}"—2<br>=~ 24 V DC xe Tos} oa| *°<br>Word m<br>24 V DC<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+3)<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+1)<br>Word (m+2)<br>Word (m+4)<br>Word (m+5)<br>24 V DC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

310 

## **CS1W-MD292** 

**==> picture [509 x 284] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>PR<br>o~0—-O | COM(+V)<br>Fuse BA 12 to 24 V DC : cN2<br>x 3 CN1 (Output)<br>oon {2 ouron +—O— ||| © —4 : AH<br>-O  ouTI5 Y 6 bao 4 ica”<br>eel -Di Lm]L__6 — fifo} —O0 —4 i. cuaLefet:<br>[fo<br>12 to<br>Indicator  24 V DC<br>switch circuit Z SH og +—O— |] «| —O—¢ fis[13}<br>Blown fuse  Output indicator<br>detection<br>circuit ERR indicator ° +—d— | s|s. -O—4 + aoe<br>4.7 kΩ<br>-ss LS“ hofol- © 7” cont5] 13] ©<br>[INOO] T |<br>+O [:] oo — “fio1 F*8<br>x 3 CN2 (Input)<br>é : 1000 pF 2] INIS +-O-sf6 fe} -O-4 12 to  {| 22}<br>Co 7 |} -O-4 24 V DC fa)<br>560 Ω -O | CON Somonimes gee<br>™ L-O—|2 [2 -O-4 [a[=}<br>© ©<br>po contoz [a7] *°<br>24 V DC<br>Word m<br>Word (m+2)<br>24 V DC<br>Word (m+1)<br>Internal circuits<br>Internal circuits<br>Word (m+4)<br>24 V DC<br>Word (m+5)<br>Word (m+3)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-MD561** 

**==> picture [511 x 185] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>PC PO<br>CN1 CN2<br>+V I/O word "m+1" I/O word "m" I/O word "m+2" I/O word "m+3"<br>B A A B<br>4.7 kΩ +V 20 20 +V 0 1 1 0<br>OUT0 L COM115 1918 1918 COM015 L 12 23 23 12<br>100 Ω 0OUT155to ×(Output) 2 CN1  LLLLL 1413121110 1716151413 1716151413 1413121110 LLLLL 5 V DC 34567 45678 45678 34567 5 V DC<br>4.7 kΩ L 9 12 12 9 L COM2 9 9 COM3<br>COM L +V8 1110 1110 +V8 L 89 1011 1011 89<br>COM1 9 9 COM0 10 12 12 10<br>1.1 kΩ IN00to LLL 765 876 876 765 LLL 111213 131415 131415 111213<br>TT 2.4 kΩ 1000 pF il IN15 ×(Input) 2 CN2  5 V DC SO LL 43 HH 54 54 43 8 LL 5 V DC —=— 1415 1617 |} 1617 1415  ==<br>L 2 3 3 2 L COM2 18 18 COM3<br>COM L 1 2 2 1 L NC 19 19 NC<br>L 0 1 1 0 L NC 20 20 NC<br>Internal circuits<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Basic I/O Units** 

311 

**CS1W-IDP01** 

**==> picture [510 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
a Circuit configuration Terminal arrangement<br>3.3 kΩ 470 Ω<br>IN00<br>to 24<br>IN07 V DC<br>COMO O 1000 pF : 7 : ry 5<br>Input indicator<br>3.3 kΩ 470 Ω<br>IN08<br>boo. mor We<br>to<br>IN15 24<br>1000 pF V DC<br>COM1 0 = * 13<br>beet ee eee cence ees escent ence seme ee eneed i —__ El 0<br>hoo. 514 Or 5<br>coM1 ry te<br>*1 Polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.<br>*2 Terminal numbers A0 to A9 and B0 to B9 are used in this manual, but<br>they are not printed the Unit.<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

312 

## **CS1W-INT01, C200HS-INT01** 

## **Interrupt Input Units** 

## **Triggers interrupt task execution in the CPU** 

- When the CPU Unit receives an Input from the Interrupt Input, the CPU Unit immediately suspends execution of the Cyclic Task (Regular Program) and executes the I/O Interrupt Task (CS1G/CS1H Only). The Interrupt Input Unit operates as a regular Input Unit in the CS1D PLCs. 

- Mount the Interrupt Input Unit in the CPU Rack. 

- Up to 2 CS1W-INT01 or 4 C200HS-INT01 Interrupt Input Units can be mounted. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [59 x 101] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CPU Unit<br>I/O interrupt<br>task<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Circuit Configuration (CS1W-INT01)** 

## **Terminal Arrangement (CS1W-INT01)** 

**==> picture [384 x 199] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.3 kΩ 470 Ω<br>IN00<br>to 24<br>IN07 V DC<br>‘ 1000pF oe :1 =t —=O 4 Bt<br>Input indicator<br>:; 3.3 kΩ 470 Ω<br>' bce COMO 63<br>IN08<br>to<br>IN15<br>é $a : o— AS, 9<br>24<br>V DC<br>comi 1000pF soso == 10 raat<br>© : ae | 86<br>.<br>!yn 7 14<br>i<br>Looe. ~ re<br>comt! ag<br>- 2 E)<br>0.5 ms min.<br>0.1 ms min.<br>Internal circuits<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Polarity of the input power supply can connected in either direction. 

**Interrupt Input Units** 

313 

## **Specifications** 

|**Classifications**|**Input voltage**|**Inputs**|**Inputpulse width**|**Connections**|**Allocations**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1W Basic I/O Unit|24 V DC|16 pts|ON: 0.1 ms min.<br>OFF: 0.5 ms min.|Removable terminal<br>block|16 bits<br>(CIO 0319 to CIO 2000)|CS1W-INT01|
|C200H Basic I/O Unit|12 to 24 V DC|8 pts|ON: 0.2 ms max.<br>OFF: 0.5 ms max.||8 bits|C200HS-INT01|



**Note:** The interrupt function can be used with the CPU backplane (except CS1D) only. 

Programmable Controllers 

314 

## **C200H-TM001** 

## **Analog Timer Unit** 

## **Easy On-site timer Adjustments** 

- Provides four timers easily adjusted on-site via front-panel adjustments or external variable resistors: No Programming Device required. Using timer pause inputs enables Usage as accumulative timer. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [263 x 126] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Analog Timer Unit Time up<br>Timer set input outputs<br>- | T0<br>Timer pause input Set value<br>a<br>:<br>4 pts<br>Resistance<br>[| | T3 | [|<br>Set value<br>——<br>Resistance<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

|**Classification**|**Timers**|**Setting range**|**Time setting method**|**CPU Unit bits**|**Allocations**<br>**(CIO 0319 to**<br>**CIO 2000)**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Basic<br>I/O Unit|4 pts|0.1 to 1.0 s, 1 to 10 s, 2 to 60 s,<br>1 to 10 min|Internal or external variable<br>resistor|Timer set input, tim-<br>er pause input, and<br>time upoutput|16 bits|C200H-TM001|



**Analog Timer Unit** 

315 

## **CS1W-SF200** 

## **Safety Relay Unit** 

## **Reduced Wiring and Space for Safety Circuits** 

- This Safety Relay Unit mounts as an I/O Unit and provides both safety relays and inputs for monitoring. 

- Safety relays and monitor inputs in 1 Unit to reduce wiring and space. 

- Safety relays operate with separate power supply from PLC. 

- Monitor safety circuit output, K1/K2 relay, or power status from PLC. 

- Four general-purpose inputs provided. 

- Safety standards: EN954-1 and EN60204-1 

## ~~es~~ **Internal Connections** §=— 

## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Item**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|
|Contact resistance|100 mΩ(5 V DC, 1 A, voltage dropmethod)|
|Operatingtime|300 ms max.(not includingbounce)|
|Response time<br>~~f~~|10 ms max. (time from input OFF to main contact<br>OFF, not includingbounce)|
|Insulation resistance (See<br>note.)<br>~~f~~|20 MΩmin. (at 500 V DC) for following: Safety<br>circuits-safety outputs, General inputs-safety<br>outputs, Different poles of safety outputs, and<br>safetycircuits-general inputs|
|Withstand voltage<br>(See note.)|2,500 V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min for following:<br>Safety circuits-safety outputs, General inputs-<br>safety outputs, Different poles of safety outputs<br>500  V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min for Safety circuits-<br>general inputs|
|Durability|Mechanical: 5,000,000 min. (7,200 time/hr)<br>Electrical: 100,000 min.(1,800 time/hr)|
|Weight|300g|



**==> picture [342 x 313] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Indicator<br>| [f] Insulation resistance (See<br>&Kt note.)<br>b<br>Withstand voltage<br>(See note.)<br>Indicator<br>@)+— Durability<br>Weight<br>Safety circuits Indicator Internal circuits Note:<br>pSa |<br>fle Item<br>— Power Supply voltagpply voltagly voltagy voltag voltagge<br>(43) K1 K2 K3. t Fluctuation<br>: Consumptionptiontion<br>Inputsputsuts Current<br>Switching Rated load<br>23) : : :<br>__ |<br>O<br>3.3 kΩ<br>General  Item<br>inputs 0.01 μF 470 Ω Power voltage<br>Fluctuation<br>| Input impedance<br>© Input current<br>ON voltage/current<br>Input indicator OFF voltage/current<br>ens<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Measured while mounted to PLC. 

**Ratings of Safety Circuits** 

**Item Specification** Power Supply voltagpply voltagly voltagy voltag voltagge 24 V DC t Fluctuation –15%/+10% of supply voltage Consumptionptiontion 24 V DC: 1.7 W max. Inputsputsuts Current 75 mA max. Switching Rated load 250 V AC, 5 A Rated ON current 5 A ~~=~~ | ~~[']~~ **Ratings of General Inputs** 

|**Item**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|
|Power voltagegee|24 V DC<br>–15%|
|Fluctuation|–15%/+10%of supplyvoltage|
|Input impedanceput impedanceut impedancepedanceedance|3.3 kΩ|
|Input currentput currentut current|7 mA typ.(24 V DC)|
|ON voltage/currentge/currente/current|14.4 V DC min./3 mA min.|
|OFF voltage/currentge/currente/current|5 V DC max./1 mA max.|
|ON/OFF response|8 ms max.(Set to 1 to 32 in PC Setup)|
|Circuits|4points, 1 common|
|ONpoints|100% simultaneouslyON|



Programmable Controllers 

316 

## **Analog I/O Selection Guide** 

|**Classification**|**Model**|**I/O**<br>**capacity**|**Isolation**<br>**between**<br>**I/Opoints***|**I/O ranges/types**|**Conversion**<br>**time**|**Remarks**|**Page**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Analog Input<br>Units|CS1W-AD041-V1|4 inputs|No|1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V, 4 to 20 mA|0.25 ms/pt|---|318|
||CS1W-AD081-V1|8 inputs||||||
||CS1W-AD161|16 inputs||||2 x 34-pin MIL connectors|318|
||CS1W-PTW01|4 inputs|Yes|1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA|100 ms/4 pts|Built-in power supply for 2-wire<br>transmission device,<br>measured value alarms<br>(HH, H, L, LL), other features|326|
||CS1W-PDC11|4 inputs||4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA,<br>0 to 10V, +/-10V, 0 to 5V, +/-5V,<br>1 to 5V, 0 to 1.25V, +/-1.25V|20 ms/4 pts,<br>10 ms/2 pts|Process value alarms (HH,H,L,LL)<br>Rate-of-change calculation and<br>alarm<br>Input disconnection detection<br>Top, bottom, valley hold<br>Accumulated value output<br>Variable range zero-span<br>adjustment|326|
||CS1W-PDC55|8 inputs||4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>1 to 5 V|250 ms/8 pts|Measured value alarms (H, L) and<br>other features|326|
||CS1W-PTR01||No|–1 mA to 1 mA, 0 to 1 mA|200 ms/8 pts|Motor overdrive prevention,<br>measured value alarms (H, L),<br>other features|326|
||CS1W-PTR02|||–100 mV to 100 mV,<br>0 to 100 mV||Measured value alarms (H, L),<br>other features|326|
||C200H-AD003|||1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V,<br>–10 to 10 V, 4 to 20 mA|1 ms/pt max.|---|318|
|Analog Output<br>Units|CS1W-DA041|4 outputs|No|1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V, 4 to 20 mA|1 ms/pt|---|320|
||CS1W-DA08V|8 outputs||1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V||||
||CS1W-DA08C|||4 to 20 mA||||
||C200H-DA003|8 outputs|No|1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V,<br>–10 to 10 V|1 ms/pt max.|---|320|
||C200H-DA004|||4 to 20 mA||||
|Analog I/O Unit|CS1W-MAD44|4 inputs and<br>4 outputs|No|Inputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V, 4 to 20 mA<br>Outputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V|1 ms/pt|---|322|
||C200H-MAD01|2 inputs and<br>2 outputs||Inputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V, 4 to 20 mA<br>Outputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,<br>0 to 10 V,±10 V|1 ms/pt max.|||
|Temperature<br>Sensor Input<br>Units|CS1W-PTS11|4 inputs|Yes|B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U,<br>WRe5-26, PLII,±100 mV|20 ms/4 pts<br>10 ms/2 pts|Measured value alarms<br>(HH, H, L, LL), input disconnection<br>alarms, top hold, bottom hold,<br>valley hold, zero span adjustment<br>over user-set range, other fea-<br>tures.||
||CS1W-PTS12|||Pt100Ω(JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω,<br>Pt50Ω, Ni508.4Ω||||
||CJ1W-PTS51|||B, J, K, R, S, T, L|250 ms/4pts|Measured value alarms (H, L),<br>input disconnection alarm,<br>and other features|336|
||CJ1W-PTS52|||Pt100 (IEC, JIS), JPt100|250 ms/8pts|||
||CJ1W-PTS55|8 inputs||B, J, K, R, S, T, L|250 ms/4pts|||
||CJ1W-PTS56|||Pt100 (IEC, JIS), JPt100|250 ms/8pts|||
||C200H-TS001|4 inputs|No|K, J|4.8 s max.|---|336|
||C200H-TS002|||K, L||||
||C200H-TS101|||JPt100||||
||C200H-TS102|5 inputs||Pt100||||



**Note:** Inputs are isolated from PLC signals for all Units. 

317 

## **CS1W-AD** @@ **1-V1, C200H-AD003** 

## 

## 

## **Convert Analog Signals to Binary Data** 

- Wire burnout detection 

- Peak-hold function 

- Moving average filter function 

- Offset gain setting 

- **Note:** Analog Input Terminals are also available as remote I/O terminals for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP or CompoBus/S. 

## **Function** 

Converts input signals such as 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA to binary values between 0000 and 0FA0 Hex and stores the results in the allocated words each cycle. The ladder diagram can be used to transfer the data 

to the DM Area or the SCALING instructions (e.g., SCL(194)) can be used to scale the data to the desired ranges. 

## **Terminal Arrangement** 

**CS1W-AD041-V1** 

## **CS1W-AD081-V1** 

|||||A1|Input 1 (+)|Input 1 (+)|Input 1 (+)||||||A1|Input 1 (+)|Input 1 (+)|Input 1 (+)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Input 2 (+)|Input 2 (+)|Input 2 (+)|B1||||||Input 2 (+)|Input 2 (+)|Input 2 (+)|B1|||||
|||||A2|Input 1 (–)|Input 1 (–)|Input 1 (–)||||||A2|Input 1 (–)|Input 1 (–)|Input 1 (–)|
|Input 2 (–)|Input 2 (–)|Input 2 (–)|B2||||||Input 2 (–)|Input 2 (–)|Input 2 (–)|B2|||||
|||||A3|AG||||||||A3|AG|||
|AG|||B3||||||AG|||B3|||||
|||||A4|Input 3 (+)|Input 3 (+)|Input 3 (+)||||||A4|Input 3 (+)|Input 3 (+)|Input 3 (+)|
|Input 4 (+)|Input 4 (+)|Input 4 (+)|B4|A5|Input 3 (–)|Input 3 (–)|Input 3 (–)||Input 4 (+)|Input 4 (+)|Input 4 (+)|B4|A5|Input 3 (–)|Input 3 (–)|Input 3 (–)|
|Input 4 (–)|Input 4 (–)|Input 4 (–)|B5|A6|N.C.||||Input 4 (–)|Input 4 (–)|Input 4 (–)|B5|A6|Input 5 (+)|Input 5 (+)|Input 5 (+)|
|N.C.|||B6|A7|N.C.||||Input 6 (+)|Input 6 (+)|Input 6 (+)|B6|A7|Input 5 (–)|Input 5 (–)|Input 5 (–)|
|N.C.|||B7|A8|N.C.||||Input 6 (–)|Input 6 (–)|Input 6 (–)|B7|A8|AG|||
|N.C.|||B8|A9|N.C.||||AG|||B8|A9|Input 7 (+)|Input 7 (+)|Input 7 (+)|
|N.C.|||B9|A10|N.C.||||Input 8 (+)|Input 8 (+)|Input 8 (+)|B9|A10|Input 7 (–)|Input 7 (–)|Input 7 (–)|
|N.C.|||B10||||||Input 8 (–)|Input 8 (–)|Input 8 (–)|B10|||||
|||||A11|N.C.||||||||A11|N.C.|||



Programmable Controllers 

318 

## **CS1W-AD161** 

|**61**|**61**|**61**|**61**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CN2 Inputs 9 to16<br>Input9+<br>1<br>2<br>Input 10+<br>Current mode9<br>3<br>4<br>Current mode 10<br>Input9−<br>5<br>6<br>Input 10−<br>AG<br>7<br>8<br>AG<br>Input 11+<br>9<br>10<br>Input 12+<br>Current mode 11<br>11<br>12<br>Current mode 12<br>Input 11−<br>13<br>14<br>Input 12−<br>AG<br>AG<br>Input 13+<br>17<br>18<br>Input 14+<br>Current mode 13<br>19<br>20<br>Current mode 14<br>Input 13−<br>21<br>22<br>Input 14−<br>AG<br>AG<br>Input 15+<br>Input 16+<br>Current mode 15<br>28<br>Current mode 16<br>Input 15−<br>30<br>Input 16−<br>AG<br>31<br>32<br>AG<br>NC<br>33<br>NC<br>34<br>15<br>16<br>23<br>24<br>25<br>26<br>27<br>29||||CN1 Inputs 1 to 8||||
|Input9+|1|2|Input 10+|Input 1+|1|2|Input 2+|
|Current mode9|3|4|Current mode 10|Current mode 1|3|4|Current mode 2|
|Input9−|5|6|Input 10−|Input 1−|5|6|Input 2−|
|AG|7|8|AG|AG|7|8|AG|
|Input 11+|9|10|Input 12+|Input3+|9|10|Input 4+|
|Current mode 11|11|12|Current mode 12|Current mode3|11|12|Current mode 4|
|Input 11−|13|14|Input 12−|Input3−|13|14|Input 4−|
|AG|15|16|AG|AG|15|16|AG|
|Input 13+|17|18|Input 14+|Input 15+|17|18|Input6+|
|Current mode 13|19|20|Current mode 14|Current mode5|19|20|Current mode6|
|Input 13−|21|22|Input 14−|Input5−|21|22|Input6−|
|AG|23|24|AG|AG|23|24|AG|
|Input 15+|25|26|Input 16+|Input 7+|25|26|Input8+|
|Current mode 15|27|28|Current mode 16|Current mode 7|27|28|Current mode8|
|Input 15−|29|30|Input 16−|Input 7−|29|30|Input8−|
|AG|31|32|AG|AG|31|32|AG|
|NC|33|34|NC|NC|33|34|NC|



## **Specifications** 

|**Model**|**Model**||CS1W-AD041-V1|CS1W-AD081-V1|C200HW-AD003|CS1W-AD161|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Classification**|||CS1 Special I/O Units||C200 Special I/O Units|CS1 Special I/O Units|
|**Unit number**|||0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to F|0 to 94|
|**Inputs**|||4pts|8pts|8pts|16pts|
|**Signal**<br>**range**|**Voltages**|**1 to 5 V**|Yes||||
|||**0 to 10 V**|Yes||||
|||**0 to 5 V**|Yes|Yes|---|Yes|
|||**–10 to 10 V**|Yes||||
||**Currents**|**4 to 20 mA**|Yes||||
|||**0 to 20 mA**|---||||
|**Signal range settings**|||4 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|16 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|
|**Resolution**|||1/8000|1/8000|1/4000|1/8000|
|**Conversion speed**|||0.25 ms/pt max.|0.25 ms/pt max.|1 ms/pt. max|0.25 ms/pt|
|**Overall accuracy (at 25**°**C)**|||Voltage:±0.2%<br>Current:±0.4%|||Voltage:±0.2%<br>Current:±0.2%|
|**Connections**|||Terminal block|||2 x 34point MIL connectors|
|**Features**|**Wire burnout detection**||Yes||||
||**Peak-hold function**||Yes||||
||**Mean function**||Yes||||



**Note:** Process I/O Units with individually isolated channels are also available for analog I/O. Refer to page 326. 

**Analog Input Units** 

319 

## **CS1W-DA0** @@ **, C200H-DA00** @ 

## Analog Output Units 

## **Convert Binary Data to Analog Signals** 

- Output limit 

- Upper/Lower limit alarms 

- Offset gain adjustment 

**Note:** The functions provided depend in the model used. Analog Output Terminals are also available as remote I/O terminals for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP or CompoBus/S. 

## **Function** 

Binary data in the allocated words is converted to analog signals such as 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA for output. All that is required in the ladder diagram is to place the data in the allocated words. 

## **Terminal Arrangement** 

**CS1W-DA08V/08C** 

|**CS1W-DA08V/08C**|**CS1W-DA08V/08C**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|||A1|N.C.|
|N.C.|B1|||
|||A2|Output 1 (+)|
|Output 2 (+)|B2|||
|||A3|Output 1 (–)|
|Output 2 (–)|B3|||
|||A4|Output 3 (+)|
|Output 4 (+)|B4|||
|||A5|Output 3 (–)|
|Output 4 (–)|B5|||
|||A6|Output 5 (+)|
|Output 6 (+)|B6|||
|||A7|Output 5 (–)|
|Output 6 (–)|B7|||
|||A8|Output 7 (+)|
|Output 8 (+)|B8|||
|||A9|Output 7 (–)|
|Output 8 (–)|B9|||
|||A10|N.C.|
|N.C.|B10|||
|||A11|N.C.|
|||||



## **CS1W-DA041** 

|||A1|N.C.|
|---|---|---|---|
|N.C.|B1|||
|||A2|Output voltage 1 (+)|
|Output voltage 2 (+)|B2|||
|||A3|Output 1 (–)|
|Output 2 (–)|B3|||
|||A4|Output current 1 (+)|
|Output current 2 (+)|B4|||
|||A5|N.C.|
|N.C.|B5|||
|||A6|N.C.|
|N.C.|B6|||
|||A7|Output voltage 3 (+)|
|Output voltage 4 (–)|B7|||
|||A8|Output 3 (–)|
|Output 4 (–)|B8|||
|||A9|Output current 3 (+)|
|Output current 4 (+)|B9|||
|||A10|N.C.|
|N.C.|B10|||
|||A11|N.C.|
|||||



Programmable Controllers 

320 

## **Specifications** 

|**Model**|**Model**||CS1W-DA041|CS1W-DA08V|CS1W-DA08C|C200H-DA003|C200H-DA004|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Classification**|||CS1 Special I/O Units|||C200H Special I/O Units||
|**Unit numbers**|||0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to F|0 to F|
|**Outputs**|||4pts|8pts|8pts|8pts|8pts|
|**Signal range**|**Voltages**|**1 to 5 V**|Yes|Yes|---|Yes|---|
|||**0 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|---|Yes|---|
|||**0 to 5 V**|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|
|||**–10 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|---|Yes|---|
||**Currents**|**4 to 20 mA**|Yes|---|Yes|---|Yes|
|||**0 to 20 mA**|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Signal range settings**|||4 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|8 settings<br>(one for eachpoint)|
|**Resolution**|||1/4000|1/4000|1/4000|1/4000|1/4000|
|**Conversion speed**|||1.0 ms/pt max.|1.0 ms/pt max.|1.0 ms/pt max.|1.0 ms/pt max.|1.0 ms/pt max.|
|**Overall accuracy (at 25**°**C)**|||Voltage:±0.3%FS<br>Current:±0.5%FS|±0.3% FS|±0.5% FS|±0.3% FS|±0.5% FS|
|**Connections**|||Terminal block|Terminal block|Terminal block|Terminal block|Terminal block|
|**Features**|**Output hold function**||---|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|



**Note:** Process I/O Units with individually isolated channels are also available for analog I/O. Refer to page 326. 

**Analog Output Units** 

321 

## **CS1W-MAD44, C200H-MAD01 Analog I/O Units** 

## **Analog Inputs and Outputs combined in One Unit** 

- Moving average filter function 

- Peak hold function 

- Wire burnout detection 

- Output hold function 

- Ratio conversions 

## **Function** 

One Unit performs both analog input and analog output operations. The Unit can also be used for ratio and bias processing, which can be performed on analog inputs to output the results as analog outputs. 

## **Terminal Arrangement (CS1W-MAD44)** 

|||A1|Output 1 (+)|
|---|---|---|---|
|Output 2 (+)|B1|||
|||A2|Output 1 (–)|
|Output 2 (–)|B2|||
|||A3|Output 3 (+)|
|Output 4 (+)|B3|||
|||A4|Output 3 (–)|
|Output 4 (–)|B4|||
|||A5|N.C.|
|N.C.|B5|||
|||A6|Input 1 (+)|
|Input 2 (+)|B6|||
|||A7|Input 1 (–)|
|Input 2 (–)|B7|||
|||A8|AG|
|AG|B8|||
|||A9|Input 3 (+)|
|Input 4 (+)|B9|||
|||A10|Input 3 (–)|
|Input 4 (–)|B10|||
|||A11|N.C.|
|||||



## **Specifications** 

|**Model**|**Model**|**Model**|C200H-MAD01|CS1W-MAD44|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Classification**|||C200H Special I/O Unit|CS1 Special I/O Unit|
|**Unit numbers**|||0 to F|0 to 95|
|**Inputs**|||2pts|4pts|
|**Outputs**|||2pts|4pts|
|**Input signal ranges**|**Voltages**|**1 to 5 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**0 to 5 V**|---|Yes|
|||**0 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**–10 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**4 to 20 mA**|Yes|Yes|
|**Output signal ranges**|**Currents**|**1 to 5 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**0 to 5 V**|---|Yes|
|||**0 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**–10 to 10 V**|Yes|Yes|
|||**4 to 20 mA**|Yes|---|
|**Resolution**|||1/4000(inputs/outputs)|1/4000(inputs/outputs)|
|**Conversion speed**|||1.0 ms/pt max(inputs/outputs)|1.0 ms/pt max(inputs/outputs)|
|**Overall**<br>**accuracy**|**Inputs**||Voltage:±0.2%<br>Current:±0.4%|Voltage:±0.2%<br>Current:±0.4%|
||**Outputs**||Voltage:±0.3%<br>Current:±0.5%|Voltage:±0.3%|
|**Connections**|||Terminal block|Terminal block|
|**Features**|**Mean function**||Yes|Yes|
||**Peak hold**||Yes|Yes|
||**Wire burnout detection**||Yes|Yes|
||**Output hold**||Yes|Yes|
||**Ratio conversion**||Yes|Yes|



Programmable Controllers 

322 

**CS1W-LC001, CS1W-LCB01/05, CS1D-CPU** @@ **P** 

## **Loop Control Unit** 

## **Integrate Process Control and Monitoring functions with PLC sequence control. With easy-to-use DCS-style function block configuration, complex control systems can be set up in minutes.** 

- The control system can be scaled to match the controlled system, from a few loops that replace a Controller to hundreds of loops that perform large-scale process control. 

- A variety of control programs can be created by selecting from more than 70 kinds of function blocks suitable for loop control, such as PID calculations, Segment Programs, and square root calculations. 

- The CX-Process Tool, included in CX-One, can be used for easy programming. 

- A Tuning Screen can be opened in the CX-Process Tool to change parameters while monitoring the status. 

- Duplex systems are available for applications that require high reliability. 

- The NS Face Plate Auto Builder software can be used to automatically create a touch panel for NS-series PTs from a function block screen. 

## **Function** 

The CS1-series Loop Control Boards and Units are packed with DCS functions and can use function block programs, which are ideal for process control. Graphical programming can be used, so function blocks can be pasted into a window and connected with the mouse. 

A wide variety of control methods can be executed, from regular PID control to cascade control and feed-forward control. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [250 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Create and transfer the<br>function block data with<br>NS-series PT the CX-Process Tool.<br>a<br>oe<br>CS1-series PLC and<br>Loop Control Board/Unit<br>Analog I/O<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Loop Control Unit** 

323 

## **Function Block Example** 

**==> picture [440 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Example: Cascade control Analog  Analog  Loop Control  Function blocks PID1<br>Input Unit Input Unit Board/Unit<br>PV1 PID1 Isolated-typeAI4 terminal Basic PID SegmentLinearizer Isolated-typeAO4 terminal<br>Y1 PV SP X1 Y1 X1 Y1<br>MV1 Y2 PVE Y1 X2 Y2<br>Y3 RSP MV X3 Y3<br>RSP1<br>PV2 PID2 Y4 MIE X4 Y4<br>MVE<br>MV2<br>Split<br>conversion<br>Basic PID Segment<br>Linearizer<br>Temperature PV SP X1 Y1<br>PVE Y1<br>RSP MV<br>TemperatureHeat  MIEMVE<br>exchanger<br>Steam<br>PID2<br>Cold<br>water<br>Drain<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

|**Item**<br>|**Item**<br>|**Specification**|**Specification**|**Specification**|**Specification**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Name<br>||LoopControl Board|||LoopControl Unit(See note 1.)|
|Unit type<br>||CS-series Inner Board|||CS-series CPU Bus Unit|
|Model<br> <br>||CS1W-LCB01 Standard<br>Inner Board|<br>CS1W-LCB05 Ad-<br>vanced Inner Board|CS1D-LCB05D Duplex<br>Inner Board<br>(See note 3.)|CS1W-LC001|
|Applicable PLCs<br>||CS1G/H-CPU@@F|CS1G/H-CPU@@H|CS1D-CPU@@P<br>(Duplex compatible)|CS-series|
|Mountinglocation<br>||CPU Unit’s Inner Board slot|||CPU Rack|
|Max. number of Boards/Units<br>||1 Board max.per CPU Unit|||3 Units max.per CPU Unit|
|Data exchange<br>with CPU Unit|Allocation of specific words<br>in a data area<br> <br> <br>|User Link Table function:<br>A function block’s ITEM data can be allocated to specified words in a CPU<br>Unit data area(CIO, WR, HR, DM, or EM bank 0).|||CPU terminal block:<br>A function block’s ITEM data can be allo-<br>cated to anyCPU Unit data area.|
||Allocation of all data<br> <br> <br> <br>|HMI Interface function:<br>The ITEM data of a Control Block, Operation Block, or External Controller<br>Block can be allocated to a specified EM bank. (The default EM bank is<br>bank 0.)|||Send/Receive All Blocks:<br>Can be allocated to any CPU Unit data<br>area (no default setting).|
|Setting switches||None|||Front panel rotary switches:<br>Unit number setting (0 to F)|
|Indicators|<br>|Three LED indicators:<br>Running, Ready, and Comm. port sending/receiving|||Five LED indicators:<br>Running, Comm. port sending,  Comm.<br>port receiving, CPU Unit error, and Unit<br>error|
|Frontpanel connec|tors<br>|One RS-232Cport(for connection of an ES100X External Controller)||||
|Data Backup|<br>|Super capacitor backs up all function block data (including sequence<br>tables and stepladderprogram instructions).|||Battery backs up all function block data<br>and contents of the error log.|
|Backup time of backup capacitor or battery<br>||24 hrs at 25°C (The backup time is shorter at higher temperatures.)|||5 years at 25°C (The battery life is shorter<br>at higher temperatures.)|
|Data stored in flash memory<br> <br>||Function block data, data in RAM (can be backed up or recovered at any<br>time), and error logdata|||Function block data and data in RAM (can<br>be backed upor recovered at anytime)|
|Effect on the CPU Unit’s cycle time<br>||0.8 ms max.||20 ms max.<br>(See note 2.)|0.2 ms|
|Current consumption (supplied by the Power<br>Supply Unit)<br> <br> <br>||220 mA at 5 V DC<br>Note: The current consumption is 150 mA higher when an NT-AL001 Link<br>Adapter is being used.|||360 mA at 5 V DC<br>Note: The current consumption is 150 mA<br>higher when an NT-AL001 Link Adapter is<br>beingused.|
|Dimensions<br>||34.5 x 130 x 100.5 mm(W x H x D)||||
|Weight<br>||100gmax.|||220gmax.|
|Standard accessories<br>||None|||C200H-BAT09 Battery Set<br>(factoryinstalled in Unit)|



**Note: 1.** The Loop Control Unit described in this table is equipped with the Version 2.5 functions. 

**2.** The CPU Unit’s cycle time will be extended by 2.1 s max during duplex initialization. 

**3.** The CS1D-LCB05D Duplex Loop Control Board is not available separately. It can only be purchased in combination with a Duplex CPU as models CS1D-CPU65P or CS1D-CPU67P. 

Programmable Controllers 

324 

## **Functional Specifications** 

|**Item**|||**Specifications**|**Specifications**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Model numbers|||**CS1W-LCB01**|**CS1W-LCB05**<br>**CS1D-LCB05D**|**CS1W-LC001**|
|Operation method|||Function block method|||
|Operation cycle|||Settable cycles:<br>0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, or 2 s(default: 1 s)<br>Can be set for each function block. (See note 1.)||Settable cycles:<br>0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, or 2 s (default: 1<br>s)<br>Can be set for each function<br>block.|
|Number<br>of function blocks|Analog<br>operation|Control blocks<br>(See note 2.)|50 blocks max.|500 blocks max.|32 blocks max.|
|||Operation blocks<br>(See note 3.)|||249 blocks max.|
|||External controller<br>blocks|32 blocks max. (CS1D-LCB05D not included)|||
||Sequence control|Sequence tables|None|200 tables max.<br>32 conditions and 32 actions per<br>table max. (expandable to 64<br>conditions and 64 actions per ta-<br>ble)<br>6,400 rules total max.|None|
|||Step ladder program<br>blocks|20 blocks max.<br>2,000 commands total<br>100 commands max. per block<br>Separable into a 100 steps max.|200 blocks max.<br>4,000 commands total<br>100 commands max. per block<br>Seperable into a 100 steps max.||
||I/O blocks|Field terminal blocks|80 blocks max.|||
|||User link<br>tables|2,400 data items max.||None|
|||All data|HMI functions<br>2,040 words max.<br>Allocated 1 EM Area bank|HMI functions<br>20,040 words max.<br>Allocated 1 EM Area bank|Send/Receive All Blocks:<br>1 block each max.|
|||CPU terminal blocks|None||16 blocks max.|
|||Node terminal blocks|None||1000 blocks max.|
||System common blocks||1 block max.|||
|Method for creating and transfering<br>function blocks|||Created and transferred using CX-Process Tool (purchased separately).|||
|Control methods|PID control method||PID with 2 degrees of freedom(with auto-tuning)|||
||Control combinations||Any of the following function blocks can be combined:<br>Basic PID control, cascade control, feed-forward control, sample PI control, Smith dead time compen-<br>sation control,<br>PID control with differentialgap, override control,program control, time-proportional control, etc.|||
|Alarms|PID block internal alarms||4 PV alarms (upper upper-limit, upper limit, lower limit, lower lower-limit) and 1 deviation alarm<br>per PID block|||
||Alarm blocks||High/low alarm blocks, deviation alarm blocks|||



**Note: 1.** Operation cycles of 0.01, 0.02, and 0.05 s cannot be set for the CS1D-LCB05D. 

**2.** Control blocks such as those for PID control. 

**3.** Operation blocks for process control such as those for alarms, square roots, time/date calculations, and pulse-train computations. 

**Loop Control Unit** 

325 

## **CS1W-P** @@@@ 

## Process I/O Units 

## **Wide variety of built-in signal conversion functions for direct process signal inputs.** 

- External converters, isolators or transducers are not required: Greatly reduces costs, space requirements, and labor. 

- Receives temperature and other analog inputs. 

- Built-in alarms on measured value and rate-of change reduce the amount PLC programming. 

- Control outputs can be limited with the output rate-of-change limit and output high/low limit. 

- Data processing includes peak/bottom hold and top/valley hold functions. 

- Count the number of times that a preset threshold value is exceeded and totalize analog values. 

## **Function** 

Choose from a total of 13 models, including 11 isolated-type models, to handle essentially all normal data collection and process control applications. High-speed (10 ms) and high-resolution (1/64,000) models are available for use in a wide range of applications, from data logging to high-speed temperature control. 

## **Terminal Arrangement** 

## **CS1W-PTS01-V1** 

CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit 

**==> picture [291 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A1 N.C. Thermocouple Thermocouple<br>N.C. B1 A2 CJ1+ Input No. 1 Input No. 2<br>N.C. B2 A3 CJ1−<br>N.C. B3<br>A4 1−<br>1+ B4<br>A5 2−<br>2+ B5 A6 3−<br>3+ B6<br>A7 4−<br>4+ B7<br>A8 CJ2+ (See<br>N.C. B8 A9 CJ2− note 4.) Thermocouple<br>N.C. B9<br>A10 N.C. Thermocouple Input No. 3<br>N.C. B10<br>A11 N.C. Input No. 4<br>(See note 4.)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

326 

**CS1W-PTS11** 

**==> picture [340 x 214] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A1 N.C.<br>N.C. B1<br>No. 1  No. 2<br>A2 CJ1+<br>N.C. B2 thermocouple  thermocouple<br>A3 CJ1−  input input<br>N.C. B3<br>A4 1−<br>1+ B4<br>A5 2−<br>2+ B5<br>A6 3−<br>3+ B6<br>A7 4−<br>4+ B7<br>A8 CJ2+ No. 4  No. 3<br>N.C. B8 A9 CJ2− *2 thermocouple  thermocouple<br>N.C. B9 input (*1) input<br>A10 N.C.<br>N.C. B10<br>A11 N.C.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-PTS51** 

**==> picture [388 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A1 N.C<br>No. 2  2− B1<br>thermocouple input A2 1− No. 1<br>2+ B2<br>A3 1+ thermocouple input<br>CJ B3<br>Cold junction sensor A4 N.C.<br>CJ B4<br>A5 N.C.<br>No. 4  4− B5<br>thermocouple input A6 3− No. 3<br>4+ B6<br>A7 3+ thermocouple input<br>External alarm outputs L ALM2 B7  A8 ALM1 L<br>L ALM4 B8  External alarm outputs<br>A9 ALM3 L<br>0V B9<br>A10 24V<br>N.C. B10<br>A11 N.C.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Process I/O Units** 

327 

## **CS1W-PTS55** 

**==> picture [278 x 336] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
No. 4 thermocouple input<br>No. 3 thermocouple input<br>No. 2 thermocouple input<br>No. 1 thermocouple input<br>A1 CJ1+<br>N.C. B1  Cold junction sensor<br>A2 CJ1-<br>N.C. B2<br>A3 1-<br>1+ B3<br>opes A4  — 2-<br>2+ B4<br>py A5 3-<br>3+ B5<br>A6 4-<br>ee 4+ B6  ee<br>A7 5-<br>es 5+ B7  ee<br>es A8 6-<br>6+ B8<br>ee 7+ B9  ee A9 7-<br>A10 8-<br>8+ B10<br>A11 CJ2+<br>e N.C. B11 s Cold junction sensor<br>es A12 ee CJ2-<br>1 N.C. B12<br>No. 8 thermocouple input<br>No. 7 thermocouple input<br>No. 6 thermocouple input<br>No. 5 thermocouple input<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-PTS02** 

CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit 

**==> picture [382 x 123] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Resistance thermometer<br>E e No. 1 input<br>Resistance thermometer<br>No. 2 input Se Resistance thermometer<br>tet | No. 3 input<br>aefae HS}<br>Resistance thermometer<br>rnc foo]<br>No. 4 input<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

328 

## **CS1W-PTS03** 

CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit 

Resistance thermometer (Ni508.4 Ω) Input No. 1 | NC 168 pp Resistance thermometer Input No. 2 Resistance thermometer Beso Input No. 3 Resistance thermometer Input No. 4 Reteaio) a8 ~~| **CS1W-PTS12** A1 N.C. N.C. B1 A2 1A N.C. B2 No. 1 PlatinumA3 1B resistance ee N.C. B3 Thermometer input A4 1b To No. 2 Platinum2A B4 A5 3A resistance 2B B5 No. 3 PlatinumThermometer input eee A6 3B resistance at 2b B6 Thermometer input A7 3b T N.C. B7 A8 N.C. a N.C. B8 A9 4A N.C. B9 No. 4 PlatinumHT A10 4B resistance N.C. B10 HE A11 4b Thermometer input —— **CS1W-PTS52** A1 N.C No. 2 2b B1 Platinum-resistance + 2B B2 | A2 {| 1b No. 1 Thermometer input : | 2A —— B3 **|** A3A4 + 1B1A Platinum-resistance Thermometer input No. 4 +} 4b B4 + Platinum-resistance A5 3b No. 3 Thermometer input [+ 4B B5 A6 [+ 3B + Platinum-resistance || 4A B6 | A7 {| 3A Thermometer input External alarm outputs ~~p LL~~ +} ALM2ALM4 O B7B8 A8 +} ALM1 10 L External alarm outputs A9 ALM3 L **0V** B9 s A10 ~~e~~ 24V **N.C.** B10 A11 N.C. ee ee 

**Process I/O Units** 

329 

## **CS1W-PTS56** 

**==> picture [309 x 143] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
No. 1  1A B1<br>Platinum-resistance  1B B2 A1 2A No. 2<br>Thermometer input a es ee ee A2 2B Platinum-resistance<br>| 1b B3 | | Thermometer input<br>A3 2b<br>No. 3  3A B4<br>Platinum-resistance  a +} 3B B5 A4  +} 4A No. 4<br>Thermometer input A5 4B Platinum-resistance<br>| es 3b ee B6 |ee| Thermometer input<br>A6 4b<br>No. 5Platinum-resistance  a +} 5A5B B7B8 A7 + 6A No. 6<br>Thermometer input A8 6B Platinum-resistance<br>| ee 5b ee B9 |ee| ee Thermometer input<br>A9 6b<br>No. 7 Platinum-resistance  8+} 7A7B B11B10 A10 + 8A No. 8<br>Thermometer input 2 eeee 7b B12 eeee A11A12 8B8b Platinum-resistance Thermometer input<br>| {|<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-PTW01** 

CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit 

**==> picture [107 x 19] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type<br>2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [396 x 151] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
− 2-wire transmitter 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit<br>ein | :  ns<br>|_|. a es<br>2-wire<br>na Pe − transmitter we ns Current<br>− output device<br>2-wire<br>As | Po [> −  — transmitter Nos ve [6s Fe fd − Current output device<br>2-wire<br>− ve [a5 = Current<br>transmitter − output device<br>Current<br>Sone = − output device<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-PDC01** 

**Voltage input** 

## **Current input** 

**==> picture [434 x 128] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Voltage output device − ; [ar | os Current output<br>− device<br>a ia :  COM1 | B2 | jn COM1 i | |<br>Voltage output<br>device − Current output<br>f e =: − device<br>Voltage output<br>= device - − [ove] COM 23 [Tas] [|] cm [ NG] CO N?M3| B4 |fasje }-—* − | Current output device |<br>: =<br>Voltage output<br>a device a − fae [e f − Current output device<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

330 

**CS1W-PDC11** 

**Voltage Inputs** 

## **Current inputs** 

**==> picture [445 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-PDC11<br>CS1W-PDC11<br>+  A1 N.C.<br>Voltage  V1 B1 +  A1 N.C.<br>output  −  A2 I1 Current output  V1 B1<br>device COM1 B2 device −  A2 I1<br>COM1 B2<br>—_ +  A3 N.C. —tl +  a A3 N.C.<br>Voltage  V2 B3<br>|| output deviceVoltage output  + − −  COM2V3 B4B5 A4A5A6 I2N.C.I3 ee Current output deviceCurrent output device + − −  eef+eee V2COM2V3 B3B4B5 A4A5A6 I2N.C.I3<br>| device | COM3 B6 aee COM3 B6<br>+  A7 N.C. +  A7 N.C.<br>Voltage  V4 B7 Current output  +--+ V4 B7 ee<br>| output device −  COM4 B8 A8 I4 PT} device −  a COM4 + B8  ff A8 I4<br>A9 N.C. A9 N.C.<br>N.C. B9 N.C. B9<br>A10 N.C. ee A10 N.C.<br>N.C. B10 N.C. B10<br>A11 N.C. ee A11 N.C.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **CS1W-PDC55** 

**Voltage Inputs** 

## **Current inputs** 

|||CS1W-PDC55||CS1W-PDC55|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Voltage<br>output device<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>||+<br>-<br>+<br>-<br>+<br>-<br>+<br>-<br> ||V1+<br>I1+<br>COM1<br>V3+<br>I3+<br>COM3<br>V5+<br>I5+<br>COM5<br>V7+<br>I7+<br>COM7<br>B1<br>B2<br>B3<br>B4<br>B5<br>B6<br>B7<br>B8<br>B9<br>B10<br>B11<br>B12<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6<br>A7<br>A8<br>A9<br>A10<br>A11<br>A12<br>V2+<br>I2+<br>COM2<br>V4+<br>I4+<br>COM4<br>V6+<br>I6+<br>COM6<br>V8+<br>I8+<br>COM8<br>+<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>-<br>+<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>-<br>+<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>-<br>+<br>Voltage<br>output device<br>-<br>—T}+4—<br>ee<br>ee<br> Per~~e~~y <br>a<br>a<br>ES<br>T~~F~~<br>——||V1+<br>I1+<br>COM1<br>V3+<br>I3+<br>COM3<br>V5+<br>I5+<br>COM5<br>V7+<br>I7+<br>COM7<br>B1<br>B2<br>B3<br>B4<br>B5<br>B6<br>B7<br>B8<br>B9<br>B10<br>B11<br>B12<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6<br>A7<br>A8<br>A9<br>A10<br>A11<br>A12<br>V2+<br>I2+<br>COM2<br>V4+<br>I4+<br>COM4<br>V6+<br>I6+<br>COM6<br>V8+<br>I8+<br>COM8<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>+<br>Current output<br>device<br>-<br>—T}4—<br>~~$~~4<br>~~>~~}<br> ~~LL~~<br>++<br>4<br>-<br>To<br>{AT~~H~~<br>++|



## **CS1W-PTR01** 

CS1W-PRT01 Power Transducer Input Unit 

**==> picture [271 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Power<br>Powertransducer − − transducer<br>E ee<br>Power<br>Power − transducer<br>transducer −<br>e es<br>Power<br>Power ee o e − transducer<br>transducer −<br>op e her s tl<br>2 1 8 Power<br>Power a − transducer<br>transducer −<br>ap e eter s<br>|Pwe 8 © [Bsfoo |POL NO<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Process I/O Units** 

331 

## **CS1W-PTR02** 

**==> picture [283 x 161] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-PRT02 Analog Input Unit<br>Voltage output<br>Voltage output  − device<br>device −<br>Voltage output<br>Voltage output  − device<br>device −<br>Voltage output<br>Voltage output  − device<br>device per − [es P|| ts<br>Voltage output<br>Voltage output  − device<br>device P e e − [aoe A} r NC ]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

332 

## **CS1W-PPS01** 

## **No-voltage Semiconductor Input** 

## **Voltage Input** 

CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit 

CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit 

**==> picture [181 x 125] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Voltage pulse generation− a<br>+<br>−<br>poneTas | ran]<br>−<br>No.4<br>−<br>+<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contact Input** 

**==> picture [163 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **3-wire Sensor Input** 

**==> picture [163 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [129 x 143] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Internal<br>power<br>supply =<br>Internal<br>power  -<br>supply<br>Internal  {_____<br>power<br>supply<br>- Internal  I<br>power<br>supply <<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Process I/O Units** 

333 

## **CS1W-PMV01** 

**==> picture [452 x 280] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Voltage Output Current Output<br>CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit<br>No.2 Load No.2 rsd Load resistance<br>Load Load resistance<br>−<br>− −<br>p ay er A − c e ce<br>e e = o<br>c e ac<br>−<br>− −<br>rye es | Per − v e feo [AS | Pe<br>o we<br>− [ee | NS c ome<br>− −<br>Py e [es Po} Fee − Pve fasox HSAo } PJ NS,<br>=<br>−<br>− −<br>−<br>+ con Jos #2} Ne<br>peers<br>||) || [erate<br>Load Load resistance<br>||<br>Load Load resistance<br>||<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CS1W-PMV02** 

CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit 

+ A1 V1H V1L B1 A2 COM1 ~~4}~~ COM1 B2 − + A3 V2H V2L B3 ~~—~~ A4 COM2 COM2 B4 ~~Ff~~ − A5 V3H | V3L B5 A6 COM3 ~~a~~ COM3 B6 A7 V4H FR V4L B7 A8 COM4 ~~a~~ COM4 B8 A9 N.C. FR N.C. B9 A10 N.C. ~~a~~ N.C. B10 A11 N.C. ee 

Programmable Controllers 

334 

## **Specifications** 

|**Unit name**|**Model**|**I/O**<br>**capacity**|**Field I/O**<br>**isolation**|**I/O range/type**|**Accuracy/effective resolution**|**Main features**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Isolated-type<br>Thermocouple<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PTS11|4 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated.|B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U,<br>WRe5-26,PL II,±100 mV|Standard accuracy:±0.05% of full<br>scale<br>Temp coefficient:±0.01%/°C<br>Effective resolution: 1/64,000<br>Conversion cycle: 20 ms/4 pts<br>10 ms/2 pts|Output scaling, measured<br>value alarms (HH, H, L,<br>LL), rate-of-change opera-<br>tion and alarms, input dis-<br>connection alarms, top<br>hold, bottom hold, valley<br>hold, zero span adjust-<br>ment over user-set range|
|Isolated-type<br>Resistance<br>Thermometer Input Unit|CS1W-PTS12|4 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated.|Pt100Ω(JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω,<br>Pt50Ω, Ni508.4Ω|Standard accuracy:  Larger of<br>±0.05% of full scale or±0.1°C<br>Temp coefficient:±0.01%/°C<br>Effective resolution: 1/64,000<br>Conversion cycle:20 ms/4 pts<br>10 ms/2 pts|Output scaling, measured<br>value alarms (HH, H, L,<br>LL), rate-of-change opera-<br>tion and alarms, input dis-<br>connection alarms, top<br>hold, bottom hold, valley<br>hold, zero span adjust-<br>ment over user-set range|
|Isolated-type<br>Thermocouple<br>Input Units<br>(Economical type)|CS1W-PTS51|4 inputs|All inputs are<br>isolated|B, J, K, R, S, T, L|Overall accuracy:±0.3% of PV<br>or±1°C, whichever is larger,<br>±1digit max.<br>Conversion cycle: 250 ms/4 pts|Process value alarms<br>(H, L)<br>Process value alarm<br>DO output<br>Input disconnection<br>detection|
||CS1W-PTS55|8 inputs|||||
|Isolated-type<br>Resistance<br>Thermometer Input Unit<br>(Economical type)|CS1W-PTS52|4 inputs|Alle inputs are<br>isolated|Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100|Overall accuracy:±0.3% of PV<br>or±0.8°C, whichever is larger,<br>±1 digit max.<br>Conversion cycle: 250 ms/4 pts|Process value alarms<br>(H, L)<br>Process valu alarm<br>DO output<br>Input disconnection<br>detection|
||CS1W-PTS56|8 inputs|||||
|Isolated-type<br>Two-wire Transmission<br>Device Input Unit|CS1W-PTW01|4 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated.|4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V|Standard accuracy:±0.2%<br>Temp coefficient:±0.015%/°C<br>Resolution: 1/4,096<br>Conversion cycle: 100 ms/4 pts|Built-in power supply for 2-<br>wire transmission device<br>output scaling (±32,000),<br>measured value alarms<br>(HH, H, L, LL), rate-of-<br>change operation and<br>alarms, input disconnec-<br>tion alarms|
|Isolated-type Analog<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PDC11|4 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated.|4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to<br>10 V,±10 V,  0 to 5 V,±5 V,<br>1 to 5 V,  0 to 1.25 V,±1.25 V|Standard accuracy:±0.05% of full<br>scale<br>Temp coefficient:±0.01%/°C<br>Effective resolution: 1/64,000<br>Conversion cycle:20 ms/4 pts<br>10 ms/2 pts|Output scaling, measured<br>value alarms (HH, H, L,<br>LL), rate-of-change opera-<br>tion and alarms, input dis-<br>connection alarms, top<br>hold, bottom hold, valley<br>hold, total value measure-<br>ment|
||CS1W-PDC55|8 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated|4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V,<br>0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V|Standard accuracy:±0.3% full scale.<br>Resolution 1/16000.<br>Conversion cycle 250 ms/8pts|Measured value alarms<br>(H, L), input detection|
|Isolated-type Pulse<br>Input Unit|CS1W-PPS01|4 inputs|All inputs<br>isolated.|Max. counting speed: 20 K<br>pulses/s (voltage input or no-<br>voltage semi-conductor in-<br>put) or<br>20 pulses/s<br>(contact input)|---|Built-in sensor power sup-<br>ply, contact bounce filter,<br>unit pulse conversion, ac-<br>cumulative and instanta-<br>neous value output, 4<br>instantaneous value<br>alarms.|
|Isolated-type Control<br>Output Unit|CS1W-PMV01|4 outputs|All outputs<br>isolated.|4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V|Standard accuracy:<br>4 to 20 mA:±0.1%<br>1 to 5 V:±0.2%<br>Temp coefficient:±0.015%/°C<br>4,000 (outputs)<br>Conversion cycle: 100 ms/4pts|Output disconnection<br>alarms, control output an-<br>swerback input, output<br>rate-of-change limit, out-<br>put high/low limits|
|Isolated-type Power<br>Voltage Output Unit|CS1W-PMV02|4 outputs|All outputs<br>isolated|0 to 10 V,±10 V,<br>0 to 5 V,±5 V, 0 to 1 V,±1 V|Standard accuracy:±0.1%<br>Temp coefficient:±0.015%/°C<br>Resolution (at full scale):<br>±10 V or±1 V: 1/16,000<br>0 to 10 V, 0 to 1 V, or±5 V:<br>1/8,000<br>0 to 5 V: 1/4,000<br>Conversion cycle: 40 ms/4pts|Output rate-of-change<br>limit, Output high/low limit,<br>Output scaling (±32,000)|
|Power Transducer Input<br>Unit|<br>CS1W-PTR01|8 inputs|No isolation<br>between<br>inputs.|±1 mA, 0 to 1 mA|Standard accuracy:±0.2%<br>Temp coefficient:±0.015%/°C<br>Resolution: 1/4,096<br>Conversion cycle: 200 ms/8pts|Motor overdrive preven-<br>tion at startup, output scal-<br>ing (±32,000), measured<br>value alarms(H, L)|
|Analog Input Unit|CS1W-PTR02|8 inputs|No isolation<br>between<br>inputs.|±100 mV, 0 to 100 mV|Standard accuracy:±0.2%<br>Temp coefficient:±0.015%/°C<br>Resolution: 1/4,096<br>Conversion cycle: 200 ms/8pts|Output scaling (±32,000),<br>measured value alarms<br>(H, L)|



**Note:** Refer to pages 318 to 322 for descriptions of the Analog I/O Units (CS1W-AD0@@, CS1W-DA0@@, CS1W-MAD44.) 

**Process I/O Units** 

335 

## **CS1W-PTS** @@ **, C200H-TS** @@@ Temperature Sensor Units ee = 

## **Direct Input from Four to Eight Temperature** 

## **Sensors** 

- Input directly from up to eight temperature sensors with one Unit. (The types of temperature sensor and temperature ranges can be set separately for each input for the CS1W-PTS@@.) 

- Models available with isolated inputs to prevent unwanted current flow between temperature sensor inputs (CS1W-PTS@@ only). 

- Provided with measured value alarms (4 points each) (CS1W-PTS@@ only). 

- Sensor disconnection detection provided. 

## **Function** 

Using input from thermocouples or resistance thermometers (up to 8 inputs), the Unit converts the measured temperatures into BCD or binary data and stores them in the allocated relay area every cycle. The data can be processed using the ladder program. 

## **Circuit Configuration** 

**==> picture [78 x 41] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Temperature sensors<br>4 points<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Model**|||CS1W-PTS11|CS1W-PTS51|CS1W-PTS55|CS1W-PTS12|CS1W-PTS52|CS1W-PTS56|C200H-TS001/002/101/102|
|**Classification**|||CS1 Special I/O Units||||||C200H Special I/O Units|
|**Unit numbers**|||0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 95|0 to 9|
|**Inputs**|||4pts|4pts|8pts|4pts|4pts|8pts|4pts|
|**Input**<br>**signals**|**Thermo-**<br>**couples**|**K**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|TS001, TS002|
|||**J**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|TS001|
|||**L**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|TS002|
|||**R**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|---|
|||**S**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|---|
|||**T**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|---|
|||**E**|Yes|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**B**|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|---|---|---|
|||**N**|Yes|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**W**|Yes|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**U**|Yes|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**PLII**|Yes|---|---|---|------|---|---|
|||±**100 mV**|Yes|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Resistance**<br>**thermome-**<br>**ters**|**JPt100**|---|---|---|Yes|Yes|Yes|TS101|
|||**PT100**|---|---|---|Yes|Yes|Yes|TS102|
|||**Ni508.4**Ω|---|---|---|Yes|Yes|Yes|---|
|**Input signal range settings**|||4 pts set<br>individually|4 pts set<br>individually|8 pts set<br>individually|4 pts set<br>individually|4 pts set<br>individually|8 pts set<br>individually|One setting for all 4 pts|
|**A/D conversion output data**|||4-digit<br>binary|4-digit<br>binaryor BCD|4-digit binary<br>or BCD|4-digit<br>binary|4-digit binary<br>or BCD|4-digit binary<br>or BCD|4-digit BCD|
|**Conversion speed**|||20 ms/<br>4 points,<br>10 ms/<br>2points|250 ms/Unit|250 ms/Unit|20 ms/<br>4 points,<br>10 ms/<br>2points|250 ms/Unit|250 ms/Unit|4.8 s max.<br>(when 4 pts are<br>set for Unit)|
|**Overall**<br>**accuracy**|**Standard accuracy**||±0.05% of full<br>scale|±0.3% of PV or ±1°C,<br>whichever is larger,<br>±1 digit max.||Larger of<br>±0.05% of full<br>scale or<br>±0.1°C|±0.3% of PV or ±0.8°C,<br>whichever is larger,<br>±1 digit max.||±1% + 1°C|
||**Temperature coeffi-**<br>**cient**||±0.01%/°C|||||||
||**Cold junction**<br>**compensation error**||±1°C|||---||||
|**Connections**|||Terminal block|||||||



**Note:** Refer to page 326 for information on CS1W-PTS@@ Process I/O Units. 

Programmable Controllers 

336 

## **C200H-TC** @@@ 

## **Temperature Control Units** 

## **One Unit Functions as Two Temperature Controllers** 

- Supports 2-loop PID control (two degrees of freedom) or ON/OFF control. 

- Input directly from two temperature sensors (thermocouples: R, S, K, J, T, E, B, N, L, or U) or platinum resistance thermometers (JPt00, Pt100). 

- Open-collector, voltage, or current outputs 

- Sampling period: 500 ms 

- Run/start control. 

- Two internal alarms per loop. 

- Detects heater burnout though current detectors for both loops. 

- Record up to eight sets of target values, alarm values, and PID parameters. 

- Connects to Data Setting Console. 

## **Function** 

## **System Configuration** 

Perform 2-loop PID control based on inputs from thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers to control a transistor, voltage, or current output. Words allocated to the Unit in memory can be manipulated from the ladder diagram to start/stop operation, set the target value, read the process value, or perform other operations. 

**==> picture [236 x 102] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Two tem- re|<br>perature  =|<br>sensors om<br>Output cable<br>Data Setting<br>Console<br>| _ i Few, b<br>—_<br>Manipulated variable<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Classification**|**Temperature sensor inputs**|**Control outputs**||**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|Thermocouples (R, S, K, J, T, E,|Open-collector(pulse)||0 to 9|C200H-TC001|
||B, N, L, or U)|Voltage(pulse)|||C200H-TC002|
|||Current(linear)|||C200H-TC003|
||Platinum resistance thermome-|Open-collector(pulse)|||C200H-TC101|
||ters (JPt00, Pt100)|Voltage(pulse)|||C200H-TC102|
|||Current(linear)|||C200H-TC103|
|**Data Setting Console**||||||
|**Specifications**||**Model**||||
|Monitoring, setting, and changing present values, set points, alarm<br>C200H-DSC01||||||
|values, PIDparameters, bank numbers, etc.||||||



## **Data Setting Console** 

**Temperature Control Units** 

337 

## **CS1W-NC** @@@ **, C200HW-NC** @@@ Position Control Units 

## **High-speed, High-precision Positioning with 1, 2, or 4 Axes** 

- Simple positioning systems can be created by directly specifying operation from the CPU Unit when required. 

- Positioning data is saved in internal flash memory, eliminating the need to maintain a backup battery. 

- Use Windows-based Support Software to easily create positioning data and store data and parameters in files. (Use WS01-NCTF1-E with C200HW-NC@ models and WS02-NCTC1-E with CS1W-NC@@ models.) 

- Interrupt feeding, forced starting, and other features also supported. 

## **Function** ~~es~~ §— 

## **System Configuration** 

These Position Control Units support open-loop control with pulse-train outputs. Position using automatic trapezoid or S-curve acceleration and deceleration. Models available with 1, 2, or 4 axes. Use in combination with servomotors or stepping motors that accept pulse-train inputs. 

**==> picture [208 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Servo Relay<br>Unit<br>Inputs<br>Pulse-input Servo Driver<br>lg<br>Servomotor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## ~~TT~~ **Specifications** 

|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|~~ee~~|~~ee~~||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Model**<br>~~ee~~|CS1W-NC113<br>CS1W-NC133<br>~~ee~~|CS1W-NC213<br>CS1W-NC233<br>~~ee~~|CS1W-NC413<br>CS1W-NC433<br>~~ee~~|C200HW-NC113|C200HW-NC213|C200HW-NC413|
|**Unit name**<br>~~ee ~~|Position Control Unit<br> ~~ee ee~~<br>~~ee~~||||||
|**Classification**<br>~~COC~~<br>~~**G**RR~~|CS1 Special I/O Units<br>~~COC~~<br>~~RR~~|||C200H Special I/O Units<br>~~COC~~<br>~~OO~~|||
|**Unit numbers**<br>~~**G**RR~~|0 to 95<br>~~RR~~|||0 to 15(0 to F)<br>~~OO~~|||
|**Control method**<br>~~**G**RR~~|Open-loop, automatic trapezoid acceleration/deceleration<br>~~RR~~<br>~~OO~~<br>~~R~~||||||
|**Control output signals**<br>~~a ~~|CS1W-NC@13: Open-collector outputs<br>CS1W-NC@33: Line-driver outputs<br> ~~es~~<br>~~GG~~|||Open-collector<br>~~es~~<br>~~GG~~|||
|**Controlled axes**<br>~~Gn~~|1<br>~~Gn~~|2<br>~~Gn~~<br>~~GG~~|4<br>~~Gn~~<br>~~GG~~|1<br>~~Gn~~<br>~~GG~~|2<br>~~Gn~~|4<br>~~Gn~~|
|**Operating modes**|Direct operation or memoryoperation<br>~~GG~~||||||
|**Data format**<br>~~OO~~|Binary (hexadecimal)<br>~~OO~~|||BCD<br>~~OO~~|||
|**Affect on scan time for end refresh**<br>~~a~~|0.29 to 0.41 ms max./unit|||2.6 to 4.5 ms max./unit|||
|**Affect on scan time for**<br>**IOWR/IORD**<br>~~i~~|0.6 to 0.7 ms max./instructions<br>~~es~~|||2.6 to 5.5 ms max./instructions<br>~~es~~|||
|**Startup time**<br>~~OO~~|2 ms min.(Refer to operation manual for conditions.)<br>~~OO~~|||7.51 ms min.(Refer to operation manual for conditions.)<br>~~OO~~|||
|**Position data**<br>~~OC~~<br>~~CO~~|–1,073,741,823 to +1,073,741,823pulses<br>~~OC~~<br>|||–9,999,999 to +9,999,999pulses<br>~~OC~~|||
|**No. ofpositions**<br>~~COGR~~|100per axis<br>~~GR~~<br>~~GO~~||||||
|**Speed data**<br>~~COGR~~|1 to 500 kpps(in 1-pps units)<br>~~GR~~|||1 to 500 kpps(specified as factor)<br>~~GO~~|||
|**No. of speeds**<br>~~GR~~<br>~~Ca~~|100per axis<br>~~GR~~<br>~~GO~~<br>~~Ca~~||||||
|**Acceleration/**<br>**deceleration times**<br>~~a~~|0 to 250 s (time to max. speed)||||||
|**Acceleration/**<br>**deceleration curves**<br>~~i~~|Trapezoidal or S-curve||||||
|**Saving data in CPU**<br>~~CR~~<br>~~PC~~|Flash memory<br>~~CR~~||||||
|**Windows-based Support Software**<br>~~PC~~|CX-Position|||SYSMAC-NCT(WS01-NCTF1-E)|||



Programmable Controllers 

338 

**CS1W-MC421/-MC221 Motion Control Units** 

## **High-precision, Two-axis Motion Control with Multi-tasking G-language Programming** 

- High-speed control of up to 4 axes with one Unit and up to 76 axes with one PLC (19 Units x 4 axes) (assumes that Power Supply Unit capacity is not exceeded). 

- Winding operations easily controlled at high-speed using traverse positioning control. 

- High-speed response to commands from CPU Unit (8 ms for 2 axes, 13 ms for 4 axes). 

- Encoder response of 2 Mpps possible with 4x frequency multiplication for applications with highspeed, high-precision servomotors. 

- D interrupt code outputs to CPU Unit at end of positioning or at specified positions (D code output time: 3.3 ms max.). 

- CX-Motion Windows-based Support Software Define user mnemonics to use in place of G codes to simplify MC program development and analysis. 

- Servo trace function from CX-Motion to trace error counter changes or motor speeds. 

- Automatic Loading Function MC programs and positioning data can be automatically downloaded from computer memory when required by the MC Unit. 

## **Function** _ ~~[LL]~~ 

The Motion Controller provides closed-loop control with analog outputs for up to 2 or 4 axes, and supports the G language for advanced, high-speed, high-precision position control, such as traverse operation. Multi-tasking allows you to run the two axes independently for a wider range of application. 

## **System Configuration** _ ~~[LL]~~ 

**==> picture [236 x 130] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Servomotor<br>4 axes<br>CPU<br>Unit<br>Analog Input<br>Servo Driver<br>Terminal Block<br>CX-Motion<br>Teaching  Conversion Unit<br>Box<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** The C200H-MC221 can also be used with CS1 PLCs. 

**Motion Control Units** 

339 

## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Model**|**Model**|**CS1W-MC421**|**CS1W-MC221**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Classification**||CS1 Special I/O Unit||
|**Control method**||Closed loopwith automatic trapezoid or S-curve acceleration/deceleration||
|**Control output signals**||Analog||
|**Internalprogramming language**||G language(Program started bycommand sent from CPU Unit’s ladderprogram.)||
|**Controlled axes**||4 axes max.|2 axes max.|
|**Maximumposition value**||–39,999,999 to 39,999,999(for minimum settingunit of 1)||
|**Synchronous axis**|**control**|4 axes max.|2 axes max.|
|**Positioning**|**Linear interpolation**|4 axes max.|2 axes max.|
||**Arc interpolation**|2 axes max. in aplane||
||**Helical interpolation**|2-axis arc interpolation in aplane + feed axis|---|
||**Traverse**|2-axis traverse feeding||
||**Infinite feed**|Infinite feedingof one or more axes||
||**Interrupt feed**|Interrupt feedingfor specified axes(Positioningcan be specified for when there is no interrupt.)||
|**Task program-**<br>**ming capacity**|**Number of tasks**|4 tasks max.|2 tasks max.|
||**Number ofprograms**|25programs when using4 tasks|50programs when using2 tasks|
||**Program capacity**|500 blocksper task when using4 tasks|1,000 blocksper task when using2 tasks|



## **CX-Motion: Windows-based Support Software** 

|**Model**|WS02-MCTC1-EV@|
|---|---|
|**Supported MC Units**|CS1W-MC221/421, C200H-MC221, and CV500-MC221/421|
|**Applicable computer**|DOS, OS: Windows 95/98 or Windows NT Version 4.0|
|**Functions**|Functions required for MC Unit control: Creating/editing/saving/printing system parameters, positioning data, and MC programs; moni-<br>toringMC Unit operation|



Programmable Controllers 

340 

**C200HW-MC402-E** 

## **Motion Control Unit** 

## **Advanced multi-axes Motion Control with Multi-task BASIC language programming** 

- Advanced Motion control of 4 axes per unit and up to 16 modules can be installed in one PLC 

- Analogue outputs for position, Speed and Torque control 

- Hardware registration input for every axis 

- Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization 

- Friendly Motion Perfect Windows-based programming and debugging software. Provides versatile test and monitoring functions including a 4-channel software oscilloscope. 

~~ee~~ **Function** The advanced Motion control unit provides closed-loop control of up to 4 axes, programmed in a multi-task BASIC type language and supported by the powerful software tool. The unit provides a complete command set, allowing applications such as flying saws, rotaring knives, any synchronization and electronic CAM profile to be easily programmed. 

## ~~ee~~ **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [357 x 172] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motion Perfect C200HW-MC402<br>i g<br>Conversion Unit<br>Termnal Block Se s, y 4 ln, D ;<br>v<br>Analog Inputl Servomotorl<br>4 Axes<br>I/O<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Motion Control Unit** 

341 

## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Model**||**C200HW-MC402-E**|
|---|---|---|
|**Classification**||C200H Special I/O Unit|
|**Control Method**||Closed loopPosition, Speed and Torque control|
|**Control Output signals**||Analogue|
|**Programming language**||BASIC type motion control language|
|**Controlled axes**||4 real axes and 4 virutal axes|
|**Measurement units**||User definable|
|**Positioning**|**Linear interpolation**|4 axes|
||**Arc interpolation**|For any2 axes|
||**Helical interpolation**|For any3 axes|
||**Axes Synchronization**|For any2 axes|
||**Axes Linked CAMprofile**|For any2 axes|
||**Hardware Registration Interrupt**|4 axes|
|**Task programming capacity**|**Number of tasks**|Up5 tasks simultaneousplus interface task|
||**Number ofprograms**|14|
||**Data storage capacity**|251(VR)+ 16000(Table)max.|



## **Motion Perfect Software** 

|**Model**|**Motion Perfect**|
|---|---|
|**Supported MC Units**|C200HW-MC402-E, R88A-MCW151-E,<br>R88A-MCW151-DRT-E|
|**Applicable computer**|Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0|
|**Functions**|Programming and debugging software<br>tool. Test and moitoring functions<br>including a 4-channel software oscillos-<br>cope.|



Programmable Controllers 

342 

## **CS1W-MCH71** 

## **Motion Control Unit** 

## **Multi-axes Motion Control over high-speed MECHATROLINK-II** 

- Up to 30 axes controlled with less wiring 

- Supports Position, speed and Torque control 

- Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization 

- Hardware registration input for every axis 

- Program control commands, like Multi-task programming and branching commands, and various arithmetic operations for maximum program efficiency 

- Access to the complete system from one point 

## **Function** 

Multi-axes control is made easy by freely combining control axes. Up to 32 axes can be used, including 30 physical axes and two virtual axes, and each axis can be set individually. Position Control, synchronized control (electronic gear, electronic Cam, follow-up), speed control, and 

torque control are all supported, enabling a wide range of applications. By using high-speed servo communications, motion programs, system parameters, system data, and servo drive parameters can be set and read from the software tool. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [405 x 234] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS-series<br>Programmable Controller<br>% oz Support Software<br>(MC-Miel for MCH,<br>free software)<br>CS1W-MCH71<br>motion control unit<br>MECHATROLINK-II<br>30 nodes max.;<br>Sigma II IE —_—_—— total length: 50 m —<br>or W-series EEoEe “§ ol BEGe°|\[oloI: EEE E E<br>servo drive e e He 999 9 _|| Fil 99 9 9}*}|| 3: Fe .ggee_}|alelelel 6 EFe<br>JUSP-NS115<br>; om on@ ji Onc ® 4 one = 4 ; om = [ q<br>MECHATROLINK-II<br>Interface Unit<br>ie r= (Fol Fa (rol a (fol =<br>Limit switches,  JEPMC-W6022<br>contact sensors Terminating Resistor<br>|| | | .<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Motion Control Unit** 

343 

## **Ordering Information** 

## **Motion Controller** 

|**Name**|**Model**|
|---|---|
|Motion Control Unit|CS1W-MCH71|
|Support Software|MC-Miel(free of charge)|



## **Mechatrolink-II related devices** 

|**Name**|**Model**|**Remarks**|
|---|---|---|
|Mechatrolink-II Interface Unit|JUSP-NS115|For Sigma-II and W-series Servo drives|
|Mechatrolink-II Terminator|JEPMC-W6022|Terminatingresistor|
|Mechatrolink-II Cables|JEPMC-W6003-A5|0.5 meter|
||JEPMC-W6003-01|1 meter|
||JEPMC-W6003-03|3 meters|
||JEPMC-W6003-05|5 meters|
||JEPMC-W6003-10|10 meters|
||JEPMC-W6003-20|20 meters|
||JEPMC-W6003-30|30 meters|
|24V DC I/O Module|JEPMC-IO2310|64 Inputs, 64 Outputs|
|Counter Module|JEPMC-PL2900|Reversible counters, 2 channels|
|Pulse Output Module|JEPMC-PL2910|Pulse trainpositioning, 2 channels|



## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Model**|**Model**|**CS1W-MCH71**|
|---|---|---|
|Classification||CS-series CPU Bus unit|
|Applicable PLCs||CS-series, new version(CS1[]-CPU[][]H)|
|Control Method||MECHATROLINK-II(Position, Speed and Torque control)|
|Controlled devices||Sigma-II and W-series Servo Drives(ver. 38 or later)with MECHATROLINK-II Interface and various I/O Units.|
|Programminglanguage||BASIC type motion control language|
|Controlled axes||32 max, including30physical or virtual axes and 2 virtual axes|
|Control functions|Positioning (PTP)|Executes positioning independently for each axis at a specified speed or the speed system parameter.<br>(Simultaneous specification: Upto eight axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Upto 32 blocks/Unit)|
||Linear interpolation|Executes linear interpolation for up to eight axes at a time at the specified interpolation feed speed.<br>(Simultaneous specification: Upto eight axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Upto 32 blocks/system)|
||Circular interpolation|Executes circular interpolation for two axes in either clockwise or counterclockwise at the specified interpolation<br>feed speed. Helical circular interpolation is also possible with single-axis linear interpolation added.<br>(Simultaneous specification: Two or three axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Upto 16 blocks/system)|
||Other functions|Origin searches, interrupt feeding, timed positioning, traverse positioning, independent electronic cam, synchronized<br>electronic cam, link operation, electronicgear, follow-upsynchronization, speed reference, torque reference|
|Motion<br>programs|Number of tasks, number<br>ofprograms|Up to 8 tasks and 256 programs/Unit (8 parallel branches per task max.)|
||Program capacity|In motionprogram conversion, 8,000 blocks/Unit max.(2 Mbytes); number of blocks: 800|
||Data capacity|Position data: 10,240points/Unit; Cam data: 32 max.; 16,000points/Unit|
||Subroutine nesting|Five levels max.|



Programmable Controllers 

344 

## **CS1W-CT0** @ **1, C200H-CT021 High-speed Counter Units** ee = 

## **Two- and four-channel high-speed counter units with built-in fast control I/O** 

- Max. input frequency = 500 kHz. (when line driver input is used) 

- Output turns ON less than 0.5 ms after set value is reached. (may deviate during execution of IORD/ IOWR instructions) 

- 32-bit counting range. 

- 2- and 4-axis operation available. 

- Digital variable noise filter provided. 

- 5-, 12-, and 24-V line driver inputs available. (5- and 12-V line driver input is only available, however, for 1 axis with the CS1W-CT021 and 2 axes with the CS1W-CT041.) 

- Supports simple, ring, and linear counting modes. 

- Supports offset phase input, up and down pulse input, and pulse+direction input. 

- Supports 4 external control inputs, and a total of 16 functions can be set including open gate, close gate, preset, reset, capture, stop/capture/reset combinations, and reset enable. 

- One Unit supports 4 external outputs and 28 internal outputs with counter value zone comparisons, target comparisons, delays, holds, programmable outputs, and hysteresis settings. 

- Pulse rate measurement function and data logging. 

- Counter outputs and external control inputs can be used to trigger interrupt tasks in the CPU Unit. 

- Settings can be changed during Unit operation. 

## **Function** 

The High-speed Counter Units count pulse signal inputs that are too fast to be detected by normal Input Units. The Units can be programmed to produce outputs according to counter values for specified conditions, and many other functions are supported. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [55 x 56] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Counter inputs<br>Encoder<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**High-speed Counter Units** 

345 

## **Terminal Arrangement** 

|**Item**|**Item**|**Connector 2 (CN2)**|**Connector 2 (CN2)**|**Pin**<br>**No.**||**Connector 1 (CN1)**|**Connector 1 (CN1)**|**Pin**<br>**No.**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Row A**|**Row B**|||**Row A**|**Row B**||
|**Power Supply (to feed**<br>**the outputs)**||-PS: 0V|+PS: 12 to 24V|**1**||-PS: 0V|+PS:12 to 24V|**1**|
|**Digital Outputs**<br>**[0-3] (NPN/PNP)**||O2: NPN|O2: PNP|**2**||O0: NPN|O0: PNP|**2**|
|||O3: NPN|O3: PNP|**3**||O1: NPN|O1: PNP|**3**|
|**Spare**||||**4**||||**4**|
|**Digital Inputs**<br>**[0-3]**||I2: 0V|I2: 24V|**5**||I0: 0V|I0: 24V|**5**|
|||I3: 0V|I3: 24V|**6**||I1: 0V|I1: 24V|**6**|
|**Spare**||||**7**||||**7**|
|**Counter 1 &**<br>**Counter 2**|**A**|CH2: LD- / 0V|CH2: LD+|**8**||CH1: LD- / 0V|CH1: LD+|**8**|
|||CH2: 12V|CH2: 24V|**9**||CH1: 5V|CH1: 24V|**9**|
||**B**|CH2: LD- / 0V|CH2: LD+|**10**||CH1: LD- / 0V|CH1: LD+|**10**|
|||CH2: 12V|CH2: 24V|**11**||CH1: 5V|CH1: 24V|**11**|
||**Z**|CH2: LD- / 0V|CH2: LD+|**12**||CH1: LD- / 0V|CH1: LD+|**12**|
|||CH2: 12V|CH2: 24V|**13**||CH1: 5V|CH1: 24V|**13**|
|**Spare**||||**14**||||**14**|
|**Counter 3 &**<br>**Counter 4***|**A**|CH4: LD- / 0V|CH4: LD+|**15**||CH3: LD- / 0V|CH3: LD+|**15**|
|||CH4: 12V|CH4: 24V|**16**||CH3: 5V|CH3: 24V|**16**|
||**B**|CH4: LD- / 0V|CH4: LD+|**17**||CH3: LD- / 0V|CH3: LD+|**17**|
|||CH4:12V|CH4: 24V|**18**||CH3: 5V|CH3: 24V|**18**|
||**Z**|CH4: LD- / 0V|CH4: LD+|**19**||CH3: LD- / 0V|CH3: LD+|**19**|
|||CH4:12V|CH4: 24V|**20**||CH3: 5V|CH3: 24V|**20**|



## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Classification**|**Number of**<br>**counters**|**Encoder A and B input,**<br>**pulse input, Z signal**|**Maximum counting**<br>**speed**|**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|2|Open-collector<br>Input voltage: 12 V DC or 24 V DC|50 kcps|0 to F|C200H-CT021|
|||RS-422 line driver|75 kcps|||
|CS1 Special I/O Unit|2|Open-collector<br>Input voltage: 5 V DC, 12 V DC, or 24<br>V DC<br>(5- and 12- V DC input only possible<br>for 1 axis.)|50 kcps|0 to 92 (4 unit numbers<br>per Unit)|<br>CS1W-CT021|
|||RS-422 line driver|500 kcps|||
||4|Open-collector<br>Input voltage: 5 V DC, 12 V DC, or 24<br>V DC<br>(5- and 12- V DC input only possible<br>upto 2 axes.)|50 kcps||CS1W-CT041|
|||RS-422 line driver|500 kcps|||



Programmable Controllers 

346 

## **CS1W-CTS21** 

## **SSI Encoder Input Unit** 

**SSI (synchronous serial interface) is a standard communication protocol developed for absolute encoders. It provides easier connection and reduced wiring compared to parallel connection.** 

## **Specifications** 

**SSI Communication** 

**==> picture [250 x 269] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Item Specification<br>CLK lines Non-isolated differential line driver,<br>RS422 compliant<br>DATA lines Electrically isolated differential line<br>receiver, RS422 compliant<br>Number of data-bits 9 to 31 (default: 24)<br>Value coding Gray/Binary/Tannenbaum/Raw<br>(default Gray)<br>Clock frequency 100kHz to 1.5MHz<br>Monoflop time 10μs to 99,990μs (default: 40 μs)<br>Sample rate About 2500 Samples/sec with<br>2 encoders connected<br>(with default settings)<br>=——<br>SSI ENCODER CTS21<br>Shielded twisted-pair cable<br>+ DATAx+ B10<br>as DATA | rs |<br>A10<br>- DATAx–<br>CLOCKx+ B12 +<br>CLK<br>A12<br>CLOCKx– - RS422<br>+ ENCx_PS B8<br>+ A8<br>- 0V ENCx_PS A20<br>0V ENC_PS + ENC_PS<br>ENCODER<br>PS<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Input Specifications** 

|**Item**<br>Input Voltage<br>Input Current(typical)<br>ON Voltage(min.)<br>OFF Voltage(max.)<br>Max. repetition rate<br>Min.pulse width<br>Input Voltage<br>2 kW<br>1 kW<br>24V<br>B5/B6<br>0V<br>O|680W|**Digital Inputs**<br>24 V DC(19.6 V to 26.4 V)<br>7.6 mA<br>19.6 V<br>4 V<br>1 kHz<br>10μs<br>24 V DC(19.6V to 26.4V)<br>S AYNalmM|
|---|---|---|
|A5/A6|||



**SSI Encoder Input Unit** 

347 

**Output Specifications** 

## **Connector (CN1 and CN2) Pin-layout** 

Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering terminals of the connector jack(s) (see _Nomenclature_ section for position of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B): 

|The power supplied to the Unit, to feed the Digital Outputs, has to be<br>supplied externally and should be a double insulated class II (over-<br>voltage) type with ratings from 12 to 24VDC (10.2 to 26.4VDC). Cha-<br>racteristics of the Power Supply Input circuitry are summarised in the<br>following table.<br>**Item**<br>**Specification**<br>Driver Type<br>Open Collector(NPN/PNP selectable)<br>OperatingVoltage Range<br>12-24 V(10.2 to 26.4 V)<br>Maximum Switching Capacity<br>46 mA at 10.2 V to 100 mA at 20.4 V<br>to 26.4 V (400mA max./common)<br>(linear behaviour)<br>Minimum SwitchingCurrent<br>5 mA<br>Output ON-delay<br>0.1ms max.<br>Output OFF-delay<br>0.1ms max.<br>Leakage Current<br>0.1mA max.<br>**Item**<br>**Specification**<br>OperatingVoltage Range<br>10.2-26.4 V DC<br>Current Consumption<br>25 mA max.(excl. load current)<br>Internal Fault Protection<br>Two 1 A (not replaceable) fuses<br>in Power Supplylines<br>Reverse PolarityProtection<br>Yes<br>~~—~~|The power supplied to the Unit, to feed the Digital Outputs, has to be<br>supplied externally and should be a double insulated class II (over-<br>voltage) type with ratings from 12 to 24VDC (10.2 to 26.4VDC). Cha-<br>racteristics of the Power Supply Input circuitry are summarised in the<br>following table.<br>**Item**<br>**Specification**<br>Driver Type<br>Open Collector(NPN/PNP selectable)<br>OperatingVoltage Range<br>12-24 V(10.2 to 26.4 V)<br>Maximum Switching Capacity<br>46 mA at 10.2 V to 100 mA at 20.4 V<br>to 26.4 V (400mA max./common)<br>(linear behaviour)<br>Minimum SwitchingCurrent<br>5 mA<br>Output ON-delay<br>0.1ms max.<br>Output OFF-delay<br>0.1ms max.<br>Leakage Current<br>0.1mA max.<br>**Item**<br>**Specification**<br>OperatingVoltage Range<br>10.2-26.4 V DC<br>Current Consumption<br>25 mA max.(excl. load current)<br>Internal Fault Protection<br>Two 1 A (not replaceable) fuses<br>in Power Supplylines<br>Reverse PolarityProtection<br>Yes<br>~~—~~|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>terminals of the connector jack(s) (see_Nomenclature_section for posi-<br>tion of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):<br>**Connector 2(CN2)**<br>**Connector 1(CN1)**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>**Row A**<br>**Row B**<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>B1<br>A1<br>0V_PS¹<br>24V_PS2<br>A2<br>O2 NPN<br>O2 PNP<br>B2<br>A2<br>O0 NPN<br>O0 PNP<br>A3<br>O3 NPN<br>O3 PNP<br>B3<br>A3<br>O1 NPN<br>O1 PNP<br>A4<br>B4<br>A4<br>A5<br>0V I2<br>24V I2<br>B5<br>A5<br>0V I0<br>24V I0<br>A6<br>0V I3<br>24V I3<br>B6<br>A6<br>0V I1<br>24V I1<br>A7<br>B7<br>A7<br>A8<br>0V ENC2_PS3<br>+ ENC2_PS4<br>B8<br>A8<br>0V ENC1_PS3<br>+ ENC1_PS4<br>A9<br>B9<br>A9<br>A10<br>DATA2 -<br>DATA2 +<br>B10<br>A10<br>DATA1 -<br>DATA1 +<br>A11<br>B11 A11<br>A12<br>CLOCK2 -<br>CLOCK2 +<br>B12<br>A12<br>CLOCK1 -<br>CLOCK1 +<br>A13<br>B13 A13<br>A14<br>B14 A14<br>A15<br>B15 A15<br>A16<br>B16 A16<br>A17<br>B17 A17|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>section for posi-|Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering<br>section for posi-<br>B1<br>B2<br>B3<br>B4<br>B5<br>B6<br>B7<br>B8<br>B9<br>B10<br>B11<br>B12<br>B13<br>B14<br>B15<br>B16<br>B17|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||A18|||||B18 A18||||B18|
|The Digital Outputs are insulated from the I/O-bus but not from each||A19|||||B19 A19||||B19|
|other. They are not short circuit protected.||A20|0V ENC_PS3||+ ENC_PS4||B20<br>A20<br>0V ENC_PS3||+ ENC_PS4||B20|
|Digital Output Circuitry:||||||||||||
|Software switch for<br>each Digital Output<br>NPN<br>PNP<br>Fuse<br>B1<br>B2/B3<br>A2/A3<br>A1<br>Fuse<br>PS-: 0V Common for NPN<br>for Digital Outputs O0-O3<br>Digital Output (NPN)<br>Digital Output (PNP)<br>PS+: 12-24VDC Power Supply<br>for Digital Outputs O0-O3<br>Common for PNP<br>Internal Circuitry<br>~~£~~||||||||||||



Programmable Controllers 

348 

## **Serial Communication Units** 

## **Serial Communications Features** 

|**Unit**|**Model**|**Ports**|**Serial communications mode**|**Serial communications mode**|**Serial communications mode**|**Serial communications mode**|**Serial communications mode**|**Serial communications mode**||**BASIC**<br>**program-**<br>**ming**|**Message**<br>**communi-**<br>**cations**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Protocol**<br>**macros**|**Host Link**|**NT Links**|**No-proto-**<br>**col**|**Peripheral**<br>**bus**|**Program-**<br>**ming**<br>**Console**<br>**bus**|**Serial**<br>**Gateway**<br>**(see note)**|||
||||**General-**<br>**purpose**<br>**external**<br>**devices**|**Host**<br>**computers**|**OMRON**<br>**PTs**|**General-**<br>**purpose**<br>**external**<br>**devices**|**Program-**<br>**ming**<br>**Devices**|**Program-**<br>**ming**<br>**Console**|**Compo-**<br>**Way/F**<br>**devices,**<br>**Inverters,**<br>**Servo**<br>**Drives**|**General-**<br>**purpose**<br>**external**<br>**device**||
|CPU Units|All models|Port 1: Peripheral|No|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|
|||Port 2: RS-232C|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|No|No|
|ASCII Units|C200H-<br>ASC11|Port 1: RS-232C|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
|||Port 2: RS-232C|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
||C200H-<br>ASC21|Port 1: RS-232C|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
|||Port 2: RS-422A/485|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
||C200H-<br>ASC31|Port 1: RS-232C|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
|||Port 2: RS-232C|No|No|No|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|No|
|Serial Com-<br>munications<br>Boards/Units|<br><br>CS1W-<br>SCB21-V1|Port 1: RS-232C|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|
|||Port 2: RS-232C|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|
||CS1W-<br>SCB41-V1|Port 1: RS-232C|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|
|||Port 2: RS-422A/485|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|
||CS1W-<br>SCU21-V1|Port 1: RS-232C|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|
|||Port 2: RS-232C|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|No|No|No|No|



**Note:** Requires SCU/SCB Ver 1.2 or later mounted on CS1 CPU Unit Ver 3.0. 

349 

## **C200H-ASC** @@ 

## **ASCII Units** 

## **Easily Perform Serial Data Communications** 

- Perform ASCII communications with a wide range of external devices. 

- The C200H-ASC11/ASC21/ASC31 function as special processing units with BASIC programming. 

- Large-capacity user memory: 200 Kbytes 

- Model available with RS422A/485 port. 

- Various forms of data exchanges with CPU Unit: Select the best method for the read/write trigger and timing. 

- High-speed data exchanges possible with shared memory (not dependant on I/O refresh). 

- A wide range of interrupt processes: Interrupts from CPU to ASCII Unit, communications interrupt, key interrupts, timer interrupts, error interrupts, etc. 

- Easy control of transmission control signals. 

- Calculation instructions for error check codes. 

- Many BASIC debugging functions (break points, 1-step execution, execution stop monitoring, etc.) 

- Error log supported with up to 30 error records. 

**==> picture [386 x 166] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
i  Eee System Configuration<br>Terminal<br>(e.g., Windows<br>Hyperterminal)<br>tee a,<br>BASIC<br>program<br>RS-232C<br>i J RS-232C<br>General-purpose<br>external device<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Function** 

The ASCII Units support BASIC language programming and RS-232C and RS422A/485 serial communications. BASIC programming enables ASCII communications with essential any external device. It can also be used as a special processing unit to aid the CPU Unit without using external communications. 

The C200H-ASC11/ASC21/ASC31 provide shared memory with the CPU Unit, and both the ASCII Unit and the CPU Unit can access the shared memory asynchronously, providing for high-speed data exchanges between the two Units without using interrupts. 

A library interface toolkit is available for the creation of user-defined library routines in BASIC or C. 

## ~~Lt~~ **Specifications** 

|**Classification**|**User memory**|**Shared memory**|**Serial communica-**<br>**tionsports**|**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|200 Kbytes|Provided<br>(90 words in I/O memory)|RS-232C x 2|0 to F|C200H-ASC11|
||||RS-232C x 1, RS-422A/<br>485 x 1||C200H-ASC21|
||||RS-232C x 2, RS-232C<br>x 1 for terminal||C200H-ASC31|



**Note:** The C200H-ASC02 can also be used with CS1 PLCs. 

Programmable Controllers 

350 

## **CS1W-SCU21-V1/-SCB** @ **1-V1** 

## 

## **Supports Protocol Macros, Host Link Communications, and 1:N NT Links** 

- Serial Communications Board 

- Increase the number of serial ports without using I/O slots. 

- Connect general-purpose external devices 1:N using RS-422A/485. 

- Generate interrupts to the CPU Unit when data is received. 

- Serial Communications Unit 

- Mount up to 16 Units (including all other CPU Bus Units) on CPU or Expansion Racks. Ideal for systems that require many serial ports. 

## **Function** 

Either an Inner Board or CPU Bus Unit can be used to increase the number of serial ports (RS-232C or RS-422A/485) two at a time. You can specify Protocol Macros, Host Link Communications, or 1:N NT Links separately for each port. With the CS1 Series, you can always install the right number of serial ports for your system. 

The Serial Gateway function available in SCU/SCB Units Ver.1.2 and higher enable seamless access to field devices like temperature controllers, inverters or servo drives over multiple network layers. The Gateway function handles the de/encapsulation of serial communication messages in the higher-layer FINS communication, e.g. over Controller Link or Ethernet. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [244 x 121] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Programming<br>Host computer Device<br>Serial<br>Commu-<br>J Ld<br>nications<br>Board 231 wh<br>PT<br>Serial<br>Commu-<br>nications<br>Unit<br>Clon<br>Device Device<br>Machine Machine Microcomputer or other device Non-OMRON PLC<br>Wt| il<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Unit**|**Classification**|**Serial communications**<br>**modes**|**Serial**|**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Serial Communications<br>Board|Inner Board|Set separately for each<br>port:<br>Protocol Macro, Host Link,<br>or 1:N NT Link, Serial<br>Gateway or non-protocol<br>communications.|RS-232C x 2|---|CS1W-SCB21-V1|
||||RS-232C x 1, RS-422A/485<br>x 1||CS1W-SCB41-V1|
|Serial Communications<br>Unit|CS1 CPU Bus Unit||RS-232C x 2|0 to F|CS1W-SCU21-V1|



**Serial Communications Units/Boards** 

351 

## **Protocol Macros** 

Easily Create Protocols for Data Exchange with External Devices; Execute with One Instruction 

## **Function** 

Protocols for communications with external devices can be easily created according to the communications standards required by the external device. Protocol macros enable communications with essentially any external device with an RS-232C or RS-422A/485 port without programming communications in the PLC. 

Standard system protocols are provided as a standard feature for communications with OMRON components, such as Temperature Controllers, Panel Meters, Bar Code Readers, and Modems. A Windowsbased tool called CX-Protocol is also available to enable creation of protocols for most any external device. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [225 x 200] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
OMRON<br>Standard system protocols<br>component<br>(provided in Unit or Board)<br>ee EE~ Py<br>sfelefejsfefape]  &<br>San i<br>Ma<br>CD-ROM<br>_)<br>CX-Protocol<br>User-created protocols<br>i, ee | Create and transfer<br>en in mfp =<br>or protocols<br>General-purpose<br>external device<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Types of Protocol** 

|**Protocols**|**External devices**|**Requiredproducts**|
|---|---|---|
|Standard systemprotocols|OMRON components|Serial Communications Board or Unit|
|User-created protocols|General-purpose external device|Serial Communications Board or Unit + CX-Protocol (Windows-based protocol support<br>software)|



## **Standard System Protocols** 

|**Component**|**Component**|**Model**|**Send/receive sequences**|
|---|---|---|---|
|CompoWay/F-compatible components||OMRON CompoWay/F slave<br>components|CompoWay/F command send/response<br>receive|
|Digital Controllers and<br>Temperature Control-<br>lers|Small Digital Controller with Communications(53 x 53 mm)|E5CK|Present value read, set point read, ma-<br>nipulated variable read, etc.<br>Set point write, alarm write, PID param-<br>eter write, etc.|
||Temperature Controllers with Digital Indications (Thermac J with com-<br>munications) (96 x 96 mm or 48 x 96 mm)|E5@J-A2H0||
||Digital Controllers with Communications(96 x 96 mm)|ES100@||
||High-density Temperature Controller with communications (8 control<br>points)|E5ZE||
|Intelligent Signal Processors (special specifications)||K3T@|Display value read, comparison value<br>read, write, etc.|
|Bar Code Readers|Laser Scanner type|V500|Read start, data read, read stop, etc.|
||CCD type|V520||
|Laser Micrometer||3Z4L|Measurement condition set, continuous<br>measurement start, etc.|
|Visual Inspection Sys-<br>tems|High speed, highprecision, low cost|F200|Measurement, continuous measure-<br>ment, etc.|
||High-precision inspection/positioning|F300||
||Character inspection software/positioning software|F350|Measurement, positioning, inspection,<br>character inspection, etc.|
|RFID Controllers|Electromagnetic coupling (for short distances)|V600|Carrier data read, autoread, write, etc.|
||Microwave(for longdistances)|V620||
|Hayes Modem AT Command||---|Modem initialize, dial, send, etc.|
|OMRON PLCs with Host Link(C-mode) protocol||C-Series PLCs|---|
|OMRON PLCs with Host Link(FINS) protocol||CS/CJ-series PLCs|Requires SCU/SCB Ver. 1.2 or higher|



Programmable Controllers 

352 

## **NT-AL001** 

## **RS-232C/RS-422A Adapter Unit** 

## **Allows integration of RS232C devices into RS-422A networks.** 

- Long-distance transmissions are possible through an RS-422A interface. By converting from RS-232C to RS-422A and then back to RS-232C, a transmission distance of up to 500 m can be achieved. 

- No power supply is required. If the 5-V terminal (150 mA max.) is connected from the RS-232C device, a separate power supply is not required to drive the Adapter Unit. 

- The removable terminal block enables wiring not possible with D-sub connectors. (The RS-232C interface is 9-pin D-sub.) 

## ~~a~~ **Specifications** 

## **RS-232C Interface** 

|**Item**|**Specification**|
|---|---|
|Baud rate|64 Kbps max.|
|Transmission distance|2 m max.|
|Connector|9-pin, D-sub connector(female)|



## **RS-422A Interface** 

|**Item**|**Specification**|
|---|---|
|Baud rate|64 Kbps max.(depends on RS-232C baud rate)|
|Transmission distance|500 m max.|
|Terminal block|8 terminals, M3.0; detachable|



**RS-232C/RS-422A Adapter Unit** 

353 

## **CS1W-V600** @@@ **/C200H-IDS01-V1 RFID Sensor Unit** ee 

- **Easy integration of RFID Systems into PLC's.** • Connects V600 RFID read/write heads directly to the PLC. 

- Function checking possible with standard hand-held Programming Console. 

- Read data from Data Carriers simply by sending a read command. 

- The C200H-IDS01-V1 can read/write up to 1,024 bytes. The CS1W-V600C11/12 can read/write up to 2,048 bytes. 

## **Function** 

Read/write data in Data Carrier memory by sending read/write commands from the CPU Unit to the Read/Write Head. 

One Read/Write Head can be connected to the CS1W-V600C11 and two Read/Write Heads can be connected to the CS1W-V600C12. The data transfer speed has been increased in both models. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [99 x 19] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Read/<br>Write Head<br>Data Carrier<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

|**Classification**|**Connectable ID System**|**Connectable Read/**<br>**Write Heads**|**External power supply**|**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|V600 Series (electromagnetic,<br>for short distances)|1 Read/Write Head|Not required|0 to 95|CS1W-V600C11|
|||2 Read/Write Heads|24 V DC|0 to 94|CS1W-V600C12|
|C200H Special I/O Unit||---|Not required|0 to 9|C200H-IDS01-V1|



Programmable Controllers 

354 

## **CS1W-GPI01 GP-IB Interface Unit** ee 

- Enables communications between SYSMAC CS-series PLCs and GP-IB instruments. 

- Conforms to the standard interface IEEE-488-1978 (GP-IB). 

- Usable in either Master Mode (controller) or Slave Mode (talker, listener). 

- Communications with GP-IB instruments are easily implimented simply by using the INTELLIGENT I/O READ and INTELLIGENT I/O WRITE (IORD/IOWR) instruction in the ladder program in the CPU Unit to read and write buffer memory in the GP-IB Interface Unit. 

## **Specifications** 

|**Item**<br>~~a~~|**Specification**<br>~~(~~|
|---|---|
|Name<br>~~GO~~|SYSMAC CS-series GP-IB Interface Unit<br>~~GO~~|
|Model number<br>~~**a**~~|CS1W-GPI01<br>~~**a**~~<br>~~G~~|
|Unit type|CS1 Special I/O Unit<br>~~G~~|
|Mountinglocation<br>~~a~~|CS1 CPU Rack or CS1 Expansion Rack<br>~~F~~|
|Max. number of GP-IB Interface Units<br>~~GO~~|Upto 4 GP-IB Interface Unitsper CPU Unit<br>~~GO~~|
|Unit number settingrange<br>~~a~~|0 to 95<br>~~a~~<br>~~G~~|
|GP-IB Interface Unit settings when editing the I/O tables offline<br>with the CX-Programmer|Number of unit numbers used: 1<br>Number of input words allocated: 5<br>Number of output words allocated: 5|
|Transmission method<br>~~a~~|8-bitparallel data transfer<br>~~a~~<br>~~F~~|
|Communications method<br>~~GO~~|Half duplex<br>~~GO~~|
|Interface<br>~~a~~|Conforms to IEEE-488-1978(24-pin)standards<br>~~a~~<br>~~G~~|
|Handshakingmethod|Three-line handshaking|
|Functional specifications<br>(GP-IB interface functions)|Master mode: SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, C1 to C4, and C28<br>Slave mode: SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, SR1, RL0, PP0, DC1, and DT0|
|Connection configurations<br>~~a~~|Star configuration or daisy-chain configuration<br>~~a~~<br>~~G~~|
|Transmission distance|Limits on the length of cables in the system<br>(All three of these conditions must be satisfied simultaneously.)<br>Total cable length≤Number of devices in the system×2 m<br>Total cable length≤20 m<br>Length of a single cable≤4 m(for a 1:1 connection)|
|Max. number of connected devices<br>~~a~~|15 devices max. includingthe GP-IB Interface Unit|
|GP-IB device address<br>~~a~~|0 to 30<br>~~G~~|
|Delimiters<br>~~a~~|Select from the following: CR + LF, CR, LF, EOI, or user-set code.<br>~~G~~|
|Max. data transfer size<br>~~GO~~|512 bytes max. in a single reception or transmission<br>~~GO~~|
|Max. number of connectors<br>~~a~~|2(connectors can be stacked)<br>~~G~~|
|Current consumption<br>~~GO~~|5 VDC, 330 mA<br>~~GO~~|
|Dimensions<br>~~a~~|35×130×101 mm(W×H×D)<br>~~a~~<br>~~G~~|
|Weight<br>~~a~~|258gmax.<br>~~a~~<br>~~G~~|



**GP-IB Interface Unit** 

355 

## **Communications Networks** 

## **Overview** 

|**Level**|**Network**|**Functions**|**Communications**|**Unit/Board**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Information net-<br>works|Ethernet|Host computer to PLC|FINS messages|Ethernet Unit|
|||PLC to PLC|||
|||Host computer to CPU Unit memory<br>card|<br>FTP server||
|||UNIX computer or other socket ser-<br>vice to PLC|Socket services||
||Controller Link|Computers connected directly to<br>network and PLC|FINS messages|Controller Link Support<br>Board and Unit|
||||Data links(offsets and automatic setting)||
|Control<br>networks|Controller Link|PLC to PLC|FINS messages|Controller Link Unit|
||||Data links(offsets and automatic setting)||
||DeviceNet||FINS messages on open network|DeviceNet Master Unit|
||DeviceNet|PLC to components (slaves)|High-capacity remote I/O on open network<br>(fixed or user allocations)|DeviceNet Master Unit|
||PROFIBUS-DP|PLC to components (slaves)|High-capacity remote I/O on open network<br>(user allocations)|PROFIBUS-DP Master,<br>I/O Unit|
||CAN/CANopen|Component to components|Freely configurable, object-oriented communication<br>usingCANopen or user-defined CANprotocols|CANopen Unit|
||CompoBus/S|PLC to components (slaves)|High-speed remote I/O with OMRON network<br>(fixed allocations)|CompoBus/S Master Unit|



## **Specifications** 

## **Communications** 

|Network|Ethernet|Controller Link|PROFIBUS-DP|DeviceNet|CANopen|CompoBus/S|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Messages|Yes|Yes|Limited to DPV1<br>devices|Yes|Yes|---|
|Data links|---|Yes|Manuallyconfigurable|---|Yes|---|
|Remote I/O|---|---|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Maximum speed|10/100 Mbps|2 Mbps<br>Comm cycle:<br>Approx. 34 ms<br>(Wired: 32 nodes, 2-<br>Kbits + 2-Kword data<br>links)|12 Mbps<br>Comm cycle from 1 ms|500 Kbps<br>Comm cycle:<br>Approx. 5 ms<br>(128 inputs and<br>128 outputs)|1 Mbps<br>(acyclic, on-event<br>communication)|750 Kbps (See note 1.)<br>Comm cycle:<br>Approx. 1 ms<br>(128 inputs and<br>128 outputs)|
|Total distance|---|Twisted-pairs:1 km (at<br>500 bps)<br>Optical: 20 km|1200 m up to<br>93.75 kbps,<br>100 m at 12 Mbps.<br>Extension by optical<br>links ispossible.|500 m<br>(at 125 kbps)|5 km at 10 kbps to 40<br>m at 1 Mbps|Trunk line: 500 m<br>(See note 2.)<br>Communications cy-<br>cle: 6 ms max.|
|Maximum nodes|---|32/62 with repeaters|126 with repeaters|63|127|32|
|Communications<br>media|---|Special twisted-pair<br>cable or optical cable|PROFIBUS cable|DeviceNet cable|ISO11898. e.g.<br>DeviceNet cable|2-core or 4-core<br>VCTF cable, special<br>flat cable(See note 3.)|
|Network data link ca-<br>pacity|---|32,000/62,000 words|---|---|---|---|
|Remote I/O<br>capacity|---|---|300 words (C200H)<br>7000 words<br>(CJ1, CS1)|32,000 pts<br>(with Configurator)<br>2,048 pts<br>(without Configurator)|Up to 200 words<br>configurable|256 pts|
|Supporting PLCs|CS1, CJ1, CVM1, CV<br>Series,<br>C200HX/HG/HE|CS1, CJ1,<br>CVM1, CV Series,<br>C200HX/HG/HE|CS1, CJ1,<br>C200HX/HG/HE/HS,<br>CQM1/CQM1H<br>(I/O link),<br>CPM1A (I/O link)|CS1, CJ1,<br>CVM1, CV Series,<br>C200HX/HG/HE,<br>C200HS, CQM1/<br>CQM1H (with I/O<br>Link), CPM2C (with I/O<br>Link)|CS1,<br>C200HX/HG/HE|CS1, CJ1, C200HX/<br>HG/HE, C200HS,<br>CQM1/CQM1H,<br>CPM2C-S1@0C<br>(-DRT) SRM1;<br>CPM1A/CPM2C<br>(with I/O Link)|



- **Note: 1.** For high-speed communications mode. Trunk line length is 100 m (30 m max. for 4-core VCTF or special flat cable). 

   **2.** For long-distance communications mode (200 m max. for 4-core VCTF or special flat cable). 

   **3.** Different types of cables cannot be mixed. 

Programmable Controllers 

356 

## **CS1W-ETN** @@ **Ethernet Units** 

## **Enables fast data transfer within Factory Automation systems, and easily links FA systems to plant management systems** 

- Access socket services simply by manipulating specific bits in memory. 

- Take advantage of data transfer by e-mail. 

- Seamless communication with Controller Link and other networks. 

- Use the Ethernet standard protocols, TCP/IP and UDP/IP. 

- Use OMRON’s standard FINS message communications. 

- Exchange files with host computers using FTP. 

- Set communications parameters with the CX-Programmer setup menus. 

## ~~Pe ee~~ **Features of the 100Base-TX Model Function** 

- While the 100Base-TX model maintains backward compatibility with the earlier models (10Base-5 and 10Base-T), the new model has a basic system repsonse performance about 4 times faster. 

- The FINS message communications capabilities have been improved dramatically. 

Achieve a wide range of communications from PLCs connected to an Ethernet network: Transfer data with TCP/IP or UDP/IP socket services, executed OMRON’s standard FINS commands, transfer files with FTP, or send mail with SMTP. Select the communications services that are required and flexibly connect PLCs on an information level Ethernet network. 

   - Increased number of nodes (from 124 to 254 nodes) 

   - Supports TCP/IP protocol as well as the earlier UDP/IP protocol. 

   - The host computer’s IP address can be set dynamically (DHCP). 

- A mail receiving function has been added (POP3). 

- A function has been added that automatically corrects the PLC’s internal clock (SNTP) . 

- Various kinds of servers can be specified by their host name (DNS). 

**Ethernet Units** 

357 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [504 x 295] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Intranet<br>Server Room Administration Floor<br>• FTP software<br>• DNS server  • Mail software<br>• POP3 server<br>• SMTP server<br>• SNTP server Large<br>file<br>FTP UDP/TCP socket<br>IP router Ethernet<br>Router<br>Mail received Mail sent<br>Commands   Factory Line NS-series PT CX-Programmer<br>recorded<br>Internet<br>FINS FINS<br>Ethernet<br>FINS messages<br>FINS messages<br>• CX-Programmer Wireless<br>• Mail software SYSMAC SYSMAC<br>CS Series Ethernet Unit CS Series Ethernet Unit Memory Card FINS<br>Firewall<br>Router<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

|**Unit name**|**Type**<br>**C**|**ommunications service**|**Connector**<br>**Model**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Ethernet Unit<br>(100Base-TX)|CS CPU Bus Unit<br>F<br>f<br> <br>P|INS communications service (TCP/IP, UDP/IP), FTP server<br>unctions, socket services, mail transmission service,<br>mail receive (remote command receive), automatically adjusted<br>LC built-in clock, server/host name specification)|100Base-TX<br>(10Base-T)<br>CS1W-E<br>CS1D-E|TN21|
|||||TN21D|



Programmable Controllers 

358 

## **CS1W-CLK** @@ **-V1, 3G8F7-CLK** @@ **-V1, CS1W-RPT0** @ 

## Controller Link Units and PCI Boards 

## **OMRON’s efficient and easy-to-use FA Network** 

- Achieve high-capacity, flexible data links. 

- Transfer large volumes of data through a message service. 

- Connect through twisted-pair cables or optical fiber cables. 

- Connect CS1, CJ1, C200HX/HG/HE and CQM1H PLCs. 

- Complete error correction and troubleshooting functions. 

- Quick configuration of communication links with CX-Programmer's setup menus. 

- Increase network reliability with duplex connections for optical networks. 

- Use either ring mode or bus mode for optical networks. 

## **Function** 

Controller Link is OMRON’s proprietary FA-level network. It supports automatic data links between PLCs and between PLCs and host computer, as well as programmed data transfers using a message service. 

You get high-capacity, flexible data links and high-capacity data transfers with messages. For a low-cost communications system, twistedpair cables can be used. 

## **System Configuration** 

## **Use Repeater Units for T-branch Wiring, Extension, Expansion, and Optical Sections** 

**T-branching Enables More Flexible Wiring Solution for Layout, Building, and Expansion of Networks** 

**Wired Types Support Long-distance Extension** The total extended length that was previously 500 m at 2 Mbps can be extended to up to 1.5 km by using two Repeater Units. 

## **Connect up to 64 Nodes Using Wired Types** 

Networks can be constructed with up to 62 nodes when Controller Link Units/Support Boards with -V1 suffix are combined with Repeater Units. 

## **Wiring with Optical Cables Increases Noise Immunity** 

Using two Repeater Units for optical ring enables wiring with optical cables in parts of the network subject to noise. 

## **Simpler, More Flexible Data Links** 

## **Change Data Link Tables Whilte Data Links Are Active** 

- When data link tables are changed due to additional nodes or other networking changes, data link tables can be transferred without stopping any data link communications. 

- Flexbile system configurations can be changed by combining node expansion using Repeater Units. 

**Controller Link Units and PCI Boards** 

359 

## **Specifications** 

|**Unit/Board**|**Classification**|**Compatible PLC**|**Media**|**Model**|**Connections**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Controller Link Units|CPU Bus Unit|CS Series|Wired|CS1W-CLK21-V1|Can be mounted together<br>with previous Controller<br>Link Units/Support Boards.|
||||Optical ring<br>(H-PCF cable)|CS1W-CLK12-V1<br>(See note.)||
||||Optical ring<br>(GI cable)|CS1W-CLK52-V1<br>(See note.)||
|Controller Link Support<br>Boards|Personal computer board<br>(for PCI bus)|---|Wired|3G8F7-CLK21-EV1||
||||Optical ring<br>(H-PCF cable)|3G8F7-CLK12-EV1||
||||Optical ring<br>(GI cable)|3G8F7-CLK52-EV1||
|Controller Link Repeater<br>Units|---|Not mounted to PLC|Twisted-pair cable|CS1W-RPT01|Unit mounted indepen-<br>dently using either<br>DIN Track or screws.|
||||Optical ring<br>(H-PCF cable)|CS1W-RPT02||
||||Optical ring<br>(GI cable)|CS1W-RPT03||



**Note:** Lot numbers for the CS1W-CLK12-V1 and CS1W-CLK52-V1 are 030602 or later (June 2003 or later). 

## **Main Specifications Related to Version Upgrade for Unit Ver. 1.2** 

|**Item**|**Item**|**Unit Ver. 1.2 or later**|**Pre-Ver. 1.2**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Number of data link words||Number of send/receive words per Unit<br>Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 20,000 words max.|Number of send/receive words per Unit<br>Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 12,000 words max.|
|||Number of send wordsper Unit Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 1,000 words max.||
|Data Link Area allocations|User-set allocations|Areas 1 and 2: CIO Area(includingdata link words), DM Area, and EM Area||
||Automatically set<br>equal allocations|Area 1: CIO Area (including data link words), Area 2: DM Area and EM Area||
||Automatically set<br>1: N allocations|Areas 1 and 2: CIO Area (including data link words), DM Area, and EM Area||
|Maximum number of Controller Link Units connected<br>to a single CPU Unit||8 Units max.|4 Units max.|



**Note:** CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or higher is requested to set a data link area with a maximum number of send and receive words of 20,000 words per Controller Unit, or to allocate the same area for Area 1 and Area 2. 

## **Specifications for Networks Using Repeaters** 

|**Item**|**Segment(See note 1.)**|**Total network**|
|---|---|---|
|Transmissionpath configuration|Multi-drop|Tree(usingRepeaters to connect each segment)|
|Baud rate/maximum transmission distance<br>(See note 2.)|2 Mbps: 500 m<br>1 Mbps: 800 m<br>500 kbps: 1 km|2 Mbps: 1.5 km<br>1 Mbps: 2.4 km<br>400 kbps: 3.0 km|
|Maximum number of nodes|Controller Link Unit + Repeater Unit<br>Total number of nodes: 32|Controller Link Unit: 62 nodes (using a Controller Link<br>Unit htat supports 62 nodes)|
|Maximum number of Repeater levels(See note 3.)|---|2 levels|



**Note: 1.** Specifications for each segment are the same as for Wired Controller Link networks. 

**2.** Maximum transmission distance: Total wired cable length between the two nodes separated by the longest total wired cable length. 

**3.** Maximum number of Repeater levels: Maximum number of Repeaters in a path linking any two nodes. For optical ring types, one set of two Units comprises one level. 

Programmable Controllers 

360 

**CS1W-PRM21** 

## **PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit** 

- PROFIBUS-DP master class one with support of DP-V1 data types. 

- 7 kWord I/O 

- Simple configuration through FDT/DTM based configurator 

- Special CPU unit 

- Handles data independent of the CPU unit, thus reducing CPU load 

## ~~Le~~ **Function** 

The CS1W-PRM21 is a master system (DPM1). It exchanges I/O data communication virtual any accesspoint on the PLC network can be and communication/status information with the CPU of the PLC. To used. It exchanges data and commands with PROFIBUS-DP slave configure the CS1W-PRM21 a serial port of the CPU can be used. But stations over the PROFIBUS network. because configuring is done through FINS 

## **Specifications** 

|**Model**<br>ny~~Poa~~|**Model**<br>ny~~Poa~~|**Model**<br>ny~~Poa~~|**Remarks**<br>~~a~~|
|---|---|---|---|
|CS1W-PRM21<br>ny~~Po~~<br>~~Po~~<br>~~Po~~|Main function<br>~~Po~~<br>~~en~~|Basic PROFIBUS-DP master Class 1<br>functionsplus: DPV1 data types support<br>~~a~~|~~a~~|
||Unit No.<br>~~Po~~<br>~~en~~<br>~~Pd es~~|0-15<br>~~a~~<br>~~es~~|Special CPU unit<br>~~a~~|
||Maximum number of units mountable per<br>PLC<br>~~Po~~<br>~~en~~<br>~~Pd es~~|16<br>~~a~~<br>~~es~~|Maximum depends on PLC CPU-type<br>~~a~~|
||Configurator<br>~~en~~<br>~~Pd es~~|FTD/DTM based<br>~~es~~|Incorporates a Generic DTM to use with GSD-file<br>based slaves|
||Supported baud rate(s)<br>~~Pd es~~<br>~~eo~~|All baud rates as specified by the standard<br>EN50170 Volume 2, the PROFIBUS exten-<br>sions to EN50170, as well as the standard<br>IEC61158:<br>9.6 kBit/s,<br>19.2 kBit/s,<br>45.45 kBit/s.<br>93.75 kBit/s,<br>187.5 kBit/s,<br>500 kBit/s,<br>1.5 MBit/s,<br>3 MBit/s,<br>6 MBit/s,<br>12 MBit/s<br>~~es~~|The baud rate value to be used must be selected<br>through the Configurator.|
||Selectable PROFIBUS address<br>~~eo~~<br>~~**a**~~|0-125<br>~~**a**e~~|Set through the configurator<br>~~e~~|
||Maximum number of PROFIBUS slaves<br>~~eo~~<br>~~**a**~~|125<br>~~**a**e~~|~~e~~|
||Maximum number of I/Opoints<br>~~eo~~<br>~~**a**~~<br>~~Po~~|7168 words<br>~~**a**e~~<br>~~rr~~|~~e~~<br>~~ee~~|
||Maximum number of I/O points per<br>PROFIBUS slave<br>~~eo~~<br>~~**a**~~<br>~~Po~~|244 bytes In / 244 bytes Out<br>~~**a**e~~<br>~~rr~~|~~e~~<br>~~ee~~|
||Control and status ares size<br>~~**a**~~<br>~~Po~~|25 words<br>~~**a**e~~<br>~~rr~~|~~e~~<br>~~ee~~|
||Supported Global_Control services<br>~~Po~~|Sync<br>Unsync<br>Freeze<br>Unfreeze<br>Clear<br>~~rr~~|Through Control Area<br>~~ee~~|
||Supported Master-Slave communication<br>services<br>~~Po ~~|Data_Exchange<br>Slave_Diag<br>Set_PRM<br>Chk_Cfg<br>Global_Control<br> ~~rr~~||
||Power consumption<br>~~a~~<br>~~Po~~|400 mA at 5 V<br>~~a~~||
||Dimensions<br>~~Po~~|34.5 mm wide x 130 mm height x<br>111.2 mm depth<br>~~a~~||
||Weight<br>~~Po ~~<br>~~a~~|154gr<br> ~~a~~<br>~~a~~||
||Ambient temperature<br>~~a~~<br>~~et~~|Operating: 0 °C to 50 °C<br>~~a~~||



**PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit** 

361 

## **C200HW-PRT21** 

## **PROFIBUS-DP Slave Unit** 

## **I/O Link Unit for C200H** # **and CS1 PLC Ideal for distributed control.** 

- OMRON’s C200HS, C200HE, C200HG, C200HX and CS1 PLCs can be used as an intelligent Slave on a PROFIBUS-DP network. 

- Default 2 words in + 2 words out, maximum 100 words in + 100 words out. 

- Simple PROFIBUS-DP node address setting by rotary switches. 

- Supports SYNC/FREEZE and Fail-Safe functions. 

## ~~LT~~ **Specifications** 

## **Communication Specifications** 

|**Communication Specifications**||
|---|---|
|Applicable standard|EN 50170 vol. 2|
|Station type|Modular station, max. 32 modules<br>Configurable with In-, Out- and I/O-modules of 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 words<br>Total of 0 to 100 words in + 0 to 100 words out, with consistencyover the full length|
|Bus connector|9-pin female sub-D connector(RS-485 PROFIBUS connector)|
|Bus termination|External|
|Baud rate (auto-detect)|9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 kbit/s,<br>1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s|
|PROFIBUS address range|0 to 125, Remote settingnot supported|
|Communication cable|Type A(EN 50170 vol. 2)|
|Minimum slave interval time|0.5 ms|
|Supported DP functions|Data_Exchange<br>Slave_Diag<br>Set_Prm<br>Chk_Cfg<br>Global_Control (SYNC, FREEZE, CLEAR)<br>Get_Cfg<br>RD_Imp<br>RD_Outp|
|PROFIBUS-DP GSD file|OC_04AC.GSD|



## **Unit Specifications** 

|Host PLC system|C200HS, C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1|C200HS, C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1|
|---|---|---|
|Maximum number of Units per PLC system|C200HS<br>C200HE-CPU11/32/42<br>C200HG-CPU33/43<br>C200HX-CPU34/44|10|
||All others|16|
|Slave unit mounting position|CPU Rack or Expansion I/O Rack<br>Unit: cannot be mounted to SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks<br>Unit: cannot be used on a C200H PLC system||
|Current consumption|250 mA at 5 V DC(from PLCpower supply)||
|Weight|180g||
|Switch settings|Special I/O Unit number (0-F) by notary switch<br>PROFIBUS-DP mode address(o to 125)by3 rotaryswitches||
|LED indicators|Unit status:<br>RUN (green LED), ERR (red LED)<br>Network status:<br>COMM(green LED), BF(red LED)||
|No. of IR words|PLC to Slave Unit: 3 words (1 word of control data + 2 words slave input data)<br>Slave unit to PLC: 5 words(3 words of unit status + 2 words slave output data)||
|No. of DM settings|8 words of Unit setupinformation||
|Amount of I/O data per Unit|Default(DM settings all 0000)|all PLC’s: 2 words in + 2 words out|
||With user defined DM settings|C200HS: up to 80 words in + out<br>all others: upto 100 words in + 100 words out|
|Storage temperature|- 20 °C to + 75 °C||
|Operatingtemperature|0 °C to + 55 °C||
|Operatinghumidity|10% to 90%(non-condensing)||
|Conformance to EMC- and environmental standards|EN50081-2<br>EN61131-2||



Programmable Controllers 

362 

## **CS1W-DRM21-V1** 

## **DeviceNet Unit** 

## **Multivendor Field Network** 

- Control of up to 32,000 points (2,000 words) per master. 

- Remote I/O communications can be allocated in any area using DM settings. 

- 16 DeviceNet Units can be mounted for each CPU Unit (3 max. for fixed allocations). 

- When using the Configurator (see note), remote I/O can be allocated in an order independent of node address. 

- **Note:** The Configurator is allocating a node-address if connected to DeviceNet using a DeviceNet communication card. It is not doing this if connected through the serial communications interface of the CPU. 

- DeviceNet Units can be used as a master and a slave, and this functionality can be used simultaneously. 

- **Note:** DeviceNet Units allow DeviceNet networks to be treated exactly like Controller Link, Ethernet, or other networks for message communications or remote programming and monitoring by a CX-Programmer. 

## **Function** 

OMRON supports the DeviceNet open field network, a multivendor network for machine/line control and information. The following types of communications are possible. 

**1.** Remote I/O communications for automatic data transfers between the CPU Unit and Slaves (with no programming in the CPU Unit). 

**2.** Explicit  message communications. This can be programmed from the CPU unit (IOWR and CMND instructions) and read from/write to other DeviceNet units. 

**3.** With explict message communication FINS commands can be send to other devices that support FINS messaging. 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [387 x 268] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
DeviceNet Master Unit<br>Configurator<br>aS te © ~~ | =F ee<br>{| | tgr ié =) SeSSS)<br>500 Kbps: 100 m<br>125 Kbps: 500 m<br>DeviceNet<br>= ——<br>ra|ES)Jy 7ES EESe =< |H E<br>DeviceNet I/O  Slaves<br>Link Unit<br>Non-I/O slaves<br>63 nodes max.<br>= —<br>a =<br>————EE ee<br>MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**DeviceNet Unit** 

363 

## **Ordering Information** 

|**Compatible PLCs**||**Maximum number of I/Opoints**|**Maximum number of I/Opoints**|**Maximum number of I/Opoints**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Fixed allocations**|**User-set allocations**|||
||||**Using allocated DM Area**<br>**words**|**Using Configurator**||
|CS1 Series|When used as a<br>master|Input: 1,024 points<br>Output: 1,024 points<br>Total: 2,048 points<br>(128 words)|Input: 8,000 points<br>Output: 8,000 points<br>Total: 16,000 points<br>(1,000 words)|Input: 8,000 points x 2 blocks<br>Output: 8,000 points x 2 blocks<br>Total: 32,000 points (2,000 words)|CS1W-DRM21|
||When used as a<br>slave|Input: 16 points<br>Output: 16 points<br>Total: 32 points (2 words)|Input: 1,600 points<br>Output: 1,600 points<br>Total: 3,200 points<br>(200 words)|Input: 1,600 points x 1 block<br>Output: 1,600 points x 2 blocks<br>Total: 4,800 points (300 words)||



## **Specifications** 

## **Master/Slave Specifications** 

|Communications power supply voltage|Communications power supply voltage|Communications power supply voltage||11 to 25 V DC (supplied from the communications connector)<br>(See note 1.)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Current consumption||||Communications:30 mA max.<br>Internal circuit:290 mA max.|
|Max. number of<br>connectable slaves|Remote I/O, explicit message service|||63 (See note 2.)|
|Max. number of I/O points|Fixed allocations||When used as a<br>master|2,048 points|
||||When used as a<br>slave|32 points|
||User-set<br>allocations|Using allocated DM Area<br>words|<br>When used as a<br>master|16,000 points|
||||When used as a<br>slave|3,200 points|
|||Using Configurator|When used as a<br>master|32,000 points|
||||When used as a<br>slave|4,800 points|
|Number of allocated words|Fixed allocations||When used as a<br>master|64 input and 64 output words<br>Software switch/status area: 25 words|
||||When used as a<br>slave|1 input word, 1 output word (See note 3.)|
||User-set<br>allocations|Using allocated DM Area<br>words|<br>When used as a<br>master|500 input and 500 output words<br>Software switch/status area: 25 words|
||||When used as a<br>slave|100 input and 100 output words (See note 3.)<br>Software switch/status area: 25 words|
|||Using Configurator|When used as a<br>master|500 input words x 2 blocks, 500 output words x 2 blocks<br>Software switch/Status area: 25 words|
||||When used as a<br>slave|100 input words x 1 blocks, 100 output words x 2 blocks<br>Software switch/Status area: 25 words|
|Max. message length||||542 bytes(See note 4.)|
|Max. number of Units<br>mountable to PLC|Fixed allocations|||3|
||User-set allocations|||16|
|Weight||||172gmax.|



- **Note: 1.** Refer to the _DeviceNet (CompoBus/D) Operation Manual (W267)_ for the communications power supply specifications. 

   **2.** The DeviceNet unit uses a node of the 64 supported by DeviceNet, leaves connection is possible to 63 slaves. 

   **3.** When the DeviceNet is used a slave, “input” and “output” respectively refer to input from the master to the slave and output from the slave to the master. 

   **4.** The maximum message length includes the command code when using the CMND instruction. 

   **5.** The CS1W–DRM21 cannot perform message communications with the E5ZE-8@D1@B. Use the E5ZE-8@D1@B-V2, which is a later version. For details on the E5ZE-8@D1@B-V2, refer to the catalog for the product itself (SGTD-017). 

## **DeviceNet Unit** 

|**Classification**|**Types of communications**|**Specifications**|**Unit numbers**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 CPU Bus Unit|Remote I/O communications master<br>(fixed or user-set allocations)<br>Remote I/O communications slave<br>(fixed or user-set allocations)<br>Message communications|Up to 16 Units can be mounted<br>when a Configurator is used.|0 to F<br>(Configurator required to mount 16<br>Units.)|CS1W-DRM21|
|C200H Special I/O<br>Unit|Remote I/O communications master|||C200HW-DRM21-V1|
||Remote I/O communications slave|||C200HW-DRT21|



## **DeviceNet Configurator** 

|**Model number**|**Specifications**|
|---|---|
|WS02-CFDC1-E|Software only (Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0, 2000, or XP)|
|3G8E2-DRM21-E-V1|PC card with software(Windows 95 or 98)|



Programmable Controllers 

364 

## **C200HW-DRT21** 

## **DeviceNet I/O Link Unit** 

**I/O Link Unit is ideal for distributed control. PLC can be used as an Intelligent Slave on the DeviceNet.** 

- Intelligent DeviceNet Slave 

- Supports I/O and message communications. 

- Maximum I/O area size: 512 input points (32 words) 512 output points (32 words) 

- Programming Console or Configurator freely allocates I/O areas. 

## ~~|~~ **Ordering Information** 

|**Ordering Information**<br>~~|~~|**Ordering Information**<br>~~|~~|**Ordering Information**<br>~~|~~|
|---|---|---|
|**Name**<br>**Max. number I/Opoints**<br>**Model**<br>I/O Link Unit(for SYSMAC CS1, C200HX/HG/HE)<br>512 inputs, 512 outputs(1,024points in total)<br>C200HW-DRT21<br>~~EE~~|||
|**Specifications**<br>~~|~~|||
||**Ratings/Characteristics**||
||**General Specifications**||
||**Item**<br>**Specification**||
||Communications power<br>11 to 25 V DC||
||supplyvoltage||
||Current consumption<br>Communications power supply: 45 mA max.||
||Internal circuitpower supply: 250 mA max. at 5 V DC||
||Max. number of I/O points<br>512 input points (32 words)||
||512 outputpoints(32 words)||
||Default area<br>Write area (linking with Master’s write area): 1 word out of 350 IR words||
||Read area(linkingwith Master’s read area): 1 word out of 50 IR words||
||No. of connectable Units<br>10 max.(CS1/C200HX/HG/HE CPU Unit handles upto 880 I/Opoints)||
||16 max.(CS1/C200HX/HG/HE CPU Unit handles more than 880 I/Opoints)||
||Weight<br>250gmax.||



## **Function Specifications** 

## **Settings (Slave)** 

|**Item**|**Specification**|**Specification**|
|---|---|---|
|Function|A write area block and a read area block can be freelyallocated to anyareas or addresses respectively||
|Allowable settingarea|Both read and write areas can be allocated to IR, DM, HR, AR, LR, T/C, and EM areas||
|First address|A readable or writable area byword(with some restrictions)||
|Area size|Set in 1-byte increments upto 64 bytes for both read and write areas||
|Setting method|Configurator|Refer to the_DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual(W328)_.|
||Programming Console|**1.** Write the set value to I/O setting area allocated to the Special I/O Area.<br>**2.** Turn ON the software switch allocated to the Special I/O Area and write<br>the settings.<br>**3.** Turn the ProgrammingConsole OFF and ON or reset the AR area.|



## **Message Communications** 

|**Item**|**Specification**|
|---|---|
|Function|Supports messages that can be written to or read from the CS1/C200HX/HG/HE’s user I/O areas (i.e., IR, DM, HR, AR, LR, T/C,<br>and EM areas)|
|Master|OMRON’s Master Unit or compatible unit from Rockwell|
|Max. message size|Slave (C200HW-DRT21)<br>200 bytesper READ or WRITE command|



~~|~~ **Dimensions** 35 ×  130 ×  101 mm (W ×  H ×  D) 

## ~~|~~ **Precautions** 

Refer to the relevant catalog for details on CS1-series and C200HX/HG/HE PLCs (CS1 Series: Cat. No. P047; C200HX/HG/HE: Cat. No. P036). 

**DeviceNet I/O Link Unit** 

365 

## **C200HW-CORT21-V1** 

## **CAN & CANopen communication unit** 

## **CAN & CANopen communication unit Supports CANopen, but can also be used to communicate with a user-defined CAN protocol** 

- PDO’s configurable with CANopen Configurator or IOWR PLC instructions 

- Able to transceive any user defined CAN message up to 2000 msgs/s using IOWR PLC instructions 

- Able to set any arbitrary baud rate supported by the CAN controller 

- Mountable on C200H Alpha and CS1 backplanes 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [229 x 163] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1<br>C200HE/-HG/-HX<br>ye a<br>C200HW-CORT21-V1<br>CANopen<br>Third-party<br>devices FE E<br>Frequency Inverter<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [213 x 163] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CS1<br>C200HE/-HG/-HX<br>at<br>C200HW-CORT21-V1<br>User-defined CAN<br>Devices with CAN<br>interface and a<br>proprietary protocol:<br>Aplications are:<br>- Test equipment<br>- Drives<br>- Cranes<br>- Lifts<br>- Tractors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Programmable Controllers 

366 

## **Specifications** 

|Installation|Host PLC system|C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1-series|C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1-series|
|---|---|---|---|
||Maximum number of Units per PLC system|C200HE<br>C200HG-CPU3#-E/CPU4#-E<br>C200HX-CPU3#-E/CPU4#-E|10|
|||All others|16|
||Unit mounting position|CPU Rack of Expansion I/O Rack<br>Unit cannot be mounted to SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks||
||Current consumption|Internal I/O power supply: 250 mA at 5V DC max. (from PLC)<br>Networkpower supply:<br>45 mA max.(from communications connector)||
||Networkpower supply|24 V DC ± 10%||
||Weight|250g||
|Environment|Storage temperature|- 20 °C to + 75 °C||
||Operatingtemperature|0 °C to + 55 °C||
||Operatinghumidity|10 to 90%(non-condensing)||
||Conformance to EMC- and environmental<br>standards|EN50081-2<br>EN61131-2||
|User Interface|Switch settings|Special I/O Unit number (0~F) by rotary switch (front)<br>Network baud rate (10 kbit/s ~ 1000 kbit/s) by 3 DIP-switches (front)<br>CANopen node address(001 ~ 127)by7 DIP-switches(rear)||
||Indicators|Unit status:<br>RUN (green LED), ERR (red LED)<br>Network status:<br>2 x 7-segment display||
|PLC Interface|No. of IR words|PLC→Unit:<br>3 words (1 word control data + 2 words CANopen transmit data)<br>Unit→PLC:<br>5 words(3 words Unit status + 2 words CANopen receive data)||
||No. of DM settings|20 words||
||Amount of I/O data per Unit|Default [DM settings all 0000]: 2 words in + 2 words out<br>With user defined DM settings: additionallyupto 100 words in + 100 words out||
||Message communications|ByIOWR/IORD instructions||
|Network<br>interface|CAN interface|ISO 11898, High Speed CAN||
||Bus connector|5-pin mal open style connector||
||Node address|1 to 127, remote settingnot supported||
||Baud rate|10, 20, 50, 125, 250, 500, 800, 1000 kbit/s<br>(Note: Refer to appendix D for the configuration of anyarbitrarybaud rate via the DM settings.)||
||Profile|Communication Profile DS301 version 4.0<br>Manufacturer Specific Application Profile||
||Supported functions|Boot-uptype|Minimum|
|||NMT|Slave|
|||Number of PDOs|Max. 64 transmit PDOs and 64 receive PDOs|
|||PDO transmission modes|Default:<br>Asynchronous|
||||Configurable:<br>Synchronous cyclic<br>Synchronous acyclic|
|||PDO linking|Supported|
|||PDO mapping|Variable|
|||Application objects|Default configuration:<br>Transmit objects: 4 x 8-bit<br>Receive objects:<br>4 x 8-bit|
||||Additionally configurable:<br>Transmit objects:<br>8-bit (max. 100)<br>16-bit (max. 100)<br>32-bit (max. 50)<br>64-bit (max. 25)<br>Receive objects:<br>8-bit (max. 100)<br>16-bit (max. 100)<br>32-bit (max. 50)<br>64-bit (max. 25)<br>The total size of additonally configured transmit- and<br>receive objects is limited to 100 words each.|
|||Number of SDOs|1 server|
|||EmergencyMessage|EMCY Producer|
|||Synchronisation|SYNC Consumer|
|||Error control servies|Heartbeat (1 producer and 1 consumer) and<br>Nodeguarding|
|||Storingof Parameters|Yes, can be stored in non-volatile memory|
|||User defined CAN messages|Transmission using IOWR PLC instruction<br>Reception through configurable identifier filter|
||EDS file|CORT21V1.eds||



**CAN & CANopen communication unit** 

367 

## **C200HW-SRM21-V1** 

## **CompoBus/S Master Unit** 

## **CompoBus/S is a high-speed I/O bus** 

- Up to 256 I/O points per Master. 

- Up to 32 Slaves per Master. 

- Communications cycle time: 0.5 ms (at 750 kbps). 

- Communications distance: Up to 500 m (at 93.75 kbps). 

Free wiring with any branching method for up to 200 m (in long-distance communications mode). 

## **Function** 

## **System Configuration** 

**==> picture [499 x 136] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A high-speed ON/OFF bus that automatically transfers remote I/O sta-<br>CompoBus/S Master Unit<br>tus to the CPU Unit without any programming in the CPU Unit. High-<br>speed remote I/O is supported by a communications cycle time of 1 ms<br>maximum for 256 I/O points.<br>Mos<br>750 Kbps, 100 m<br>CompoBus/S network 93.75 Kbps, 500 m<br>Remote I/O | | ed<br>a ee ee es ee<br>It |<br>Slaves<br>Ce<br>32 Terminals max.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Specifications** 

## **General** 

|**Classification**|**Communications**|**Specifications**|**Unit number**|**Model**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|C200H Special I/O Unit|Remote I/O|No. of mountable Units: 16|0 to F|C200HW-SRM21-V1|



## **Unit Specifications** 

|**Unit Specifications**|**Unit Specifications**||
|---|---|---|
|Current consumption||150 mA max. at 5 V DC|
|Number of I/Opoints||256points(128 inputs/128 outputs), 128points(64 inputs/64 outputs) (switchable)|
|Number of occupied words||256 points:20 words (8 input words/8 output words, 4 status data)<br>128points:10 words(4 input words/4 output words, 2 status data)|
|PLC||CS1, C200HX(-ZE), C200HG(-ZE), C200HE(-ZE), C200HS|
|Number of<br>Master Units<br>mountable|C200HE|128points: 10, 256points: 5|
||C200HG-CPU33/43|128points: 10, 256points: 5|
||C200HG-CPU53/63|128points: 16, 256points: 8|
||C200HX-CPU34/44|128points: 10, 256points: 5|
||C200HX-CPU54/64|128points: 16, 256points: 8|
||C200HS|128points: 10, 256points: 5|
||CS1|128points: 16, 256points: 8|
|Number ofpointsper node number||8points|
|Max. number of Slavesper Master||32|
|Status data||Communications Error Flagand Active Slave Node(see note)|
|Weight||200gmax.|
|Approved standards||UL 508(E95399), CSA C22.2 No. 142(LR51460)|



These flags use the AR area. 

Programmable Controllers 

368 

## **Communications Specifications** 

|**Communications Specifications**|**Communications Specifications**||
|---|---|---|
|Communications method||CompoBus/Sprotocol|
|Codingmethod||Manchester codingmethod|
|Connection method||Multi-dropmethod and T-branch method(see note 1)|
|Communications baud rate||750,000 bps, 93,750 bps(see note 2)|
|Communications<br>cycle time|High-speed communications<br>mode|0.5 ms with 8 Slaves for inputs and 8 Slaves for outputs|
|||0.8 ms with 16 Slaves for inputs and 16 Slaves for outputs|
||Long-distance<br>communications mode|4.0 ms with 8 Slaves for inputs and 8 Slaves for outputs|
|||6.0 ms with 16 Slaves for inputs and 16 Slaves for outputs|
|Communications<br>cable||2-conductor VCTF cable (0.75 x 2), 4-conductor VCTF cable (0.75 x 4)<br>Special Flat Cable|
|Communications<br>distance|High-speed communications<br>mode|2-conductor VCTF cable:<br>Main line length:100 m max.<br>Branch line length:3 m max.<br>Total branch line length:50 m max.<br>Special Flat Cable, 4-conductor VCTF cable:<br>Main line length:30 m max.<br>Branch line length:3 m max.<br>Total branch line length:30 m max.<br>(When Special Flat Cable is used to connect fewer than 16 Slaves, the main line can be up to 100 m long<br>and the total branch line length can be upto 50 m.)|
||Long-distance<br>communications mode|2-conductor VCTF cable:<br>Main line length:500 m max.<br>Branch line length:6 m max.<br>Total branch line length:120 m max.<br>Special Flat Cable, 4-conductor VCTF cable:<br>Variable branch wiring (total cable length 200 m max.)<br>(There are no limits on the branching format or main, branch, or total line lengths.<br>The terminator must be connected to thepoint in the system farthest from the master.)|
|Max. number of connectingnodes||32|
|Error control checks||Manchester code check, frame length check, andparitycheck|



**Note: 1.** A terminator must be connected to the point in the system most remote from the Master. **2.** The communications baud rate is set by the DIP switch. 

**CompoBus/S Master Unit** 

369 

## **Ordering Information** 

## **International Standards** 

The indicated standards are those current for UL, CSA, cULus, NK and Lloyds standards and EC directives as of September 2004. Abbreviations used: 

U = UL, U1 = UL Class I Div.2 for hazardous locations, C = CSA, UC = cULus, UC1 = cULus Class I Div.2 for hazardous locations CU = cUL, N = NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai), L = Lloyd's Register, CE = EC Directives. Please contact OMRON representative for application conditions. 

## **CPU Rack** 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CPU Units<br>(See note.)|**I/O bits**|**Program**<br>**capacity**|**Data memory capacity**|**---**|**---**|
||5,120|250 kSteps|448 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×13 banks)|CS1H-CPU67H|UC1, N, L, CE|
||5,120|120 kSteps|256 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×7 banks)|CS1H-CPU66H||
||5,120|60 kSteps|128 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×3 banks)|CS1H-CPU65H||
||5,120|30 kSteps|64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×1 bank)|CS1H-CPU64H||
||5,120|20 kSteps|64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×1 bank)|CS1H-CPU63H||
||5,120|60 kSteps|128 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×3 banks)|CS1G-CPU45H||
||1,280|30 kSteps|64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×1 bank)|CS1G-CPU44H||
||960|20 kSteps|64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×1 bank)|CS1G-CPU43H||
||960|10 kSteps|64 kWords(DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords×1 bank)|CS1G-CPU42H||
|CPU Backplanes<br>(for CS1 Units only)|2 slots(Does not connect to Expansion Rack.)|||CS1W-BC022|U, C, N, L, CE|
||3 slots|||CS1W-BC032||
||5 slots|||CS1W-BC052||
||8 slots|||CS1W-BC082||
||10 slots|||CS1W-BC102||
|CPU Backplanes<br>(for CS1- and<br>C200H I/O Units)|2 slots(Does not connect to Expansion Rack.)|||CS1W-BC023|U, C, N, L, CE|
||3 slots|||CS1W-BC033||
||5 slots|||CS1W-BC053||
||8 slots|||CS1W-BC083||
||10 slots|||CS1W-BC103||
|Power Supply Units|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC; Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PA204|U, C, N, L, CE|
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with 0.8 A, 24 V DC service power supply)<br>Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PA204S||
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC(with RUN output)Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PA204R|U, C|
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC(with RUN output)Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PA209R|U, C, N, L, CE|
||24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PD024|UC1, N, L, CE|
||100 V DC, Output capacity: 6 A, 5 V DC|||C200HW-PD106R|U, C|
|I/O Control Unit|For Expansion Racks connected over a distance of more than 12 m (2 terminating resistors<br>included. C200H Units cannot be used on Long-distance Expansion Racks.)|||CS1W-IC102|U, C, CE|
|Memory Cards|Flash memory, 30 MB|||HMC-EF372|L, CE|
||Flash memory, 64 MB|||HMC-EF672||
||MemoryCard Adapter(for computer PCMIA slot)|||HMC-AP001|CE|
|Serial Communications<br>Boards|2×RS-232Cports,protocol macro function|||CS1W-SCB21-V1|U, C, N, L, CE|
||1×RS-232Cport + 1×RS-422/485port,protocol macro function|||CS1W-SCB41-V1||
|Programming Consoles|An English Keyboard Sheet (CS1W-KS001-E) is required.<br>(Connects to peripheral port on CPU Unit only. Cannot be connected to RS-232C port.)|||CQM1-PRO01-E|U, C, CE|
|||||C200H-PRO27-E|U, C, N, CE|
|Programming Console<br>KeySheet|For C200H-PRO27 and CQM1H-PRO01|||CS1W-KS001-E|CE|
|Programming Console<br>Connecting Cables|Connects the C200H-PRO27-E ProgrammingConsole.(Length: 2.0 m)|||CS1W-CN224||
||Connects the C200H-PRO27-E ProgrammingConsole.(Length: 6.0 m)|||CS1W-CN624<br>||
|CX-One|Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system compo-<br>nents, includingPLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sensors.|||CX-ONE-AL@@C-E*1|---|
|Peripheral Device<br>Connecting Cables<br>(for peripheral port)|Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin receptacle (Length: 0.1 m)<br>(Conversion cable to connect RS-232C cable toperipheralport)|||CS1W-CN118|CE|
||Peripheral bus or Host Link||Connectspersonal computers, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m)|CS1W-CN226||
||||Connectspersonal computers, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 6.0 m)|CS1W-CN626||
|Peripheral Device<br>Connecting Cables<br>(for RS-232C port)|Peripheral bus or Host Link,<br>antistatic||Connectspersonal computers, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m)|XW2Z-200S-CV|---|
||||Connectspersonal computers, D-sub 9-pin(Length: 5.0 m)|XW2Z-500S-CV||
||Host Link||Connectspersonal computers, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 2.0 m)|XW2Z-200S-V||
||||Connectspersonal computers, D-Sub 9-pin(Length: 5.0 m)|XW2Z-500S-V||
|USB-Serial Conversion<br>Cable|Converts between USB and RS-232C, cable length: 0.5 m<br>PC driver provided on CD-ROM. Refer to_Using a USB-Serial Conversion Cable to Connect to_<br>_a Peripheral or RS-232C Port_onpage 291 for specifications.|||<br>CS1W-CIF31|---|
|BatterySet|For CS1 Series only.(Install a replacement batterywithin 2years of theproduction date.)|||CS1W-BAT01|L, CE|



> *1 @@ = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10 

**Note:** When using a CS1W-CN313 or CS1W-CN713 I/O Connecting Cable with a CS1@-CPU@@H CPU Unit, use only Cables produced on or after September 20, 2001 (production number 2091). Cables with no production number, a 6-digit production number, or produced before September 20, 2001, cannot be used. 

Programmable Controllers 

370 

## **SYSMAC CS1D Duplex System** 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Duplex CPU Units|I/O capacity|Program capacity|Data memorycapacity|---|UC1, N, L, CE|
||5,120 points|60 Ksteps|128 Kwords<br>(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 3 banks)|CS1D-CPU65H||
|||250 Ksteps|448 Kwords<br>(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 13 banks)|CS1D-CPU67H||
|Duplex process control<br>CPUs<br>(include LCB05 option<br>board for duplex system)|5,120 points|60 Ksteps|128 Kwords<br>(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 3 banks)|CS1D-CPU65P<br>CS1D-CPU67P|UC1, CE|
|Single CPU Units<br>supporting online I/O unit<br>replacement|5120|250 kSteps|448 kWords<br>(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 13 banks)|CS1D-CPU67S|UC1, N, L, CE|
||5120|60 kSteps|128 kWords<br>(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 3 banks)|CS1D-CPU65S||
||1280|30 kSteps|64 kWords<br>(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 1 bank)|CS1D-CPU44S||
||960|10 kSteps|64 kWords<br>(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 1 bank)|CS1D-CPU42S||
|Duplex Unit|---|||CS1D-DPL01|UC1, N, L, CE|
|CS1D Power Supply Units|100 to 120 VAC or 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (with RUN output)<br>Output capacity: 7 A, 5 VDC; 1.3 A, 26 VDC, 35 W total max.|||CS1D-PA207R||
||24 VDC, Output capacity: 4.3 A, 5 VDC; 0.56 A, 26 VDC, 28 W total max.|||CS1D-PD024||
|Duplex CPU Backplane|5 slots, supports dual CPUs and duplex unit, dual power supplies and<br>on-line Unit replacement|||CS1D-BC052||
|Single CPU backplane|8 slots(supports dualpower supplyand on-line Unit replacement)|||CS1D-BC082S||
|Expansion Backplane|9 slots (Used both for CS1D Expansion Racks and CS1D Long-distance Expansion<br>Racks.)|||CS1D-BI092||
|Controller Link Units|Optical ringtype with H-PCF cable|||CS1D-CLK12-V1||
||Optical ringtype with GI cable|||CS1D-CLK52-V1<br>||
|CX-One|Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system<br>components, including PLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sen-<br>sors.|||CX-ONE-AL@@C-E*1|---|
|Optical Fiber Cable|H-PCF cable for for interconnection between Duplex Controller Link Units,<br>cable length: 50 cm|||CS1D-CN051|---|



> *1 @@ = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10 

371 

## **Expansion Racks** 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Specifications**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|CS1 Expansion Backplanes<br>(for CS1 Units only)|3 slots||CS1W-BI032|U, C, N, L, CE|
||5 slots||CS1W-BI052||
||8 slots||CS1W-BI082||
||10 slots||CS1W-BI102||
|CS1 Expansion Backplanes<br>(for CS1 and C200H I/O Units)|3 slots||CS1W-BI033|U, C, N, L, CE|
||5 slots||CS1W-BI053||
||8 slots||CS1W-BI083||
||10 slots||CS1W-BI103||
|C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes|3 slots||C200HW-BI031|U, C, N, L, CE|
||5 slots||C200HW-BI051||
||8 slots||C200HW-BI081-V1||
||10 slots||C200HW-BI101-V1||
|Power Supply Units|100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PA204||
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with service supply: 0.8 A, 24 V DC), Output ca-<br>pacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PA204S||
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)<br>Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PA204R|U, C|
||100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)<br>Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PA209R|U, C, N, L, CE|
||24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PD024|UC1, N, L, CE|
||100 V DC, Output capacity: 6 A, 5 V DC||C200HW-PD106R|U, C|
|I/O Interface Unit|For Expansion Racks connected over a distance of more than 12 m. (C200H Units<br>cannot be used on Long-distance Expansion Racks.)||CS1W-II102|U, C, N, L, CE|
|CS1 I/O Connecting Cables|Connects CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Back-<br>planes or other CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.|Length: 0.3 m|CS1W-CN313|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 0.7 m|CS1W-CN713||
|||Length: 2 m|CS1W-CN223||
|||Length: 3 m|CS1W-CN323||
|||Length: 5 m|CS1W-CN523||
|||Length: 10 m|CS1W-CN133||
|||Length: 12 m|CS1W-CN133-B2||
|Long-distance Expansion Rack<br>Cables|Connect I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Unit or connects<br>two I/O Interface Units|Length: 0.3 m|CV500-CN312|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 0.6 m|CV500-CN612|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 1 m|CV500-CN122||
|||Length: 2 m|CV500-CN222|N, CE|
|||Length: 3 m|CV500-CN322|N, CE|
|||Length: 5 m|CV500-CN522|N, CE|
|||Length: 10 m|CV500-CN132|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 20 m|CV500-CN232|N, CE|
|||Length: 30 m|CV500-CN332|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 40 m|CV500-CN432|N, CE|
|||Length: 50 m|CV500-CN532|N, L, CE|
|CS1 to C200H I/O<br>Connecting Cables|Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Back-<br>planes or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.|Length: 0.3 m|CS1W-CN311|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 0.7 m|CS1W-CN711||
|||Length: 2 m|CS1W-CN221||
|||Length: 3 m|CS1W-CN321||
|||Length: 5 m|CS1W-CN521||
|||Length: 10 m|CS1W-CN131||
|||Length: 12 m|CS1W-CN131-B2||
|C200H I/O Connecting<br>Cables|Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H<br>Expansion I/O Backplanes.|<br>Length: 0.3 m|C200H-CN311|N, L, CE|
|||Length: 0.7 m|C200H-CN711||
|||Length: 2 m|C200H-CN221||
|||Length: 5 m|C200H-CN521|L, CE|
|||Length: 10 m|C200H-CN131||



Programmable Controllers 

372 

## **I/O Units** 

## **CS1 Basic I/O Units** 

|**Classifica-**<br>**tion**|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Words**<br>**allocated**<br>**(CIO 0000 to**<br>**CIO 0319)**<br>|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H**<br>**Expansion**<br>**I/O Racks**|**CS1**<br>**Expansion**<br>**Racks**|**CS1**<br>**Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS**<br>**Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|CS1 Input<br>Units|DC Input Units|24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-ID211|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 32 inputs, 6 mA|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|2|CS1W-ID231||
|||24 VDC, 64 inputs, 6 mA|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|4|CS1W-ID261||
|||24 VDC, 96 inputs, approx.<br>5 mA|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|6|CS1W-ID291|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
||AC Input Units|100 to 120 VAC, 100 to<br>120 VDC, 16 inputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-IA111|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||200 to 240 VAC, 16 inputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-IA211|UC, N, L, CE|
||Interrupt Input<br>Unit|<br>24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA|Yes|No|Yes (See<br>note.)|Yes (See<br>note.)|No|1|CS1W-INT01|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
||High-speed<br>Input Unit|24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-IDP01||
||Safety Relay<br>Unit|24 VDC, 2 channels with 4 in-<br>puts each, 4pts/common|<br>Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-SF200|U, C, CE|
|CS1 Out-<br>put Units|Relay Output<br>Units|250 VAC or 120 VDC, inde-<br>pendent contacts, 8 outputs,<br>2 A|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OC201|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||250 VAC or 120 VDC,<br>16 outputs, 2 A|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OC211||
||Transistor<br>Output Units|12 to 24 VDC, 0.5A,<br>16 sinkingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OD211||
|||24 VDC, 0.5A,<br>16 sourcingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OD212|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||12 to 24 VDC, 0.5A,<br>32 sinkingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|2|CS1W-OD231|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 0.5A,<br>32 sourcingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|2|CS1W-OD232|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||12 to 24 VDC, 0.3A,<br>64 sinkingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|4|CS1W-OD261|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 0.3A,<br>64 sourcingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|4|CS1W-OD262||
|||12 to 24 VDC, 0.1A,<br>96 sinkingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|6|CS1W-OD291|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||12 to 24 VDC, 0.1A,<br>96 sourcingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|6|CS1W-OD292||
||Triac Output<br>Units|250 VAC, 1.2 A, 8 outputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OA201|UC, N, L, CE|
|||250 VAC, 0.5 A,<br>16 outputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|1|CS1W-OA211||
|CS1 I/O<br>Units|DC Input/<br>Transistor<br>Output Units|24 VDC, 6 mA, 32 inputs, 12<br>to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,<br>32 sinkingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|Inputs: 2<br>Outputs: 2|CS1W-MD261|UC1, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 6 mA, 32 inputs, 24<br>VDC, 0.3 A,<br>32 sourcingoutputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|Inputs: 2<br>Outputs: 2|CS1W-MD262|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, approx. 5 A,<br>48 inputs, 12 to 24 VDC, 0.1<br>A, 48 outputs,<br>sinkinginputs/outputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|Inputs: 3<br>Outputs: 3|CS1W-MD291||
|||24 VDC, approx. 5A,<br>48 inputs, 12 to 24 VDC, 0.1<br>A, 48 outputs,<br>sourcinginputs/outputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|Inputs: 3<br>Outputs: 3|CS1W-MD292||
||TTL I/O Unit|5 VDC, 32 inputs,<br>32 outputs|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|Inputs: 2<br>Outputs: 2|CS1W-MD561|UC, N, L, CE|



**Note:** Interrupt inputs are not supported on these Racks (i.e., used as normal I/O Unit). 

373 

## **C200H Basic I/O Units** 

|**Classifica-**<br>**tion**|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Words**<br>**allocated**<br>**(CIO 0000 to**<br>**CIO 0319)**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H**<br>**Expansion**<br>**I/O Racks**|<br>**CS1**<br>**Expansion**<br>**Racks**|**CS1**<br>**Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS**<br>**Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|C200H Input<br>Units (See<br>note 1.)|DC Input Units|12 to 24 VDC, 8 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-ID211|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-ID212||
||AC Input Units|100 to 120VAC,<br>8 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA121|U, C, N, L|
|||100 to 120VAC,<br>16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA122||
|||100 to 120VAC,<br>16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA122V|CE|
|||200 to 240VAC,<br>8 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA221|U, C, N, L|
|||200 to 240VAC,<br>16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA222||
|||200 to 240VAC,<br>16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IA222V|CE|
||AC/DC Input<br>Units|12 to 24 VAC/VDC,<br>8 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IM211|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VAC/VDC,<br>16 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-IM212||
||Interrupt Input<br>Unit|<br>12 to 24 VDC,<br>8 inputs|Yes|Yes (See<br>note 2.)|Yes (See<br>note 2.)|No (See<br>note 2.)|No|1|C200HS-INT01||
|C200H Out-<br>put Units<br>(See note 1.)|Relay Bit Out-<br>put Units|250 VAC/24VDC,<br>2 A, 8 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC221|U, C, N|
|||250 VAC/24VDC,<br>2 A, 12 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC222||
|||250 VAC/24VDC, 2A,<br>12 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC222N|CE|
|||250 VAC/24VDC,<br>2 A, 16 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC225|U, C, N, L|
|||250 VAC/24VDC,<br>2 A, 16 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC226N|CE|
|||250 VAC/24VDC, 2 A,<br>independent contacts,<br>5 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC223|U, C, N, L|
|||250 VAC/24 VDC, 2 A,<br>independent contacts,<br>8 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC224||
|||250 VAC/24 VDC, 2 A,<br>independent contacts,<br>8 outputs max.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OC224N|CE|
|C200H Out-<br>put Units<br>(See note 1.)|Transistor Out<br>put Units|-<br>12 to 48 VDC, 1A,<br>8 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD411|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||24 VDC, 2.1 A,<br>8 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD213||
|||24 VDC, 0.8 A,<br>8 sourcing outputs, load<br>short-circuitprotection.|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD214|U, C, N, L|
|||5 to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,<br>8 sourcingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD216||
|||24 VDC, 0.3 A,<br>12 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD211|U, C, N, L,<br>CE|
|||5 to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,<br>12 sourcingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD217||
|||24 VDC, 0.3 A,<br>16 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD212||
|||24 VDC, 1 A,<br>16 sourcing outputs,<br>load short-circuit pro-<br>tection.|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OD21A|CE|
||Triac Output<br>Units|250 VAC, 1.2 A,<br>8 outputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OA223|CE|
|||250 VAC, 0.3 A,<br>12 outputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OA222V||
|||250 VAC, 0.5 A,<br>12 outputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|1|C200H-OA224|U, C, N, L|



- **Note: 1.** C200H Units cannot be used with CS1D CPU Units. 

   **2.** Interrupt inputs are not supported on these Racks (i.e., used as normal I/O Unit). 

   **3.** The C200H-ID001 (no-voltage contacts, 8 inputs, NPN) and C200H-ID002 (no-voltage contacts, 8 inputs, PNP) cannot be used. 

Programmable Controllers 

374 

## **C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units** 

|**Classifica-**<br>**tion**|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Words**<br>**allocated**<br>**(CIO 0000 to**<br>**CIO 0319)**<br>|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H**<br>**Expansion**<br>**I/O Racks**|<br>**CS1**<br>**Expansion**<br>**Racks**|<br>**CS1**<br>**Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS**<br>**Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|C200H<br>Group-2<br>High-density<br>Input Units<br>(See note.)|DC Input Units|24 VDC, 32 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|2|C200H-ID216|U, C, N, L, CE|
|||24 VDC, 64 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|4|C200H-ID217||
|||24 VDC, 32 inputs, 6 mA|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|2|C200H-ID218|U, C, CE|
|||24 VDC, 64 inputs, 6 mA|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|4|C200H-ID219||
|||12 VDC, 64 inputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|4|C200H-ID111|U, C|
|C200H<br>Group-2<br>High-density<br>Output Units<br>(See note.)|Transistor Out-<br>put Units|<br>16 mA/4.5 V to<br>100 mA/26.4 V,<br>32 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|2|C200H-OD218|U, C, N, L, CE|
|||0.5 A/ 24 VDC,<br>32 sourcing outputs, load<br>short-circuit<br>protection|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|2|C200H-OD21B|U, C, CE|
|||16 mA/4.5 V to 100mA/<br>26.4 V,<br>64 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|4|C200H-OD219|U, C, N, L, CE|



**Note:** C200H Units cannot be used with CS1D CPU Units. 

## **Connectors for CS1 32- and 64-point I/O units, and C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units** 

|**Part**|**Connection**||**Remarks**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Applicable connector|Soldered<br>(included with Unit)||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-361J040-AU<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C040-J2|C500-CE404|---|
||Crimped||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-363J040<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C040-J2<br>Contacts: FCN-363J-AU|C500-CE405||
||Pressure welded||From Fujitsu: FCN-367J040-AU|C500-CE403||
|Terminal block<br>connection parts|1:1 connections|Special Cable<br>Terminal Block Unit|For CS1W-ID231/ID261/OD231/<br>OD232/OD261/OD262/MD261/<br>MD262 and C200H-ID216/ID217/<br>ID218/ID219/ID111/OD218/OD21B/<br>OD219|XW2Z-@@@B<br>(See note 1.)||
|||||XW2B-40G4||
|||||XW2B-40G5||
|||||XW2D-40G6||
||1:2 connections|Special Cable<br>Terminal Block Unit||XW2Z-@@@D<br>(See notes 1 and 2.)||
|||||XW2B-20G4||
|||||XW2B-20G5||
|||||XW2D-20G6||
|||||XW2C-20G5-IN16||



## **Note: 1.** Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.) 

**2.** The XW2Z-@@@D, CS1W-OD@@@, and C200H-OD@@@ cannot be connected. Only the inputs of the CS1W-MD@@@ can be connected. 

## **Connectors for CS1 96-point I/O Units** 

|**Part**|**Connection**||**Remarks**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Applicable connectors|Soldered<br>(included with Unit)||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-361J056-AU<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C056-J3|CS1W-CE561|---|
||Crimped||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-363J056<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C056-J3<br>Contacts: FCN-363J-AU|CS1W-CE562||
||Pressure welded||From Fujitsu: FCN-367J056-AU|CS1W-CE563||
|Terminal block|1:1|Special Cable|For CS1W-ID291/OD291/OD292/<br>MD291/MD292|XW2Z-@@@H-1(see note.)||
|||Terminal Block Unit||XW2B-60G4||
|||||XW2B-60G5||
||1:2|Special Cable||XW2Z-@@@H-2(see note.)||
|||Terminal Block Unit||XW2B-20G4||
|||||XW2B-20G5||
|||||XW2D-20G6||
|||||XW2B-40G4||
|||||XW2B-40G5||
|||||XW2D-40G6||
||1:3|Special Cable||XW2Z-@@@H-3(see note.)||
|||Terminal Block Unit||XW2B-20G4||
|||||XW2B-20G5||
|||||XW2D-20G6||



**Note:** Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.) 

375 

## **C200H High-density I/O Units Classified as Special I/O Units** 

|**Name**|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit**<br>**No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**CPU Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**||**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS**<br>**Slave**<br>**Racks**|||||
|DC Input Units||24 V DC, 32 inputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes||0 to 9|C200H-ID215|U, C, N, L, CE|
|TTL Input Units||5 V DC, 32 inputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-ID501||
|Transistor Output Units||24 V DC, 32 sinking<br>outputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-OD215||
|TTL Output Units||5 V DC, 32 sinking<br>outputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-OD501||
|TTL I/O Units||5 V DC, 16 inputs,<br>16 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-MD501||
|DC Input/Transistor<br>Output Units||24 V DC, 16 inputs,<br>16 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-MD215||
|||12 V DC, 16 inputs,<br>16 sinkingoutputs|Yes|Yes||Yes|No|Yes|||C200H-MD115|U, C, N|
|**Connectors for C200H High-density I/O**|||**Units**||||||||||
|**Part**|**Connection**||||**Remarks**||||**Model**|||**Standards**|
|Applicable<br>connectors|Soldered<br>(included with Unit)||||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-361J024-AU<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C024-J2||||C500-CE241|||---|
||Crimped||||From Fujitsu<br>Socket: FCN-363J024<br>Connector bar: FCN-360C024-J2<br>Contacts: FCN-363J-AU||||C500-CE242||||
||Pressure welded||||From Fujitsu: FCN-367J024-AU/F||||C500-CE243||||
|Terminal block<br>connection parts|Special Cable||||For C200H-ID215/ID501/OD215/<br>MD115/MD215<br>For C200H-ID215/ID501/MD115/<br>MD215/MD501<br>@@@= cable length||||XW2Z-@@@A(See note.)||||
||Terminal Block Connector||||||||XW2B-20G4||||
||||||||||XW2B-20G5||||
||||||||||XW2D-20G6||||
||||||||||XW2B-20G5-D||||
||||||||||XW2B-40G5-T||||
||Special Cable||||||||XW2Z-@@@A(see note)||||
||Terminal Block Connector||||||||XW2C-20G6-IN16||||



**Note:** Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.) 

## **C200H Special I/O Units (Cannot be used with CS1D)** 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**|**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|Temperature<br>Control Units|Thermocouple input,<br>time-proportioning PID,<br>or ON/OFF transistor<br>output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to 9|C200H-TC001|U, C, CE|
||Thermocouple input,<br>time-proportioning PID,<br>or ON/OFF voltage out-<br>put|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TC002||
||Thermocouple input,<br>PID current output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TC003||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, time-<br>proportioning PID, or<br>ON/OFF transistor out-<br>put|<br> <br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TC101||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, time-<br>proportioning PID, or<br>ON/OFF voltage output|<br> <br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TC102||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, PID<br>current output|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TC103||
|Data Setting<br>Console|Used with Temperature<br>Control Units.<br>Monitoring, setting, and<br>changing present val-<br>ues, set points, alarm<br>values, PID parameters,<br>bank numbers, etc.|<br>---|||||---|C200H-DSC01|---|
||Connecting<br>Cable, 2 m|---||||||C200H-CN225||
||Connecting<br>Cable, 4 m|---||||||C200H-CN425||



Programmable Controllers 

376 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**|**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|Heat/Cool<br>Temperature<br>Control Units|Thermocouple input,<br>time-proportioning PID,<br>or ON/OFF transistor<br>output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to 9|C200H-TV001|U, C, CE|
||Thermocouple input,<br>time-proportioning PID,<br>or ON/OFF voltage out-<br>put|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TV002||
||Thermocouple input,<br>PID current output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TV003||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, time-<br>proportioning PID, or<br>ON/OFF transistor out-<br>put|<br> <br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TV101||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, time-<br>proportioning PID, or<br>ON/OFF voltage output|<br> <br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TV102||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer input, PID<br>current output|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TV103||
|Temperature<br>Sensor Units|Thermocouple input, K/J<br>selectable|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to 9|C200H-TS001|U, C|
||Thermocouple input, K/L<br>selectable|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TS002||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer,<br>JPt 100|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TS101||
||Temperature-resistance<br>thermometer,<br>Pt 100|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-TS102||
|PID Control Units|Voltage output/current<br>input, time-proportion-<br>ing PID, or ON/OFF tran-<br>sistor output|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to 9|C200H-PID01|U, C, CE|
||Voltage output/current<br>input, time-proportion-<br>ing PID, or ON/OFF volt-<br>age output|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-PID02||
||Voltage output/current<br>input, PID current output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-PID03||
|Data Setting<br>Console|Used with PID Control<br>Units.<br>Monitoring, setting, and<br>changing present val-<br>ues, set points, alarm<br>values, PID parameters,<br>bank numbers, etc.|<br>---|||||---|C200H-DSC01|---|
||ConnectingCable, 2 m|---||||||C200H-CN225||
||ConnectingCable, 4 m|---||||||C200H-CN425||
|ASCII Units|200-Kbyte RAM,<br>2 RS-232Cports|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200H-ASC11|U, C, CE|
||200-Kbyte RAM,<br>RS-232C port, RS-422/<br>485port|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-ASC21||
||200-Kbyte RAM,<br>3 RS-232C ports (<br>1 terminal only)|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-ASC31||
|Analog Input Units|4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5/0 to 10<br>V/–10 to +10 V (select-<br>able); 8 inputs;<br>1/4,000 resolution|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200H-AD003|U, C, N, L, CE|
|Ánalog Output<br>Units|1 to 5 V, –10 to +10 V<br>(selectable), 8 outputs;<br>1/4,000 resolution|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200H-DA003|U, C, N, L, CE|
||4 to 20 mA, 8 outputs; 1/<br>4,000 resolution|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-DA004||
|Analog I/O Units|2 inputs (4 to 20 mA,1 to<br>5 V, etc.)<br>2 outputs (4 to 20 mA, 1<br>to 5 V, etc.)|<br> <br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200H-MAD01||
|High-Speed<br>Counter Units|Two-axis pulse input,<br>counting rate: 75 kcps<br>max., line driver compat-<br>ible|<br>Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200H-CT021|U, C, CE|



377 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**|**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|Motion Control<br>Units|G-language program-<br>mable, two-axis analog<br>outputs|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200H-MC221|U, C, CE|
||MC Support Software<br>IBM PC/AT or compati-<br>ble|---|||||---|CV500-ZN3AT1-E|---|
||ConnectingCable: 3.3 m|---||||||CV500-CIF01||
||TeachingBox|---||||||CVM1-PRO01|U, C, CE|
||Connection cable for<br>Teaching Box:<br>2 m long|---||||||CV500-CN224|CE|
||MemoryPack|---||||||CVM1-MP702|U, C, CE|
||Terminal Block Conver-<br>sion Unit<br>Simplifies wiring.|---||||||XW2B-20J6-6|---|
||Connecting Cable for<br>Terminal Block Conver-<br>sion Unit|---||||||XW2Z-100J-F1||
||4 axes, analog+digital<br>I/O, Motion Perfect<br>BASIC language|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|No|0 to F|C200HW-MC402-E|CE|
|Position Control<br>Units|One-axis pulse-train<br>open-collector output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes|0 to F|C200HW-NC113|U, C, CE|
||Two-axis pulse-train<br>open-collector output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200HW-NC213||
||Four-axis pulse-train<br>open-collector output|Yes|Yes|Yes|No|Yes||C200HW-NC413||
||Peripheral Port Connect-<br>ing Cables for computer|<br>---|||||---|CS1W-CN226(2 m)|CE|
|||||||||CS1W-CN626(6 m)||
||RS-232C Port Connect-<br>ing Cables for computer|---||||||XW2Z-200S-CV<br>(2 m)<br>NCT V1.11 or earlier|---|
|||||||||XW2Z-500S-CV<br>(5 m)<br>NCT V1.11 or earlier||
|||||||||XW2Z-200S (2 m)<br>(See note 1.)||
|||||||||XW2Z-500S (5 m)<br>(See note 1.)||
||1-axis Relay Unit for<br>C200HW-NC113|||||||XW2B-20J6-1B||
||2-axis Relay Unit for<br>C200HW-NC213/<br>NC413|||||||XW2B-40J6-2B||
||1-axis U, H, M Connect-<br>ing Cables for C200HW-<br>NC113|||||||XW2Z-050J-A6<br>(0.5 m)||
|||||||||XW2Z-100J-A6(1 m)||
||2-axis U, H, M Connect-<br>ing Cables for C200HW-<br>NC213/NC413|||||||XW2Z-050J-A7<br>(0.5 m)||
|||||||||XW2Z-100J-A7(1 m)||
||1-axis UEP Connecting<br>Cables for C200HW-<br>NC113|||||||XW2Z-050J-A8<br>(0.5 m)||
|||||||||XW2Z-100J-A8(1 m)||
||2-axis UEP Connecting<br>Cables for C200HW-<br>NC213/NC413|---|||||---|XW2Z-050J-A9<br>(0.5 m)|---|
|||||||||XW2Z-100J-A9(1 m)||



Programmable Controllers 

378 

## **CS1 Special I/O Units** 

|**Name**|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**|**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|Analog Input Units||4 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5<br>V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,<br>4 to 20 mA) Resolution:<br>1/4,000|<br>Yes<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 95|CS1W-AD041-V1|UC1, N, L, CE|
|||8 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5<br>V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,<br>4 to 20 mA) Resolution:<br>1/4,000|||||||CS1W-AD081-V1||
|||16 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5<br>V, 0 to 10 V,–10 to 10 V,<br>4 to 20 mA)||||||0 to 94|CS1W-AD161|UC1, N, CE|
|Analog Output<br>Units||4 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5<br>V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,<br>4 to 20 mA) Resolution:<br>1/4,000||||||0 to 95|CS1W-DA041|UC1, N, L, CE|
|||8 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5<br>V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,<br>4 to 20 mA) Resolution:<br>1/4,000|||||||CS1W-DA08V||
|||8 outputs (4 to 20 mA)<br>Resolution: 1/4,000|||||||CS1W-DA08C||
|Analog I/O Unit||4 inputs (4 to 20 mA, 1 to<br>5 V, etc.)<br>4 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to<br>10 V, etc.)|||||||CS1W-MAD44||
|Process I/O Units<br>Isolated Ther-<br>mocouple Input<br>Unit<br>Isolated<br>Temperature-<br>resistance<br>Thermometer<br>Input Unit<br>Isolated Two-<br>wire Transmis-<br>sion Device In-<br>put Unit<br>Isolated DC<br>Input Unit<br>Isolated Pulse<br>Input Unit<br>Isolated Control<br>Output Unit<br>Power Trans-<br>ducer Input Unit<br>100-mV DC<br>Input Unit|||||||||||
||Isolated Ther-<br>mocouple Input<br>Unit|<br>4 inputs, B, E, J, K, N, R,<br>S, T, U, WRe5-26, PLII,<br>±100 mV|<br>Yes<br> <br> <br>|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 95|CS1W-PTS11|UC1, CE, N|
|||4 inputs, B, J, K, R, S, T,<br>L|||||||CS1W-PTS51|CE, UC1|
|||8 inputs, B, J, K, R, S, T,<br>L|||||||CS1W-PTS55|UC1, CE|
||Isolated<br>Temperature-<br>resistance|4 inputs, Pt100Ω<br>(JIS, IEC),<br>JPt100Ω, Pt150Ω,<br>Ni508.4Ω|||||||CS1W-PTS12|UC1, CE, N|
||Thermometer<br>Input Unit|4 inputs, Pt100Ω<br>(JIS, IEC), JP5100Ω|||||||CS1W-PTS52|UC1, CE|
|||8 inputs, Pt100Ω<br>(JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω|||||||CS1W-PTS56||
||Isolated Two-<br>wire Transmis-<br>sion Device In-<br>put Unit|4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,<br>1 to 5 V|||||||CS1W-PTW01|UC1, CE|
||Isolated DC<br>Input Unit|4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA, 1 to<br>5 V, 0 to 5 V,±5 V, 0 to<br>10 V,±10 V|||||||CS1W-PDC01||
|||4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,<br>0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V,<br>±10V, 0 to 5 V,±5V,<br>1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V,<br>±1.25 V|||||||CS1W-PDC11|UC1, CE, N|
|||8 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,<br>0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,<br>0 to 5 V|||||||CS1W-PDC55||
||Isolated Pulse<br>Input Unit|4 inputs|||||||CS1W-PPS01|UC1, CE|
||Isolated Control<br>Output Unit|<br>4 outputs, 4 to 20 mA, 1<br>to 5 V|||||||CS1W-PMV01||
|||4 outputs, 0 to 10 V,<br>±10 V, 0 to 5 V,±5 V,<br>0 to 1 V,±1 V|||||||CS1W-PMV02||
||Power Trans-<br>ducer Input Unit|8 inputs, 0 to 1 mA,±1<br>mA|||||||CS1W-PTR01||
||100-mV DC<br>Input Unit|8 inputs, 0 to 100 mA,<br>±100 mV|||||||CS1W-PTR02||
|Loop Control Units||Control loops: 32<br>Porcesses: 250|Yes|No|No|No|No|0 to F|CS1W-LC001|UC1, N, CE|
|Loop Control<br>Boards||50 blocks maximum in-<br>cluding both adjustment<br>and operation blocks|CPU Unit Inner Board for CS1-H PLCs||||||CS1W-LCB01|UC1, N, CE|
|||500 blocks maximum in-<br>cluding both adjustment<br>and operation blocks|||||||CS1W-LCO05||



379 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Mountable Racks**|**Unit No.**|**Model**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**CPU**<br>**Rack**|**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**|**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**|**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**|**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**||||
|High-Speed<br>Counter Units|Pulse input: 2 pts Count-<br>ing speed: 500 kcps<br>max.|<br>Yes<br>|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 92|CS1W-CT021|U, C, CE|
||Pulse input: 4 pts Count-<br>ing speed: 500 kcps<br>max.|||||||CS1W-CT041||
||Solder terminal; 40p and<br>a Connector Cover|<br>---|||||---|C500-CE401|---|
||Solderless terminal; 40p<br>and a Connector Cover<br>(Crimped)|<br>---||||||C500-CE402||
||Pressure welded termi-<br>nal; 40p|---||||||C500-CE403||
||Solder terminal; 40p and<br>a Connector Cover (Hor-<br>izontal-type)|<br> <br>---||||||C500-CE404||
||Crimp-style terminal;<br>40p and a Connector<br>Cover(Horizontal-type)|---||||||C500-CE405||
|Position Control<br>Units|One-axis pulse train<br>open-collector output|Yes<br> <br>|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 95|CS1W-NC113|U, C, N, L, CE|
||Two-axis pulse train<br>open-collector output|||||||CS1W-NC213||
||Four-axis pulse train<br>open-collector output||||||0 to 94|CS1W-NC413||
||One-axis pulse train line-<br>driver output||||||0 to 95|CS1W-NC133||
||Two axis pulse train line-<br>driver output|||||||CS1W-NC233||
||Four axis pulse train<br>line-driver output||||||0 to 94|CS1W-NC433||
|SSI Unit|SSI encoder inputs:<br>2 channels|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 94|CS1W-CTS21|CE|
|Motion Control<br>Units|4 axes, analog outputs,<br>G language|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 93|CS1W-MC421|U, C, CE|
||2 axes, analog outputs,<br>G language|||||||CS1W-MC221||
||MCH high-speed serial<br>link||||||0 to F|CS1W-MCH71||
|Computer Con-<br>necting Cables|Peripheral port on CPU<br>Unit|---||||||CS1W-CN226(2 m)|CE|
|||||||||CS1W-CN626(6 m)||
||RS-232C port on CPU<br>Unit|||||||XW2Z-200S-CV<br>(2 m)|---|
|||||||||XW2Z-500S-CV<br>(5 m)||
|TeachingBox||---|||||---|CVM1-PRO01|U, C, CE|
|TeachingBox ConnectingCable(2 m)||||||||CV500-CN224|CE|
|MemoryPack||||||||CVM1-MP702|U, C, CE|
|MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit for 2<br>Axes(simplifies wiringI/O connectors)||||||||XW2B-20J6-6|---|
|MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit for 4<br>Axes(simplifies wiringI/O connectors)||||||||XW2B-40J6-7||
|MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit Cable||||||||XW2Z-100J-F1||
|Serial Commu-<br>nications Unit|Two RS-232C Ports|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to F|CS1W-SCU21-V1|U, C, L, N, CE|
|RS-232C–RS-<br>422A Conver-<br>sion Unit|1 RS-232C port and 1<br>RS-422A terminal<br>block|<br>---|||||---|NT-AL001|---|
|Ethernet Unit|100Base-Tx|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to F|CS1W-ETN21<br>CS1D-ETN21D|UC1, L, N,|
|Controller Link<br>Units|Wired|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to F|CS1W-CLK21-V1|U, C, L, N, CE|
||Optical (H-PCF cable)||||||0 to F|CS1W-CLK12-V1|U, C, CE|
||Optical<br>(GI fiber 62.5/125μm)|||||||CS1W-CLK52-V1||
|Controller Link<br>Support Boards|Wired|---|||||---|3G8F7-CLK21-V1|CE|
||Optical (H-PCF cable)|||||||3G8F7-CLK12-V1||
||Optical<br>(GI fiber 62.5/125μm)|||||||3G8F7-CLK52-V1||
|Controller Link<br>RelayTerminals|<br>Wired (a set of 5)|---|||||---|CJ1W-TB101|---|
|Controller Link<br>Repeater Units|Twisted-pair|---|||||---|CS1W-RPT01|UC1, CE|
||Optical ring<br>(H-PCF cable)|---|||||---|CS1W-RPT02||
||Optical ring<br>(GI cable)|---|||||---|CS1W-RPT03||
|GPIB Unit|Supports Master and<br>Slave Modes|Yes|No|Yes|Yes|No|0 to 95|CS1W-GPI01|UC, CE|



Programmable Controllers 

380 

|DeviceNet Unit<br>Functions as master<br>and/or slave; allows<br>control of 2,048<br>points max. per mas-<br>ter.<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>---<br>CS1W-DRM21-V1 0 to F<br>PROFIBUS-DP<br>Unit<br>Master Unit<br>for up to 7000 remote<br>I/O words<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>0 to F<br>CS1W-PRM21<br>CE<br>Master Unit<br>for up to 300 remote<br>I/O words<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>C200HW-PRM21<br>I/O Link for up to<br>200 I/O words<br>C200HW-PRT21<br>U, L, C, CE<br>CAN/CANopen<br>Unit<br>Freely configurable<br>CAN communica-<br>tion, or CANopen<br>protocol<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>0 to F<br>C200HW-<br>CORT21-V1<br>U, C, CE<br>**Name**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Mountable Racks**<br>**Unit No.**<br>**Model**<br>**Standards**<br>**CPU**<br>**Rack**<br>**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**<br>**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**<br>**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**<br>**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ef~~<br>~~ft ttt ty ft~~<br>~~A~~<br>~~—~~<br>|~~it] |e~~<br>~~P|~~<br>~~ft~~<br>~~ft ttttt~~|DeviceNet Unit<br>Functions as master<br>and/or slave; allows<br>control of 2,048<br>points max. per mas-<br>ter.<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>---<br>CS1W-DRM21-V1 0 to F<br>PROFIBUS-DP<br>Unit<br>Master Unit<br>for up to 7000 remote<br>I/O words<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>0 to F<br>CS1W-PRM21<br>CE<br>Master Unit<br>for up to 300 remote<br>I/O words<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>C200HW-PRM21<br>I/O Link for up to<br>200 I/O words<br>C200HW-PRT21<br>U, L, C, CE<br>CAN/CANopen<br>Unit<br>Freely configurable<br>CAN communica-<br>tion, or CANopen<br>protocol<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>0 to F<br>C200HW-<br>CORT21-V1<br>U, C, CE<br>**Name**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Mountable Racks**<br>**Unit No.**<br>**Model**<br>**Standards**<br>**CPU**<br>**Rack**<br>**C200H Ex-**<br>**pansion I/O**<br>**Racks**<br>**CS1 Expan-**<br>**sion Racks**<br>**CS1 Long-**<br>**distance**<br>**Racks**<br>**SYSMAC**<br>**BUS Slave**<br>**Racks**<br>~~ee~~<br>~~ef~~<br>~~ft ttt ty ft~~<br>~~A~~<br>~~—~~<br>|~~it] |e~~<br>~~P|~~<br>~~ft~~<br>~~ft ttttt~~|
|---|---|
|**Note: 1.** A 25-pin to 9-pin adapter is required to connected to a 9-pin, D-sub RS-232C connector on an IBM PC/AT or compatible.||
|**Note:**Setting tool software for the Processing I/O Units also supports CS1W-AD@@@, CS1WS-DA@@@, and CS1W-MAD44.||
|**Optional Products**<br>~~Ce~~||
|**Name**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Model**<br>**Standards**<br>Cover for 10-pin terminal block<br>C200H-COV11<br>---<br>Shortprotection for 10-pin terminal block(package of 10 covers); 8pts<br>C200H-COV02<br>Short protection for 19-pin terminal block (package of 10 covers); 12 pts<br>C200H-COV03<br>Protective cover for unused I/O Connecting Cable connectors<br>C500-COV01<br>CS1 Special I/O Unit<br>Connector Cover<br>Protective cover for unused I/O Connecting Cable connectors<br>CV500-COV01<br>Electrically insulate C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes<br>from the control panel to increase noise resistance.<br>For 3-slot Backplane<br>C200HW-ATT32<br>N, L, CE<br>For 5-slot Backplane<br>C200HW-ATT52<br>For 8-slot Backplane<br>C200HW-ATT82<br>For 10-slot Backplane<br>C200HW-ATTA2<br>24 V DC, for C200H-OC221/OC222/OC223/OC224/OC225<br>G6B-1174P-FD-US<br>---<br>Used to attach C200H-PRO27-E Hand-held Programming Console to a panel.<br>C200H-ATT01<br>Space Unit<br>Used for emptyI/O slot on the CS1W-BC@@3/BI@@3 or C200HW-BI@@@.<br>C200H-SP001<br>---<br>Used for emptyI/O slot on CS1W-BC@@2/BI@@2 and CS1D-BC@@@(S)/BI@@@<br>CS1W-SP001<br>Used for empty Power Supply Unit slot on CS1D-BC@@@(S)/BI@@@;<br>same shape as the CS1W-PA207R.<br>CS1W-SP002<br>Used for empty Power Supply Unit slot on CS1D-BC@@@(S)/BI@@@;<br>same shape as the CS1W-PA207R.<br>CS1W-SP002<br>BatterySet<br>For CS-series CPU Units.(Use batteries within woyears of manufacture).<br>CS1W-BAT01<br>L, CE<br>TerminatingResistor(See note.)<br>Mounts to end of CS1 Long-distance Expansion Rack<br>CV500-TER01<br>U, C<br>I/O Unit Cover<br>Terminal Block Covers<br>C200H Unit Connector<br>Cover<br>C200H Expansion I/O<br>Backplane Insulation<br>Plates<br>I/O Unit Cover<br>Relay<br>Programming Console<br>Mounting Bracket<br>~~oe~~<br>~~ee~~<br>~~2 |~~<br>~~ft~~<br>~~EE~~<br>~~mm~~<br>~~oe —__}~~<br>~~es ee~~<br>~~EE~~||
|**Note:**Two Terminating Resistors are included with the CS1W-IC102 I/O Control Unit.||



381 

## **Mounting Rails and Accessories** 

|**Name**|**Specifications**|**Model number**|**Standards**|
|---|---|---|---|
|DIN rail MountingBracket|1 set(2 included)|C200H-DIN01|---|
|DIN rails|Length: 50 cm; height: 7.3 cm|PFP-50N||
||Length: 1 m; height: 7.3 cm|PFP-100N||
||Length: 50 cm; height: 16 mm|PFP-100N2||
|End Plate|---|PFP-M||
|Spacer||PFP-S||



ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS. 

To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527. 

In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. 

Cat. No. P08E-EN-03A 

Programmable Controllers 

382